1 //===--- SemaDecl.cpp - Semantic Analysis for Declarations ----------------===//
2 //
3 //                     The LLVM Compiler Infrastructure
4 //
5 // This file is distributed under the University of Illinois Open Source
6 // License. See LICENSE.TXT for details.
7 //
8 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
9 //
10 //  This file implements semantic analysis for declarations.
11 //
12 //===----------------------------------------------------------------------===//
13 
14 #include "clang/Sema/SemaInternal.h"
15 #include "TypeLocBuilder.h"
16 #include "clang/AST/ASTConsumer.h"
17 #include "clang/AST/ASTContext.h"
18 #include "clang/AST/ASTLambda.h"
19 #include "clang/AST/CXXInheritance.h"
20 #include "clang/AST/CharUnits.h"
21 #include "clang/AST/CommentDiagnostic.h"
22 #include "clang/AST/DeclCXX.h"
23 #include "clang/AST/DeclObjC.h"
24 #include "clang/AST/DeclTemplate.h"
25 #include "clang/AST/EvaluatedExprVisitor.h"
26 #include "clang/AST/ExprCXX.h"
27 #include "clang/AST/StmtCXX.h"
28 #include "clang/Basic/Builtins.h"
29 #include "clang/Basic/PartialDiagnostic.h"
30 #include "clang/Basic/SourceManager.h"
31 #include "clang/Basic/TargetInfo.h"
32 #include "clang/Lex/HeaderSearch.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
33 #include "clang/Lex/Lexer.h" // TODO: Extract static functions to fix layering.
34 #include "clang/Lex/ModuleLoader.h" // TODO: Sema shouldn't depend on Lex
35 #include "clang/Lex/Preprocessor.h" // Included for isCodeCompletionEnabled()
36 #include "clang/Parse/ParseDiagnostic.h"
37 #include "clang/Sema/CXXFieldCollector.h"
38 #include "clang/Sema/DeclSpec.h"
39 #include "clang/Sema/DelayedDiagnostic.h"
40 #include "clang/Sema/Initialization.h"
41 #include "clang/Sema/Lookup.h"
42 #include "clang/Sema/ParsedTemplate.h"
43 #include "clang/Sema/Scope.h"
44 #include "clang/Sema/ScopeInfo.h"
45 #include "clang/Sema/Template.h"
46 #include "llvm/ADT/SmallString.h"
47 #include "llvm/ADT/Triple.h"
48 #include <algorithm>
49 #include <cstring>
50 #include <functional>
51 using namespace clang;
52 using namespace sema;
53 
54 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::ConvertDeclToDeclGroup(Decl *Ptr, Decl *OwnedType) {
55   if (OwnedType) {
56     Decl *Group[2] = { OwnedType, Ptr };
57     return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group, 2));
58   }
59 
60   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(DeclGroupRef(Ptr));
61 }
62 
63 namespace {
64 
65 class TypeNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
66  public:
67   TypeNameValidatorCCC(bool AllowInvalid, bool WantClass=false,
68                        bool AllowTemplates=false)
69       : AllowInvalidDecl(AllowInvalid), WantClassName(WantClass),
70         AllowClassTemplates(AllowTemplates) {
71     WantExpressionKeywords = false;
72     WantCXXNamedCasts = false;
73     WantRemainingKeywords = false;
74   }
75 
76   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
77     if (NamedDecl *ND = candidate.getCorrectionDecl()) {
78       bool IsType = isa<TypeDecl>(ND) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(ND);
79       bool AllowedTemplate = AllowClassTemplates && isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(ND);
80       return (IsType || AllowedTemplate) &&
81              (AllowInvalidDecl || !ND->isInvalidDecl());
82     }
83     return !WantClassName && candidate.isKeyword();
84   }
85 
86  private:
87   bool AllowInvalidDecl;
88   bool WantClassName;
89   bool AllowClassTemplates;
90 };
91 
92 }
93 
94 /// \brief Determine whether the token kind starts a simple-type-specifier.
95 bool Sema::isSimpleTypeSpecifier(tok::TokenKind Kind) const {
96   switch (Kind) {
97   // FIXME: Take into account the current language when deciding whether a
98   // token kind is a valid type specifier
99   case tok::kw_short:
100   case tok::kw_long:
101   case tok::kw___int64:
102   case tok::kw___int128:
103   case tok::kw_signed:
104   case tok::kw_unsigned:
105   case tok::kw_void:
106   case tok::kw_char:
107   case tok::kw_int:
108   case tok::kw_half:
109   case tok::kw_float:
110   case tok::kw_double:
111   case tok::kw_wchar_t:
112   case tok::kw_bool:
113   case tok::kw___underlying_type:
114     return true;
115 
116   case tok::annot_typename:
117   case tok::kw_char16_t:
118   case tok::kw_char32_t:
119   case tok::kw_typeof:
120   case tok::annot_decltype:
121   case tok::kw_decltype:
122     return getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
123 
124   default:
125     break;
126   }
127 
128   return false;
129 }
130 
131 static ParsedType recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(Sema &S,
132                                                       const IdentifierInfo &II,
133                                                       SourceLocation NameLoc) {
134   // Find the first parent class template context, if any.
135   // FIXME: Perform the lookup in all enclosing class templates.
136   const CXXRecordDecl *RD = nullptr;
137   for (DeclContext *DC = S.CurContext; DC; DC = DC->getParent()) {
138     RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
139     if (RD && RD->getDescribedClassTemplate())
140       break;
141   }
142   if (!RD)
143     return ParsedType();
144 
145   // Look for type decls in dependent base classes that have known primary
146   // templates.
147   bool FoundTypeDecl = false;
148   for (const auto &Base : RD->bases()) {
149     auto *TST = Base.getType()->getAs<TemplateSpecializationType>();
150     if (!TST || !TST->isDependentType())
151       continue;
152     auto *TD = TST->getTemplateName().getAsTemplateDecl();
153     if (!TD)
154       continue;
155     auto *BasePrimaryTemplate = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TD->getTemplatedDecl());
156     // FIXME: Allow lookup into non-dependent bases of dependent bases, possibly
157     // by calling or integrating with the main LookupQualifiedName mechanism.
158     for (NamedDecl *ND : BasePrimaryTemplate->lookup(&II)) {
159       if (FoundTypeDecl)
160         return ParsedType();
161       FoundTypeDecl = isa<TypeDecl>(ND);
162       if (!FoundTypeDecl)
163         return ParsedType();
164     }
165   }
166   if (!FoundTypeDecl)
167     return ParsedType();
168 
169   // We found some types in dependent base classes.  Recover as if the user
170   // wrote 'typename MyClass::II' instead of 'II'.  We'll fully resolve the
171   // lookup during template instantiation.
172   S.Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_found_via_dependent_bases_lookup) << &II;
173 
174   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
175   auto *NNS = NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, false,
176                                           cast<Type>(Context.getRecordType(RD)));
177   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_Typename, NNS, &II);
178 
179   CXXScopeSpec SS;
180   SS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
181 
182   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
183   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
184   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
185   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
186   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
187   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
188 }
189 
190 /// \brief If the identifier refers to a type name within this scope,
191 /// return the declaration of that type.
192 ///
193 /// This routine performs ordinary name lookup of the identifier II
194 /// within the given scope, with optional C++ scope specifier SS, to
195 /// determine whether the name refers to a type. If so, returns an
196 /// opaque pointer (actually a QualType) corresponding to that
197 /// type. Otherwise, returns NULL.
198 ParsedType Sema::getTypeName(const IdentifierInfo &II, SourceLocation NameLoc,
199                              Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec *SS,
200                              bool isClassName, bool HasTrailingDot,
201                              ParsedType ObjectTypePtr,
202                              bool IsCtorOrDtorName,
203                              bool WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo,
204                              IdentifierInfo **CorrectedII) {
205   // Determine where we will perform name lookup.
206   DeclContext *LookupCtx = nullptr;
207   if (ObjectTypePtr) {
208     QualType ObjectType = ObjectTypePtr.get();
209     if (ObjectType->isRecordType())
210       LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(ObjectType);
211   } else if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty()) {
212     LookupCtx = computeDeclContext(*SS, false);
213 
214     if (!LookupCtx) {
215       if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
216         // C++ [temp.res]p3:
217         //   A qualified-id that refers to a type and in which the
218         //   nested-name-specifier depends on a template-parameter (14.6.2)
219         //   shall be prefixed by the keyword typename to indicate that the
220         //   qualified-id denotes a type, forming an
221         //   elaborated-type-specifier (7.1.5.3).
222         //
223         // We therefore do not perform any name lookup if the result would
224         // refer to a member of an unknown specialization.
225         if (!isClassName && !IsCtorOrDtorName)
226           return ParsedType();
227 
228         // We know from the grammar that this name refers to a type,
229         // so build a dependent node to describe the type.
230         if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo)
231           return ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(), *SS, II, NameLoc).get();
232 
233         NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = SS->getWithLocInContext(Context);
234         QualType T = CheckTypenameType(ETK_None, SourceLocation(), QualifierLoc,
235                                        II, NameLoc);
236         return ParsedType::make(T);
237       }
238 
239       return ParsedType();
240     }
241 
242     if (!LookupCtx->isDependentContext() &&
243         RequireCompleteDeclContext(*SS, LookupCtx))
244       return ParsedType();
245   }
246 
247   // FIXME: LookupNestedNameSpecifierName isn't the right kind of
248   // lookup for class-names.
249   LookupNameKind Kind = isClassName ? LookupNestedNameSpecifierName :
250                                       LookupOrdinaryName;
251   LookupResult Result(*this, &II, NameLoc, Kind);
252   if (LookupCtx) {
253     // Perform "qualified" name lookup into the declaration context we
254     // computed, which is either the type of the base of a member access
255     // expression or the declaration context associated with a prior
256     // nested-name-specifier.
257     LookupQualifiedName(Result, LookupCtx);
258 
259     if (ObjectTypePtr && Result.empty()) {
260       // C++ [basic.lookup.classref]p3:
261       //   If the unqualified-id is ~type-name, the type-name is looked up
262       //   in the context of the entire postfix-expression. If the type T of
263       //   the object expression is of a class type C, the type-name is also
264       //   looked up in the scope of class C. At least one of the lookups shall
265       //   find a name that refers to (possibly cv-qualified) T.
266       LookupName(Result, S);
267     }
268   } else {
269     // Perform unqualified name lookup.
270     LookupName(Result, S);
271 
272     // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
273     // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
274     if (Result.empty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && (!SS || SS->isEmpty())) {
275       if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
276               recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, II, NameLoc))
277         return TypeInBase;
278     }
279   }
280 
281   NamedDecl *IIDecl = nullptr;
282   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
283   case LookupResult::NotFound:
284   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
285     if (CorrectedII) {
286       TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(true, isClassName);
287       TypoCorrection Correction = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
288                                               Kind, S, SS, Validator,
289                                               CTK_ErrorRecovery);
290       IdentifierInfo *NewII = Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
291       TemplateTy Template;
292       bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
293       UnqualifiedId TemplateName;
294       TemplateName.setIdentifier(NewII, NameLoc);
295       NestedNameSpecifier *NNS = Correction.getCorrectionSpecifier();
296       CXXScopeSpec NewSS, *NewSSPtr = SS;
297       if (SS && NNS) {
298         NewSS.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
299         NewSSPtr = &NewSS;
300       }
301       if (Correction && (NNS || NewII != &II) &&
302           // Ignore a correction to a template type as the to-be-corrected
303           // identifier is not a template (typo correction for template names
304           // is handled elsewhere).
305           !(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewSSPtr &&
306             isTemplateName(S, *NewSSPtr, false, TemplateName, ParsedType(),
307                            false, Template, MemberOfUnknownSpecialization))) {
308         ParsedType Ty = getTypeName(*NewII, NameLoc, S, NewSSPtr,
309                                     isClassName, HasTrailingDot, ObjectTypePtr,
310                                     IsCtorOrDtorName,
311                                     WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo);
312         if (Ty) {
313           diagnoseTypo(Correction,
314                        PDiag(diag::err_unknown_type_or_class_name_suggest)
315                          << Result.getLookupName() << isClassName);
316           if (SS && NNS)
317             SS->MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
318           *CorrectedII = NewII;
319           return Ty;
320         }
321       }
322     }
323     // If typo correction failed or was not performed, fall through
324   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
325   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
326     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
327     return ParsedType();
328 
329   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
330     // Recover from type-hiding ambiguities by hiding the type.  We'll
331     // do the lookup again when looking for an object, and we can
332     // diagnose the error then.  If we don't do this, then the error
333     // about hiding the type will be immediately followed by an error
334     // that only makes sense if the identifier was treated like a type.
335     if (Result.getAmbiguityKind() == LookupResult::AmbiguousTagHiding) {
336       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
337       return ParsedType();
338     }
339 
340     // Look to see if we have a type anywhere in the list of results.
341     for (LookupResult::iterator Res = Result.begin(), ResEnd = Result.end();
342          Res != ResEnd; ++Res) {
343       if (isa<TypeDecl>(*Res) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*Res)) {
344         if (!IIDecl ||
345             (*Res)->getLocation().getRawEncoding() <
346               IIDecl->getLocation().getRawEncoding())
347           IIDecl = *Res;
348       }
349     }
350 
351     if (!IIDecl) {
352       // None of the entities we found is a type, so there is no way
353       // to even assume that the result is a type. In this case, don't
354       // complain about the ambiguity. The parser will either try to
355       // perform this lookup again (e.g., as an object name), which
356       // will produce the ambiguity, or will complain that it expected
357       // a type name.
358       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
359       return ParsedType();
360     }
361 
362     // We found a type within the ambiguous lookup; diagnose the
363     // ambiguity and then return that type. This might be the right
364     // answer, or it might not be, but it suppresses any attempt to
365     // perform the name lookup again.
366     break;
367 
368   case LookupResult::Found:
369     IIDecl = Result.getFoundDecl();
370     break;
371   }
372 
373   assert(IIDecl && "Didn't find decl");
374 
375   QualType T;
376   if (TypeDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(IIDecl)) {
377     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IIDecl, NameLoc);
378 
379     T = Context.getTypeDeclType(TD);
380 
381     // NOTE: avoid constructing an ElaboratedType(Loc) if this is a
382     // constructor or destructor name (in such a case, the scope specifier
383     // will be attached to the enclosing Expr or Decl node).
384     if (SS && SS->isNotEmpty() && !IsCtorOrDtorName) {
385       if (WantNontrivialTypeSourceInfo) {
386         // Construct a type with type-source information.
387         TypeLocBuilder Builder;
388         Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
389 
390         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
391         ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
392         ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
393         ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS->getWithLocInContext(Context));
394         return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
395       } else {
396         T = getElaboratedType(ETK_None, *SS, T);
397       }
398     }
399   } else if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IIDecl)) {
400     (void)DiagnoseUseOfDecl(IDecl, NameLoc);
401     if (!HasTrailingDot)
402       T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(IDecl);
403   }
404 
405   if (T.isNull()) {
406     // If it's not plausibly a type, suppress diagnostics.
407     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
408     return ParsedType();
409   }
410   return ParsedType::make(T);
411 }
412 
413 // Builds a fake NNS for the given decl context.
414 static NestedNameSpecifier *
415 synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(ASTContext &Context, DeclContext *DC) {
416   for (;; DC = DC->getLookupParent()) {
417     DC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
418     auto *ND = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
419     if (ND && !ND->isInline() && !ND->isAnonymousNamespace())
420       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, ND);
421     else if (auto *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
422       return NestedNameSpecifier::Create(Context, nullptr, RD->isTemplateDecl(),
423                                          RD->getTypeForDecl());
424     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
425       return NestedNameSpecifier::GlobalSpecifier(Context);
426   }
427   llvm_unreachable("something isn't in TU scope?");
428 }
429 
430 ParsedType Sema::ActOnDelayedDefaultTemplateArg(const IdentifierInfo &II,
431                                                 SourceLocation NameLoc) {
432   // Accepting an undeclared identifier as a default argument for a template
433   // type parameter is a Microsoft extension.
434   Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_ms_delayed_template_argument) << &II;
435 
436   // Build a fake DependentNameType that will perform lookup into CurContext at
437   // instantiation time.  The name specifier isn't dependent, so template
438   // instantiation won't transform it.  It will retry the lookup, however.
439   NestedNameSpecifier *NNS =
440       synthesizeCurrentNestedNameSpecifier(Context, CurContext);
441   QualType T = Context.getDependentNameType(ETK_None, NNS, &II);
442 
443   // Build type location information.  We synthesized the qualifier, so we have
444   // to build a fake NestedNameSpecifierLoc.
445   NestedNameSpecifierLocBuilder NNSLocBuilder;
446   NNSLocBuilder.MakeTrivial(Context, NNS, SourceRange(NameLoc));
447   NestedNameSpecifierLoc QualifierLoc = NNSLocBuilder.getWithLocInContext(Context);
448 
449   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
450   DependentNameTypeLoc DepTL = Builder.push<DependentNameTypeLoc>(T);
451   DepTL.setNameLoc(NameLoc);
452   DepTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
453   DepTL.setQualifierLoc(QualifierLoc);
454   return CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
455 }
456 
457 /// isTagName() - This method is called *for error recovery purposes only*
458 /// to determine if the specified name is a valid tag name ("struct foo").  If
459 /// so, this returns the TST for the tag corresponding to it (TST_enum,
460 /// TST_union, TST_struct, TST_interface, TST_class).  This is used to diagnose
461 /// cases in C where the user forgot to specify the tag.
462 DeclSpec::TST Sema::isTagName(IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
463   // Do a tag name lookup in this scope.
464   LookupResult R(*this, &II, SourceLocation(), LookupTagName);
465   LookupName(R, S, false);
466   R.suppressDiagnostics();
467   if (R.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
468     if (const TagDecl *TD = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
469       switch (TD->getTagKind()) {
470       case TTK_Struct: return DeclSpec::TST_struct;
471       case TTK_Interface: return DeclSpec::TST_interface;
472       case TTK_Union:  return DeclSpec::TST_union;
473       case TTK_Class:  return DeclSpec::TST_class;
474       case TTK_Enum:   return DeclSpec::TST_enum;
475       }
476     }
477 
478   return DeclSpec::TST_unspecified;
479 }
480 
481 /// isMicrosoftMissingTypename - In Microsoft mode, within class scope,
482 /// if a CXXScopeSpec's type is equal to the type of one of the base classes
483 /// then downgrade the missing typename error to a warning.
484 /// This is needed for MSVC compatibility; Example:
485 /// @code
486 /// template<class T> class A {
487 /// public:
488 ///   typedef int TYPE;
489 /// };
490 /// template<class T> class B : public A<T> {
491 /// public:
492 ///   A<T>::TYPE a; // no typename required because A<T> is a base class.
493 /// };
494 /// @endcode
495 bool Sema::isMicrosoftMissingTypename(const CXXScopeSpec *SS, Scope *S) {
496   if (CurContext->isRecord()) {
497     const Type *Ty = SS->getScopeRep()->getAsType();
498 
499     CXXRecordDecl *RD = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
500     for (const auto &Base : RD->bases())
501       if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(QualType(Ty, 1), Base.getType()))
502         return true;
503     return S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
504   }
505   return CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() || S->isFunctionPrototypeScope();
506 }
507 
508 void Sema::DiagnoseUnknownTypeName(IdentifierInfo *&II,
509                                    SourceLocation IILoc,
510                                    Scope *S,
511                                    CXXScopeSpec *SS,
512                                    ParsedType &SuggestedType,
513                                    bool AllowClassTemplates) {
514   // We don't have anything to suggest (yet).
515   SuggestedType = ParsedType();
516 
517   // There may have been a typo in the name of the type. Look up typo
518   // results, in case we have something that we can suggest.
519   TypeNameValidatorCCC Validator(false, false, AllowClassTemplates);
520   if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(II, IILoc),
521                                              LookupOrdinaryName, S, SS,
522                                              Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
523     if (Corrected.isKeyword()) {
524       // We corrected to a keyword.
525       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
526       II = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
527     } else {
528       // We found a similarly-named type or interface; suggest that.
529       if (!SS || !SS->isSet()) {
530         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
531                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest) << II);
532       } else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false)) {
533         std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
534         bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
535                                 II->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
536         diagnoseTypo(Corrected,
537                      PDiag(diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest)
538                        << II << DC << DroppedSpecifier << SS->getRange());
539       } else {
540         llvm_unreachable("could not have corrected a typo here");
541       }
542 
543       CXXScopeSpec tmpSS;
544       if (Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier())
545         tmpSS.MakeTrivial(Context, Corrected.getCorrectionSpecifier(),
546                           SourceRange(IILoc));
547       SuggestedType = getTypeName(*Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
548                                   IILoc, S, tmpSS.isSet() ? &tmpSS : SS, false,
549                                   false, ParsedType(),
550                                   /*IsCtorOrDtorName=*/false,
551                                   /*NonTrivialTypeSourceInfo=*/true);
552     }
553     return;
554   }
555 
556   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
557     // See if II is a class template that the user forgot to pass arguments to.
558     UnqualifiedId Name;
559     Name.setIdentifier(II, IILoc);
560     CXXScopeSpec EmptySS;
561     TemplateTy TemplateResult;
562     bool MemberOfUnknownSpecialization;
563     if (isTemplateName(S, SS ? *SS : EmptySS, /*hasTemplateKeyword=*/false,
564                        Name, ParsedType(), true, TemplateResult,
565                        MemberOfUnknownSpecialization) == TNK_Type_template) {
566       TemplateName TplName = TemplateResult.get();
567       Diag(IILoc, diag::err_template_missing_args) << TplName;
568       if (TemplateDecl *TplDecl = TplName.getAsTemplateDecl()) {
569         Diag(TplDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_template_decl_here)
570           << TplDecl->getTemplateParameters()->getSourceRange();
571       }
572       return;
573     }
574   }
575 
576   // FIXME: Should we move the logic that tries to recover from a missing tag
577   // (struct, union, enum) from Parser::ParseImplicitInt here, instead?
578 
579   if (!SS || (!SS->isSet() && !SS->isInvalid()))
580     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_unknown_typename) << II;
581   else if (DeclContext *DC = computeDeclContext(*SS, false))
582     Diag(IILoc, diag::err_typename_nested_not_found)
583       << II << DC << SS->getRange();
584   else if (isDependentScopeSpecifier(*SS)) {
585     unsigned DiagID = diag::err_typename_missing;
586     if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat && isMicrosoftMissingTypename(SS, S))
587       DiagID = diag::ext_typename_missing;
588 
589     Diag(SS->getRange().getBegin(), DiagID)
590       << SS->getScopeRep() << II->getName()
591       << SourceRange(SS->getRange().getBegin(), IILoc)
592       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(SS->getRange().getBegin(), "typename ");
593     SuggestedType = ActOnTypenameType(S, SourceLocation(),
594                                       *SS, *II, IILoc).get();
595   } else {
596     assert(SS && SS->isInvalid() &&
597            "Invalid scope specifier has already been diagnosed");
598   }
599 }
600 
601 /// \brief Determine whether the given result set contains either a type name
602 /// or
603 static bool isResultTypeOrTemplate(LookupResult &R, const Token &NextToken) {
604   bool CheckTemplate = R.getSema().getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
605                        NextToken.is(tok::less);
606 
607   for (LookupResult::iterator I = R.begin(), IEnd = R.end(); I != IEnd; ++I) {
608     if (isa<TypeDecl>(*I) || isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(*I))
609       return true;
610 
611     if (CheckTemplate && isa<TemplateDecl>(*I))
612       return true;
613   }
614 
615   return false;
616 }
617 
618 static bool isTagTypeWithMissingTag(Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Result,
619                                     Scope *S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
620                                     IdentifierInfo *&Name,
621                                     SourceLocation NameLoc) {
622   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupTagName);
623   SemaRef.LookupParsedName(R, S, &SS);
624   if (TagDecl *Tag = R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>()) {
625     StringRef FixItTagName;
626     switch (Tag->getTagKind()) {
627       case TTK_Class:
628         FixItTagName = "class ";
629         break;
630 
631       case TTK_Enum:
632         FixItTagName = "enum ";
633         break;
634 
635       case TTK_Struct:
636         FixItTagName = "struct ";
637         break;
638 
639       case TTK_Interface:
640         FixItTagName = "__interface ";
641         break;
642 
643       case TTK_Union:
644         FixItTagName = "union ";
645         break;
646     }
647 
648     StringRef TagName = FixItTagName.drop_back();
649     SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_use_of_tag_name_without_tag)
650       << Name << TagName << SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
651       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, FixItTagName);
652 
653     for (LookupResult::iterator I = Result.begin(), IEnd = Result.end();
654          I != IEnd; ++I)
655       SemaRef.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_decl_hiding_tag_type)
656         << Name << TagName;
657 
658     // Replace lookup results with just the tag decl.
659     Result.clear(Sema::LookupTagName);
660     SemaRef.LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS);
661     return true;
662   }
663 
664   return false;
665 }
666 
667 /// Build a ParsedType for a simple-type-specifier with a nested-name-specifier.
668 static ParsedType buildNestedType(Sema &S, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
669                                   QualType T, SourceLocation NameLoc) {
670   ASTContext &Context = S.Context;
671 
672   TypeLocBuilder Builder;
673   Builder.pushTypeSpec(T).setNameLoc(NameLoc);
674 
675   T = S.getElaboratedType(ETK_None, SS, T);
676   ElaboratedTypeLoc ElabTL = Builder.push<ElaboratedTypeLoc>(T);
677   ElabTL.setElaboratedKeywordLoc(SourceLocation());
678   ElabTL.setQualifierLoc(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
679   return S.CreateParsedType(T, Builder.getTypeSourceInfo(Context, T));
680 }
681 
682 Sema::NameClassification Sema::ClassifyName(Scope *S,
683                                             CXXScopeSpec &SS,
684                                             IdentifierInfo *&Name,
685                                             SourceLocation NameLoc,
686                                             const Token &NextToken,
687                                             bool IsAddressOfOperand,
688                                             CorrectionCandidateCallback *CCC) {
689   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo(Name, NameLoc);
690   ObjCMethodDecl *CurMethod = getCurMethodDecl();
691 
692   if (NextToken.is(tok::coloncolon)) {
693     BuildCXXNestedNameSpecifier(S, *Name, NameLoc, NextToken.getLocation(),
694                                 QualType(), false, SS, nullptr, false);
695   }
696 
697   LookupResult Result(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
698   LookupParsedName(Result, S, &SS, !CurMethod);
699 
700   // For unqualified lookup in a class template in MSVC mode, look into
701   // dependent base classes where the primary class template is known.
702   if (Result.empty() && SS.isEmpty() && getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
703     if (ParsedType TypeInBase =
704             recoverFromTypeInKnownDependentBase(*this, *Name, NameLoc))
705       return TypeInBase;
706   }
707 
708   // Perform lookup for Objective-C instance variables (including automatically
709   // synthesized instance variables), if we're in an Objective-C method.
710   // FIXME: This lookup really, really needs to be folded in to the normal
711   // unqualified lookup mechanism.
712   if (!SS.isSet() && CurMethod && !isResultTypeOrTemplate(Result, NextToken)) {
713     ExprResult E = LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Name, true);
714     if (E.get() || E.isInvalid())
715       return E;
716   }
717 
718   bool SecondTry = false;
719   bool IsFilteredTemplateName = false;
720 
721 Corrected:
722   switch (Result.getResultKind()) {
723   case LookupResult::NotFound:
724     // If an unqualified-id is followed by a '(', then we have a function
725     // call.
726     if (!SS.isSet() && NextToken.is(tok::l_paren)) {
727       // In C++, this is an ADL-only call.
728       // FIXME: Reference?
729       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
730         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/true);
731 
732       // C90 6.3.2.2:
733       //   If the expression that precedes the parenthesized argument list in a
734       //   function call consists solely of an identifier, and if no
735       //   declaration is visible for this identifier, the identifier is
736       //   implicitly declared exactly as if, in the innermost block containing
737       //   the function call, the declaration
738       //
739       //     extern int identifier ();
740       //
741       //   appeared.
742       //
743       // We also allow this in C99 as an extension.
744       if (NamedDecl *D = ImplicitlyDefineFunction(NameLoc, *Name, S)) {
745         Result.addDecl(D);
746         Result.resolveKind();
747         return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, /*ADL=*/false);
748       }
749     }
750 
751     // In C, we first see whether there is a tag type by the same name, in
752     // which case it's likely that the user just forget to write "enum",
753     // "struct", or "union".
754     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !SecondTry &&
755         isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
756       break;
757     }
758 
759     // Perform typo correction to determine if there is another name that is
760     // close to this name.
761     if (!SecondTry && CCC) {
762       SecondTry = true;
763       if (TypoCorrection Corrected = CorrectTypo(Result.getLookupNameInfo(),
764                                                  Result.getLookupKind(), S,
765                                                  &SS, *CCC,
766                                                  CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
767         unsigned UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_undeclared_var_use_suggest;
768         unsigned QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_suggest;
769 
770         NamedDecl *FirstDecl = Corrected.getCorrectionDecl();
771         NamedDecl *UnderlyingFirstDecl
772           = FirstDecl? FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl() : nullptr;
773         if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
774             UnderlyingFirstDecl && isa<TemplateDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl)) {
775           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_template_suggest;
776           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_no_member_template_suggest;
777         } else if (UnderlyingFirstDecl &&
778                    (isa<TypeDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
779                     isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl) ||
780                     isa<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(UnderlyingFirstDecl))) {
781           UnqualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_typename_suggest;
782           QualifiedDiag = diag::err_unknown_nested_typename_suggest;
783         }
784 
785         if (SS.isEmpty()) {
786           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(UnqualifiedDiag) << Name);
787         } else {// FIXME: is this even reachable? Test it.
788           std::string CorrectedStr(Corrected.getAsString(getLangOpts()));
789           bool DroppedSpecifier = Corrected.WillReplaceSpecifier() &&
790                                   Name->getName().equals(CorrectedStr);
791           diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(QualifiedDiag)
792                                     << Name << computeDeclContext(SS, false)
793                                     << DroppedSpecifier << SS.getRange());
794         }
795 
796         // Update the name, so that the caller has the new name.
797         Name = Corrected.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo();
798 
799         // Typo correction corrected to a keyword.
800         if (Corrected.isKeyword())
801           return Name;
802 
803         // Also update the LookupResult...
804         // FIXME: This should probably go away at some point
805         Result.clear();
806         Result.setLookupName(Corrected.getCorrection());
807         if (FirstDecl)
808           Result.addDecl(FirstDecl);
809 
810         // If we found an Objective-C instance variable, let
811         // LookupInObjCMethod build the appropriate expression to
812         // reference the ivar.
813         // FIXME: This is a gross hack.
814         if (ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = Result.getAsSingle<ObjCIvarDecl>()) {
815           Result.clear();
816           ExprResult E(LookupInObjCMethod(Result, S, Ivar->getIdentifier()));
817           return E;
818         }
819 
820         goto Corrected;
821       }
822     }
823 
824     // We failed to correct; just fall through and let the parser deal with it.
825     Result.suppressDiagnostics();
826     return NameClassification::Unknown();
827 
828   case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation: {
829     // We performed name lookup into the current instantiation, and there were
830     // dependent bases, so we treat this result the same way as any other
831     // dependent nested-name-specifier.
832 
833     // C++ [temp.res]p2:
834     //   A name used in a template declaration or definition and that is
835     //   dependent on a template-parameter is assumed not to name a type
836     //   unless the applicable name lookup finds a type name or the name is
837     //   qualified by the keyword typename.
838     //
839     // FIXME: If the next token is '<', we might want to ask the parser to
840     // perform some heroics to see if we actually have a
841     // template-argument-list, which would indicate a missing 'template'
842     // keyword here.
843     return ActOnDependentIdExpression(SS, /*TemplateKWLoc=*/SourceLocation(),
844                                       NameInfo, IsAddressOfOperand,
845                                       /*TemplateArgs=*/nullptr);
846   }
847 
848   case LookupResult::Found:
849   case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
850   case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
851     break;
852 
853   case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
854     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
855         hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result)) {
856       // C++ [temp.local]p3:
857       //   A lookup that finds an injected-class-name (10.2) can result in an
858       //   ambiguity in certain cases (for example, if it is found in more than
859       //   one base class). If all of the injected-class-names that are found
860       //   refer to specializations of the same class template, and if the name
861       //   is followed by a template-argument-list, the reference refers to the
862       //   class template itself and not a specialization thereof, and is not
863       //   ambiguous.
864       //
865       // This filtering can make an ambiguous result into an unambiguous one,
866       // so try again after filtering out template names.
867       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
868       if (!Result.isAmbiguous()) {
869         IsFilteredTemplateName = true;
870         break;
871       }
872     }
873 
874     // Diagnose the ambiguity and return an error.
875     return NameClassification::Error();
876   }
877 
878   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NextToken.is(tok::less) &&
879       (IsFilteredTemplateName || hasAnyAcceptableTemplateNames(Result))) {
880     // C++ [temp.names]p3:
881     //   After name lookup (3.4) finds that a name is a template-name or that
882     //   an operator-function-id or a literal- operator-id refers to a set of
883     //   overloaded functions any member of which is a function template if
884     //   this is followed by a <, the < is always taken as the delimiter of a
885     //   template-argument-list and never as the less-than operator.
886     if (!IsFilteredTemplateName)
887       FilterAcceptableTemplateNames(Result);
888 
889     if (!Result.empty()) {
890       bool IsFunctionTemplate;
891       bool IsVarTemplate;
892       TemplateName Template;
893       if (Result.end() - Result.begin() > 1) {
894         IsFunctionTemplate = true;
895         Template = Context.getOverloadedTemplateName(Result.begin(),
896                                                      Result.end());
897       } else {
898         TemplateDecl *TD
899           = cast<TemplateDecl>((*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl());
900         IsFunctionTemplate = isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(TD);
901         IsVarTemplate = isa<VarTemplateDecl>(TD);
902 
903         if (SS.isSet() && !SS.isInvalid())
904           Template = Context.getQualifiedTemplateName(SS.getScopeRep(),
905                                                     /*TemplateKeyword=*/false,
906                                                       TD);
907         else
908           Template = TemplateName(TD);
909       }
910 
911       if (IsFunctionTemplate) {
912         // Function templates always go through overload resolution, at which
913         // point we'll perform the various checks (e.g., accessibility) we need
914         // to based on which function we selected.
915         Result.suppressDiagnostics();
916 
917         return NameClassification::FunctionTemplate(Template);
918       }
919 
920       return IsVarTemplate ? NameClassification::VarTemplate(Template)
921                            : NameClassification::TypeTemplate(Template);
922     }
923   }
924 
925   NamedDecl *FirstDecl = (*Result.begin())->getUnderlyingDecl();
926   if (TypeDecl *Type = dyn_cast<TypeDecl>(FirstDecl)) {
927     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
928     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
929     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
930       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
931     return ParsedType::make(T);
932   }
933 
934   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Class = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(FirstDecl);
935   if (!Class) {
936     // FIXME: It's unfortunate that we don't have a Type node for handling this.
937     if (ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl *Alias =
938             dyn_cast<ObjCCompatibleAliasDecl>(FirstDecl))
939       Class = Alias->getClassInterface();
940   }
941 
942   if (Class) {
943     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Class, NameLoc);
944 
945     if (NextToken.is(tok::period)) {
946       // Interface. <something> is parsed as a property reference expression.
947       // Just return "unknown" as a fall-through for now.
948       Result.suppressDiagnostics();
949       return NameClassification::Unknown();
950     }
951 
952     QualType T = Context.getObjCInterfaceType(Class);
953     return ParsedType::make(T);
954   }
955 
956   // We can have a type template here if we're classifying a template argument.
957   if (isa<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl) && !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(FirstDecl))
958     return NameClassification::TypeTemplate(
959         TemplateName(cast<TemplateDecl>(FirstDecl)));
960 
961   // Check for a tag type hidden by a non-type decl in a few cases where it
962   // seems likely a type is wanted instead of the non-type that was found.
963   bool NextIsOp = NextToken.is(tok::amp) || NextToken.is(tok::star);
964   if ((NextToken.is(tok::identifier) ||
965        (NextIsOp &&
966         FirstDecl->getUnderlyingDecl()->isFunctionOrFunctionTemplate())) &&
967       isTagTypeWithMissingTag(*this, Result, S, SS, Name, NameLoc)) {
968     TypeDecl *Type = Result.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
969     DiagnoseUseOfDecl(Type, NameLoc);
970     QualType T = Context.getTypeDeclType(Type);
971     if (SS.isNotEmpty())
972       return buildNestedType(*this, SS, T, NameLoc);
973     return ParsedType::make(T);
974   }
975 
976   if (FirstDecl->isCXXClassMember())
977     return BuildPossibleImplicitMemberExpr(SS, SourceLocation(), Result,
978                                            nullptr);
979 
980   bool ADL = UseArgumentDependentLookup(SS, Result, NextToken.is(tok::l_paren));
981   return BuildDeclarationNameExpr(SS, Result, ADL);
982 }
983 
984 // Determines the context to return to after temporarily entering a
985 // context.  This depends in an unnecessarily complicated way on the
986 // exact ordering of callbacks from the parser.
987 DeclContext *Sema::getContainingDC(DeclContext *DC) {
988 
989   // Functions defined inline within classes aren't parsed until we've
990   // finished parsing the top-level class, so the top-level class is
991   // the context we'll need to return to.
992   // A Lambda call operator whose parent is a class must not be treated
993   // as an inline member function.  A Lambda can be used legally
994   // either as an in-class member initializer or a default argument.  These
995   // are parsed once the class has been marked complete and so the containing
996   // context would be the nested class (when the lambda is defined in one);
997   // If the class is not complete, then the lambda is being used in an
998   // ill-formed fashion (such as to specify the width of a bit-field, or
999   // in an array-bound) - in which case we still want to return the
1000   // lexically containing DC (which could be a nested class).
1001   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(DC) && !isLambdaCallOperator(DC)) {
1002     DC = DC->getLexicalParent();
1003 
1004     // A function not defined within a class will always return to its
1005     // lexical context.
1006     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
1007       return DC;
1008 
1009     // A C++ inline method/friend is parsed *after* the topmost class
1010     // it was declared in is fully parsed ("complete");  the topmost
1011     // class is the context we need to return to.
1012     while (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC->getLexicalParent()))
1013       DC = RD;
1014 
1015     // Return the declaration context of the topmost class the inline method is
1016     // declared in.
1017     return DC;
1018   }
1019 
1020   return DC->getLexicalParent();
1021 }
1022 
1023 void Sema::PushDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1024   assert(getContainingDC(DC) == CurContext &&
1025       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1026   CurContext = DC;
1027   S->setEntity(DC);
1028 }
1029 
1030 void Sema::PopDeclContext() {
1031   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1032 
1033   CurContext = getContainingDC(CurContext);
1034   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1035 }
1036 
1037 /// EnterDeclaratorContext - Used when we must lookup names in the context
1038 /// of a declarator's nested name specifier.
1039 ///
1040 void Sema::EnterDeclaratorContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1041   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p13:
1042   //   A name used in the definition of a static data member of class
1043   //   X (after the qualified-id of the static member) is looked up as
1044   //   if the name was used in a member function of X.
1045   // C++0x [basic.lookup.unqual]p14:
1046   //   If a variable member of a namespace is defined outside of the
1047   //   scope of its namespace then any name used in the definition of
1048   //   the variable member (after the declarator-id) is looked up as
1049   //   if the definition of the variable member occurred in its
1050   //   namespace.
1051   // Both of these imply that we should push a scope whose context
1052   // is the semantic context of the declaration.  We can't use
1053   // PushDeclContext here because that context is not necessarily
1054   // lexically contained in the current context.  Fortunately,
1055   // the containing scope should have the appropriate information.
1056 
1057   assert(!S->getEntity() && "scope already has entity");
1058 
1059 #ifndef NDEBUG
1060   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1061   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1062   assert(Ancestor->getEntity() == CurContext && "ancestor context mismatch");
1063 #endif
1064 
1065   CurContext = DC;
1066   S->setEntity(DC);
1067 }
1068 
1069 void Sema::ExitDeclaratorContext(Scope *S) {
1070   assert(S->getEntity() == CurContext && "Context imbalance!");
1071 
1072   // Switch back to the lexical context.  The safety of this is
1073   // enforced by an assert in EnterDeclaratorContext.
1074   Scope *Ancestor = S->getParent();
1075   while (!Ancestor->getEntity()) Ancestor = Ancestor->getParent();
1076   CurContext = Ancestor->getEntity();
1077 
1078   // We don't need to do anything with the scope, which is going to
1079   // disappear.
1080 }
1081 
1082 
1083 void Sema::ActOnReenterFunctionContext(Scope* S, Decl *D) {
1084   // We assume that the caller has already called
1085   // ActOnReenterTemplateScope so getTemplatedDecl() works.
1086   FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction();
1087   if (!FD)
1088     return;
1089 
1090   // Same implementation as PushDeclContext, but enters the context
1091   // from the lexical parent, rather than the top-level class.
1092   assert(CurContext == FD->getLexicalParent() &&
1093     "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
1094   CurContext = FD;
1095   S->setEntity(CurContext);
1096 
1097   for (unsigned P = 0, NumParams = FD->getNumParams(); P < NumParams; ++P) {
1098     ParmVarDecl *Param = FD->getParamDecl(P);
1099     // If the parameter has an identifier, then add it to the scope
1100     if (Param->getIdentifier()) {
1101       S->AddDecl(Param);
1102       IdResolver.AddDecl(Param);
1103     }
1104   }
1105 }
1106 
1107 
1108 void Sema::ActOnExitFunctionContext() {
1109   // Same implementation as PopDeclContext, but returns to the lexical parent,
1110   // rather than the top-level class.
1111   assert(CurContext && "DeclContext imbalance!");
1112   CurContext = CurContext->getLexicalParent();
1113   assert(CurContext && "Popped translation unit!");
1114 }
1115 
1116 
1117 /// \brief Determine whether we allow overloading of the function
1118 /// PrevDecl with another declaration.
1119 ///
1120 /// This routine determines whether overloading is possible, not
1121 /// whether some new function is actually an overload. It will return
1122 /// true in C++ (where we can always provide overloads) or, as an
1123 /// extension, in C when the previous function is already an
1124 /// overloaded function declaration or has the "overloadable"
1125 /// attribute.
1126 static bool AllowOverloadingOfFunction(LookupResult &Previous,
1127                                        ASTContext &Context) {
1128   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
1129     return true;
1130 
1131   if (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::FoundOverloaded)
1132     return true;
1133 
1134   return (Previous.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found
1135           && Previous.getFoundDecl()->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>());
1136 }
1137 
1138 /// Add this decl to the scope shadowed decl chains.
1139 void Sema::PushOnScopeChains(NamedDecl *D, Scope *S, bool AddToContext) {
1140   // Move up the scope chain until we find the nearest enclosing
1141   // non-transparent context. The declaration will be introduced into this
1142   // scope.
1143   while (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext())
1144     S = S->getParent();
1145 
1146   // Add scoped declarations into their context, so that they can be
1147   // found later. Declarations without a context won't be inserted
1148   // into any context.
1149   if (AddToContext)
1150     CurContext->addDecl(D);
1151 
1152   // Out-of-line definitions shouldn't be pushed into scope in C++, unless they
1153   // are function-local declarations.
1154   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && D->isOutOfLine() &&
1155       !D->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
1156         D->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
1157       !D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1158     return;
1159 
1160   // Template instantiations should also not be pushed into scope.
1161   if (isa<FunctionDecl>(D) &&
1162       cast<FunctionDecl>(D)->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
1163     return;
1164 
1165   // If this replaces anything in the current scope,
1166   IdentifierResolver::iterator I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()),
1167                                IEnd = IdResolver.end();
1168   for (; I != IEnd; ++I) {
1169     if (S->isDeclScope(*I) && D->declarationReplaces(*I)) {
1170       S->RemoveDecl(*I);
1171       IdResolver.RemoveDecl(*I);
1172 
1173       // Should only need to replace one decl.
1174       break;
1175     }
1176   }
1177 
1178   S->AddDecl(D);
1179 
1180   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D) && !cast<LabelDecl>(D)->isGnuLocal()) {
1181     // Implicitly-generated labels may end up getting generated in an order that
1182     // isn't strictly lexical, which breaks name lookup. Be careful to insert
1183     // the label at the appropriate place in the identifier chain.
1184     for (I = IdResolver.begin(D->getDeclName()); I != IEnd; ++I) {
1185       DeclContext *IDC = (*I)->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
1186       if (IDC == CurContext) {
1187         if (!S->isDeclScope(*I))
1188           continue;
1189       } else if (IDC->Encloses(CurContext))
1190         break;
1191     }
1192 
1193     IdResolver.InsertDeclAfter(I, D);
1194   } else {
1195     IdResolver.AddDecl(D);
1196   }
1197 }
1198 
1199 void Sema::pushExternalDeclIntoScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclarationName Name) {
1200   if (IdResolver.tryAddTopLevelDecl(D, Name) && TUScope)
1201     TUScope->AddDecl(D);
1202 }
1203 
1204 bool Sema::isDeclInScope(NamedDecl *D, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1205                          bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1206   return IdResolver.isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace);
1207 }
1208 
1209 Scope *Sema::getScopeForDeclContext(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC) {
1210   DeclContext *TargetDC = DC->getPrimaryContext();
1211   do {
1212     if (DeclContext *ScopeDC = S->getEntity())
1213       if (ScopeDC->getPrimaryContext() == TargetDC)
1214         return S;
1215   } while ((S = S->getParent()));
1216 
1217   return nullptr;
1218 }
1219 
1220 static bool isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *,
1221                                             DeclContext*,
1222                                             ASTContext&);
1223 
1224 /// Filters out lookup results that don't fall within the given scope
1225 /// as determined by isDeclInScope.
1226 void Sema::FilterLookupForScope(LookupResult &R, DeclContext *Ctx, Scope *S,
1227                                 bool ConsiderLinkage,
1228                                 bool AllowInlineNamespace) {
1229   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1230   while (F.hasNext()) {
1231     NamedDecl *D = F.next();
1232 
1233     if (isDeclInScope(D, Ctx, S, AllowInlineNamespace))
1234       continue;
1235 
1236     if (ConsiderLinkage && isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(D, Ctx, Context))
1237       continue;
1238 
1239     F.erase();
1240   }
1241 
1242   F.done();
1243 }
1244 
1245 static bool isUsingDecl(NamedDecl *D) {
1246   return isa<UsingShadowDecl>(D) ||
1247          isa<UnresolvedUsingTypenameDecl>(D) ||
1248          isa<UnresolvedUsingValueDecl>(D);
1249 }
1250 
1251 /// Removes using shadow declarations from the lookup results.
1252 static void RemoveUsingDecls(LookupResult &R) {
1253   LookupResult::Filter F = R.makeFilter();
1254   while (F.hasNext())
1255     if (isUsingDecl(F.next()))
1256       F.erase();
1257 
1258   F.done();
1259 }
1260 
1261 /// \brief Check for this common pattern:
1262 /// @code
1263 /// class S {
1264 ///   S(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1265 ///   void operator=(const S&); // DO NOT IMPLEMENT
1266 /// };
1267 /// @endcode
1268 static bool IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(const CXXMethodDecl *D) {
1269   // FIXME: Should check for private access too but access is set after we get
1270   // the decl here.
1271   if (D->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody())
1272     return false;
1273 
1274   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *CD = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(D))
1275     return CD->isCopyConstructor();
1276   if (const CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
1277     return Method->isCopyAssignmentOperator();
1278   return false;
1279 }
1280 
1281 // We need this to handle
1282 //
1283 // typedef struct {
1284 //   void *foo() { return 0; }
1285 // } A;
1286 //
1287 // When we see foo we don't know if after the typedef we will get 'A' or '*A'
1288 // for example. If 'A', foo will have external linkage. If we have '*A',
1289 // foo will have no linkage. Since we can't know until we get to the end
1290 // of the typedef, this function finds out if D might have non-external linkage.
1291 // Callers should verify at the end of the TU if it D has external linkage or
1292 // not.
1293 bool Sema::mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1294   const DeclContext *DC = D->getDeclContext();
1295   while (!DC->isTranslationUnit()) {
1296     if (const RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(DC)){
1297       if (!RD->hasNameForLinkage())
1298         return true;
1299     }
1300     DC = DC->getParent();
1301   }
1302 
1303   return !D->isExternallyVisible();
1304 }
1305 
1306 // FIXME: This needs to be refactored; some other isInMainFile users want
1307 // these semantics.
1308 static bool isMainFileLoc(const Sema &S, SourceLocation Loc) {
1309   if (S.TUKind != TU_Complete)
1310     return false;
1311   return S.SourceMgr.isInMainFile(Loc);
1312 }
1313 
1314 bool Sema::ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) const {
1315   assert(D);
1316 
1317   if (D->isInvalidDecl() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1318     return false;
1319 
1320   // Ignore all entities declared within templates, and out-of-line definitions
1321   // of members of class templates.
1322   if (D->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() ||
1323       D->getLexicalDeclContext()->isDependentContext())
1324     return false;
1325 
1326   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1327     if (FD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1328       return false;
1329 
1330     if (const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
1331       if (MD->isVirtual() || IsDisallowedCopyOrAssign(MD))
1332         return false;
1333     } else {
1334       // 'static inline' functions are defined in headers; don't warn.
1335       if (FD->isInlined() && !isMainFileLoc(*this, FD->getLocation()))
1336         return false;
1337     }
1338 
1339     if (FD->doesThisDeclarationHaveABody() &&
1340         Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(FD))
1341       return false;
1342   } else if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1343     // Constants and utility variables are defined in headers with internal
1344     // linkage; don't warn.  (Unlike functions, there isn't a convenient marker
1345     // like "inline".)
1346     if (!isMainFileLoc(*this, VD->getLocation()))
1347       return false;
1348 
1349     if (Context.DeclMustBeEmitted(VD))
1350       return false;
1351 
1352     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() &&
1353         VD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() == TSK_ImplicitInstantiation)
1354       return false;
1355   } else {
1356     return false;
1357   }
1358 
1359   // Only warn for unused decls internal to the translation unit.
1360   // FIXME: This seems like a bogus check; it suppresses -Wunused-function
1361   // for inline functions defined in the main source file, for instance.
1362   return mightHaveNonExternalLinkage(D);
1363 }
1364 
1365 void Sema::MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(const DeclaratorDecl *D) {
1366   if (!D)
1367     return;
1368 
1369   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
1370     const FunctionDecl *First = FD->getFirstDecl();
1371     if (FD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1372       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1373   }
1374 
1375   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1376     const VarDecl *First = VD->getFirstDecl();
1377     if (VD != First && ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(First))
1378       return; // First should already be in the vector.
1379   }
1380 
1381   if (ShouldWarnIfUnusedFileScopedDecl(D))
1382     UnusedFileScopedDecls.push_back(D);
1383 }
1384 
1385 static bool ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1386   if (D->isInvalidDecl())
1387     return false;
1388 
1389   if (D->isReferenced() || D->isUsed() || D->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>() ||
1390       D->hasAttr<ObjCPreciseLifetimeAttr>())
1391     return false;
1392 
1393   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1394     return true;
1395 
1396   // White-list anything that isn't a local variable.
1397   if (!isa<VarDecl>(D) || isa<ParmVarDecl>(D) || isa<ImplicitParamDecl>(D) ||
1398       !D->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
1399     return false;
1400 
1401   // Types of valid local variables should be complete, so this should succeed.
1402   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
1403 
1404     // White-list anything with an __attribute__((unused)) type.
1405     QualType Ty = VD->getType();
1406 
1407     // Only look at the outermost level of typedef.
1408     if (const TypedefType *TT = Ty->getAs<TypedefType>()) {
1409       if (TT->getDecl()->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1410         return false;
1411     }
1412 
1413     // If we failed to complete the type for some reason, or if the type is
1414     // dependent, don't diagnose the variable.
1415     if (Ty->isIncompleteType() || Ty->isDependentType())
1416       return false;
1417 
1418     if (const TagType *TT = Ty->getAs<TagType>()) {
1419       const TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
1420       if (Tag->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>())
1421         return false;
1422 
1423       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag)) {
1424         if (!RD->hasTrivialDestructor() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1425           return false;
1426 
1427         if (const Expr *Init = VD->getInit()) {
1428           if (const ExprWithCleanups *Cleanups =
1429                   dyn_cast<ExprWithCleanups>(Init))
1430             Init = Cleanups->getSubExpr();
1431           const CXXConstructExpr *Construct =
1432             dyn_cast<CXXConstructExpr>(Init);
1433           if (Construct && !Construct->isElidable()) {
1434             CXXConstructorDecl *CD = Construct->getConstructor();
1435             if (!CD->isTrivial() && !RD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedAttr>())
1436               return false;
1437           }
1438         }
1439       }
1440     }
1441 
1442     // TODO: __attribute__((unused)) templates?
1443   }
1444 
1445   return true;
1446 }
1447 
1448 static void GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D, ASTContext &Ctx,
1449                                      FixItHint &Hint) {
1450   if (isa<LabelDecl>(D)) {
1451     SourceLocation AfterColon = Lexer::findLocationAfterToken(D->getLocEnd(),
1452                 tok::colon, Ctx.getSourceManager(), Ctx.getLangOpts(), true);
1453     if (AfterColon.isInvalid())
1454       return;
1455     Hint = FixItHint::CreateRemoval(CharSourceRange::
1456                                     getCharRange(D->getLocStart(), AfterColon));
1457   }
1458   return;
1459 }
1460 
1461 /// DiagnoseUnusedDecl - Emit warnings about declarations that are not used
1462 /// unless they are marked attr(unused).
1463 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedDecl(const NamedDecl *D) {
1464   if (!ShouldDiagnoseUnusedDecl(D))
1465     return;
1466 
1467   FixItHint Hint;
1468   GenerateFixForUnusedDecl(D, Context, Hint);
1469 
1470   unsigned DiagID;
1471   if (isa<VarDecl>(D) && cast<VarDecl>(D)->isExceptionVariable())
1472     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_exception_param;
1473   else if (isa<LabelDecl>(D))
1474     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_label;
1475   else
1476     DiagID = diag::warn_unused_variable;
1477 
1478   Diag(D->getLocation(), DiagID) << D->getDeclName() << Hint;
1479 }
1480 
1481 static void CheckPoppedLabel(LabelDecl *L, Sema &S) {
1482   // Verify that we have no forward references left.  If so, there was a goto
1483   // or address of a label taken, but no definition of it.  Label fwd
1484   // definitions are indicated with a null substmt.
1485   if (L->getStmt() == nullptr)
1486     S.Diag(L->getLocation(), diag::err_undeclared_label_use) <<L->getDeclName();
1487 }
1488 
1489 void Sema::ActOnPopScope(SourceLocation Loc, Scope *S) {
1490   S->mergeNRVOIntoParent();
1491 
1492   if (S->decl_empty()) return;
1493   assert((S->getFlags() & (Scope::DeclScope | Scope::TemplateParamScope)) &&
1494          "Scope shouldn't contain decls!");
1495 
1496   for (auto *TmpD : S->decls()) {
1497     assert(TmpD && "This decl didn't get pushed??");
1498 
1499     assert(isa<NamedDecl>(TmpD) && "Decl isn't NamedDecl?");
1500     NamedDecl *D = cast<NamedDecl>(TmpD);
1501 
1502     if (!D->getDeclName()) continue;
1503 
1504     // Diagnose unused variables in this scope.
1505     if (!S->hasUnrecoverableErrorOccurred())
1506       DiagnoseUnusedDecl(D);
1507 
1508     // If this was a forward reference to a label, verify it was defined.
1509     if (LabelDecl *LD = dyn_cast<LabelDecl>(D))
1510       CheckPoppedLabel(LD, *this);
1511 
1512     // Remove this name from our lexical scope.
1513     IdResolver.RemoveDecl(D);
1514   }
1515 }
1516 
1517 /// \brief Look for an Objective-C class in the translation unit.
1518 ///
1519 /// \param Id The name of the Objective-C class we're looking for. If
1520 /// typo-correction fixes this name, the Id will be updated
1521 /// to the fixed name.
1522 ///
1523 /// \param IdLoc The location of the name in the translation unit.
1524 ///
1525 /// \param DoTypoCorrection If true, this routine will attempt typo correction
1526 /// if there is no class with the given name.
1527 ///
1528 /// \returns The declaration of the named Objective-C class, or NULL if the
1529 /// class could not be found.
1530 ObjCInterfaceDecl *Sema::getObjCInterfaceDecl(IdentifierInfo *&Id,
1531                                               SourceLocation IdLoc,
1532                                               bool DoTypoCorrection) {
1533   // The third "scope" argument is 0 since we aren't enabling lazy built-in
1534   // creation from this context.
1535   NamedDecl *IDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
1536 
1537   if (!IDecl && DoTypoCorrection) {
1538     // Perform typo correction at the given location, but only if we
1539     // find an Objective-C class name.
1540     DeclFilterCCC<ObjCInterfaceDecl> Validator;
1541     if (TypoCorrection C = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(Id, IdLoc),
1542                                        LookupOrdinaryName, TUScope, nullptr,
1543                                        Validator, CTK_ErrorRecovery)) {
1544       diagnoseTypo(C, PDiag(diag::err_undef_interface_suggest) << Id);
1545       IDecl = C.getCorrectionDeclAs<ObjCInterfaceDecl>();
1546       Id = IDecl->getIdentifier();
1547     }
1548   }
1549   ObjCInterfaceDecl *Def = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(IDecl);
1550   // This routine must always return a class definition, if any.
1551   if (Def && Def->getDefinition())
1552       Def = Def->getDefinition();
1553   return Def;
1554 }
1555 
1556 /// getNonFieldDeclScope - Retrieves the innermost scope, starting
1557 /// from S, where a non-field would be declared. This routine copes
1558 /// with the difference between C and C++ scoping rules in structs and
1559 /// unions. For example, the following code is well-formed in C but
1560 /// ill-formed in C++:
1561 /// @code
1562 /// struct S6 {
1563 ///   enum { BAR } e;
1564 /// };
1565 ///
1566 /// void test_S6() {
1567 ///   struct S6 a;
1568 ///   a.e = BAR;
1569 /// }
1570 /// @endcode
1571 /// For the declaration of BAR, this routine will return a different
1572 /// scope. The scope S will be the scope of the unnamed enumeration
1573 /// within S6. In C++, this routine will return the scope associated
1574 /// with S6, because the enumeration's scope is a transparent
1575 /// context but structures can contain non-field names. In C, this
1576 /// routine will return the translation unit scope, since the
1577 /// enumeration's scope is a transparent context and structures cannot
1578 /// contain non-field names.
1579 Scope *Sema::getNonFieldDeclScope(Scope *S) {
1580   while (((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
1581          (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()) ||
1582          (S->isClassScope() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus))
1583     S = S->getParent();
1584   return S;
1585 }
1586 
1587 /// \brief Looks up the declaration of "struct objc_super" and
1588 /// saves it for later use in building builtin declaration of
1589 /// objc_msgSendSuper and objc_msgSendSuper_stret. If no such
1590 /// pre-existing declaration exists no action takes place.
1591 static void LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(Sema &ThisSema, Scope *S,
1592                                         IdentifierInfo *II) {
1593   if (!II->isStr("objc_msgSendSuper"))
1594     return;
1595   ASTContext &Context = ThisSema.Context;
1596 
1597   LookupResult Result(ThisSema, &Context.Idents.get("objc_super"),
1598                       SourceLocation(), Sema::LookupTagName);
1599   ThisSema.LookupName(Result, S);
1600   if (Result.getResultKind() == LookupResult::Found)
1601     if (const TagDecl *TD = Result.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
1602       Context.setObjCSuperType(Context.getTagDeclType(TD));
1603 }
1604 
1605 static StringRef getHeaderName(ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error) {
1606   switch (Error) {
1607   case ASTContext::GE_None:
1608     return "";
1609   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_stdio:
1610     return "stdio.h";
1611   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_setjmp:
1612     return "setjmp.h";
1613   case ASTContext::GE_Missing_ucontext:
1614     return "ucontext.h";
1615   }
1616   llvm_unreachable("unhandled error kind");
1617 }
1618 
1619 /// LazilyCreateBuiltin - The specified Builtin-ID was first used at
1620 /// file scope.  lazily create a decl for it. ForRedeclaration is true
1621 /// if we're creating this built-in in anticipation of redeclaring the
1622 /// built-in.
1623 NamedDecl *Sema::LazilyCreateBuiltin(IdentifierInfo *II, unsigned bid,
1624                                      Scope *S, bool ForRedeclaration,
1625                                      SourceLocation Loc) {
1626   LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, II);
1627 
1628   Builtin::ID BID = (Builtin::ID)bid;
1629 
1630   ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
1631   QualType R = Context.GetBuiltinType(BID, Error);
1632   if (Error) {
1633     if (ForRedeclaration)
1634       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_implicit_decl_requires_sysheader)
1635           << getHeaderName(Error)
1636           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1637     return nullptr;
1638   }
1639 
1640   if (!ForRedeclaration && Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BID)) {
1641     Diag(Loc, diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl)
1642       << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID)
1643       << R;
1644     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID) &&
1645         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::ext_implicit_lib_function_decl, Loc))
1646       Diag(Loc, diag::note_include_header_or_declare)
1647           << Context.BuiltinInfo.getHeaderName(BID)
1648           << Context.BuiltinInfo.GetName(BID);
1649   }
1650 
1651   DeclContext *Parent = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
1652   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1653     LinkageSpecDecl *CLinkageDecl =
1654         LinkageSpecDecl::Create(Context, Parent, Loc, Loc,
1655                                 LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c, false);
1656     CLinkageDecl->setImplicit();
1657     Parent->addDecl(CLinkageDecl);
1658     Parent = CLinkageDecl;
1659   }
1660 
1661   FunctionDecl *New = FunctionDecl::Create(Context,
1662                                            Parent,
1663                                            Loc, Loc, II, R, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1664                                            SC_Extern,
1665                                            false,
1666                                            /*hasPrototype=*/true);
1667   New->setImplicit();
1668 
1669   // Create Decl objects for each parameter, adding them to the
1670   // FunctionDecl.
1671   if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(R)) {
1672     SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
1673     for (unsigned i = 0, e = FT->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i) {
1674       ParmVarDecl *parm =
1675           ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(), SourceLocation(),
1676                               nullptr, FT->getParamType(i), /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
1677                               SC_None, nullptr);
1678       parm->setScopeInfo(0, i);
1679       Params.push_back(parm);
1680     }
1681     New->setParams(Params);
1682   }
1683 
1684   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(New);
1685   RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(New, S);
1686 
1687   // TUScope is the translation-unit scope to insert this function into.
1688   // FIXME: This is hideous. We need to teach PushOnScopeChains to
1689   // relate Scopes to DeclContexts, and probably eliminate CurContext
1690   // entirely, but we're not there yet.
1691   DeclContext *SavedContext = CurContext;
1692   CurContext = Parent;
1693   PushOnScopeChains(New, TUScope);
1694   CurContext = SavedContext;
1695   return New;
1696 }
1697 
1698 /// \brief Filter out any previous declarations that the given declaration
1699 /// should not consider because they are not permitted to conflict, e.g.,
1700 /// because they come from hidden sub-modules and do not refer to the same
1701 /// entity.
1702 static void filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(ASTContext &context,
1703                                               NamedDecl *decl,
1704                                               LookupResult &previous){
1705   // This is only interesting when modules are enabled.
1706   if (!context.getLangOpts().Modules)
1707     return;
1708 
1709   // Empty sets are uninteresting.
1710   if (previous.empty())
1711     return;
1712 
1713   LookupResult::Filter filter = previous.makeFilter();
1714   while (filter.hasNext()) {
1715     NamedDecl *old = filter.next();
1716 
1717     // Non-hidden declarations are never ignored.
1718     if (!old->isHidden())
1719       continue;
1720 
1721     if (!old->isExternallyVisible())
1722       filter.erase();
1723   }
1724 
1725   filter.done();
1726 }
1727 
1728 bool Sema::isIncompatibleTypedef(TypeDecl *Old, TypedefNameDecl *New) {
1729   QualType OldType;
1730   if (TypedefNameDecl *OldTypedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1731     OldType = OldTypedef->getUnderlyingType();
1732   else
1733     OldType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Old);
1734   QualType NewType = New->getUnderlyingType();
1735 
1736   if (NewType->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
1737     // Must not redefine a typedef with a variably-modified type.
1738     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1739     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_variably_modified_typedef)
1740       << Kind << NewType;
1741     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1742       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1743     New->setInvalidDecl();
1744     return true;
1745   }
1746 
1747   if (OldType != NewType &&
1748       !OldType->isDependentType() &&
1749       !NewType->isDependentType() &&
1750       !Context.hasSameType(OldType, NewType)) {
1751     int Kind = isa<TypeAliasDecl>(Old) ? 1 : 0;
1752     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_typedef)
1753       << Kind << NewType << OldType;
1754     if (Old->getLocation().isValid())
1755       Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1756     New->setInvalidDecl();
1757     return true;
1758   }
1759   return false;
1760 }
1761 
1762 /// MergeTypedefNameDecl - We just parsed a typedef 'New' which has the
1763 /// same name and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out
1764 /// how to resolve this situation, merging decls or emitting
1765 /// diagnostics as appropriate. If there was an error, set New to be invalid.
1766 ///
1767 void Sema::MergeTypedefNameDecl(TypedefNameDecl *New, LookupResult &OldDecls) {
1768   // If the new decl is known invalid already, don't bother doing any
1769   // merging checks.
1770   if (New->isInvalidDecl()) return;
1771 
1772   // Allow multiple definitions for ObjC built-in typedefs.
1773   // FIXME: Verify the underlying types are equivalent!
1774   if (getLangOpts().ObjC1) {
1775     const IdentifierInfo *TypeID = New->getIdentifier();
1776     switch (TypeID->getLength()) {
1777     default: break;
1778     case 2:
1779       {
1780         if (!TypeID->isStr("id"))
1781           break;
1782         QualType T = New->getUnderlyingType();
1783         if (!T->isPointerType())
1784           break;
1785         if (!T->isVoidPointerType()) {
1786           QualType PT = T->getAs<PointerType>()->getPointeeType();
1787           if (!PT->isStructureType())
1788             break;
1789         }
1790         Context.setObjCIdRedefinitionType(T);
1791         // Install the built-in type for 'id', ignoring the current definition.
1792         New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCIdType().getTypePtr());
1793         return;
1794       }
1795     case 5:
1796       if (!TypeID->isStr("Class"))
1797         break;
1798       Context.setObjCClassRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1799       // Install the built-in type for 'Class', ignoring the current definition.
1800       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCClassType().getTypePtr());
1801       return;
1802     case 3:
1803       if (!TypeID->isStr("SEL"))
1804         break;
1805       Context.setObjCSelRedefinitionType(New->getUnderlyingType());
1806       // Install the built-in type for 'SEL', ignoring the current definition.
1807       New->setTypeForDecl(Context.getObjCSelType().getTypePtr());
1808       return;
1809     }
1810     // Fall through - the typedef name was not a builtin type.
1811   }
1812 
1813   // Verify the old decl was also a type.
1814   TypeDecl *Old = OldDecls.getAsSingle<TypeDecl>();
1815   if (!Old) {
1816     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
1817       << New->getDeclName();
1818 
1819     NamedDecl *OldD = OldDecls.getRepresentativeDecl();
1820     if (OldD->getLocation().isValid())
1821       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1822 
1823     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1824   }
1825 
1826   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
1827   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
1828     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1829 
1830   // If the typedef types are not identical, reject them in all languages and
1831   // with any extensions enabled.
1832   if (isIncompatibleTypedef(Old, New))
1833     return;
1834 
1835   // The types match.  Link up the redeclaration chain and merge attributes if
1836   // the old declaration was a typedef.
1837   if (TypedefNameDecl *Typedef = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(Old)) {
1838     New->setPreviousDecl(Typedef);
1839     mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
1840   }
1841 
1842   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
1843     return;
1844 
1845   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
1846     // C++ [dcl.typedef]p2:
1847     //   In a given non-class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to
1848     //   redefine the name of any type declared in that scope to refer
1849     //   to the type to which it already refers.
1850     if (!isa<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext))
1851       return;
1852 
1853     // C++0x [dcl.typedef]p4:
1854     //   In a given class scope, a typedef specifier can be used to redefine
1855     //   any class-name declared in that scope that is not also a typedef-name
1856     //   to refer to the type to which it already refers.
1857     //
1858     // This wording came in via DR424, which was a correction to the
1859     // wording in DR56, which accidentally banned code like:
1860     //
1861     //   struct S {
1862     //     typedef struct A { } A;
1863     //   };
1864     //
1865     // in the C++03 standard. We implement the C++0x semantics, which
1866     // allow the above but disallow
1867     //
1868     //   struct S {
1869     //     typedef int I;
1870     //     typedef int I;
1871     //   };
1872     //
1873     // since that was the intent of DR56.
1874     if (!isa<TypedefNameDecl>(Old))
1875       return;
1876 
1877     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
1878       << New->getDeclName();
1879     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1880     return New->setInvalidDecl();
1881   }
1882 
1883   // Modules always permit redefinition of typedefs, as does C11.
1884   if (getLangOpts().Modules || getLangOpts().C11)
1885     return;
1886 
1887   // If we have a redefinition of a typedef in C, emit a warning.  This warning
1888   // is normally mapped to an error, but can be controlled with
1889   // -Wtypedef-redefinition.  If either the original or the redefinition is
1890   // in a system header, don't emit this for compatibility with GCC.
1891   if (getDiagnostics().getSuppressSystemWarnings() &&
1892       (Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Old->getLocation()) ||
1893        Context.getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(New->getLocation())))
1894     return;
1895 
1896   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_redefinition_of_typedef)
1897     << New->getDeclName();
1898   Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
1899   return;
1900 }
1901 
1902 /// DeclhasAttr - returns true if decl Declaration already has the target
1903 /// attribute.
1904 static bool DeclHasAttr(const Decl *D, const Attr *A) {
1905   const OwnershipAttr *OA = dyn_cast<OwnershipAttr>(A);
1906   const AnnotateAttr *Ann = dyn_cast<AnnotateAttr>(A);
1907   for (const auto *i : D->attrs())
1908     if (i->getKind() == A->getKind()) {
1909       if (Ann) {
1910         if (Ann->getAnnotation() == cast<AnnotateAttr>(i)->getAnnotation())
1911           return true;
1912         continue;
1913       }
1914       // FIXME: Don't hardcode this check
1915       if (OA && isa<OwnershipAttr>(i))
1916         return OA->getOwnKind() == cast<OwnershipAttr>(i)->getOwnKind();
1917       return true;
1918     }
1919 
1920   return false;
1921 }
1922 
1923 static bool isAttributeTargetADefinition(Decl *D) {
1924   if (VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D))
1925     return VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition();
1926   if (TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
1927     return TD->isCompleteDefinition() || TD->isBeingDefined();
1928   return true;
1929 }
1930 
1931 /// Merge alignment attributes from \p Old to \p New, taking into account the
1932 /// special semantics of C11's _Alignas specifier and C++11's alignas attribute.
1933 ///
1934 /// \return \c true if any attributes were added to \p New.
1935 static bool mergeAlignedAttrs(Sema &S, NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old) {
1936   // Look for alignas attributes on Old, and pick out whichever attribute
1937   // specifies the strictest alignment requirement.
1938   AlignedAttr *OldAlignasAttr = nullptr;
1939   AlignedAttr *OldStrictestAlignAttr = nullptr;
1940   unsigned OldAlign = 0;
1941   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1942     // FIXME: We have no way of representing inherited dependent alignments
1943     // in a case like:
1944     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(A) X;
1945     //   template<int A, int B> struct alignas(B) X {};
1946     // For now, we just ignore any alignas attributes which are not on the
1947     // definition in such a case.
1948     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1949       return false;
1950 
1951     if (I->isAlignas())
1952       OldAlignasAttr = I;
1953 
1954     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1955     if (Align > OldAlign) {
1956       OldAlign = Align;
1957       OldStrictestAlignAttr = I;
1958     }
1959   }
1960 
1961   // Look for alignas attributes on New.
1962   AlignedAttr *NewAlignasAttr = nullptr;
1963   unsigned NewAlign = 0;
1964   for (auto *I : New->specific_attrs<AlignedAttr>()) {
1965     if (I->isAlignmentDependent())
1966       return false;
1967 
1968     if (I->isAlignas())
1969       NewAlignasAttr = I;
1970 
1971     unsigned Align = I->getAlignment(S.Context);
1972     if (Align > NewAlign)
1973       NewAlign = Align;
1974   }
1975 
1976   if (OldAlignasAttr && NewAlignasAttr && OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1977     // Both declarations have 'alignas' attributes. We require them to match.
1978     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6 and C11 6.7.5/7 both come close to saying this, but
1979     // fall short. (If two declarations both have alignas, they must both match
1980     // every definition, and so must match each other if there is a definition.)
1981 
1982     // If either declaration only contains 'alignas(0)' specifiers, then it
1983     // specifies the natural alignment for the type.
1984     if (OldAlign == 0 || NewAlign == 0) {
1985       QualType Ty;
1986       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(New))
1987         Ty = VD->getType();
1988       else
1989         Ty = S.Context.getTagDeclType(cast<TagDecl>(New));
1990 
1991       if (OldAlign == 0)
1992         OldAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1993       if (NewAlign == 0)
1994         NewAlign = S.Context.getTypeAlign(Ty);
1995     }
1996 
1997     if (OldAlign != NewAlign) {
1998       S.Diag(NewAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_mismatch)
1999         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(OldAlign).getQuantity()
2000         << (unsigned)S.Context.toCharUnitsFromBits(NewAlign).getQuantity();
2001       S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2002     }
2003   }
2004 
2005   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr && isAttributeTargetADefinition(New)) {
2006     // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2007     //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2008     //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2009     //   equivalent alignment.
2010     // C11 6.7.5/7:
2011     //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2012     //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2013     //   have no alignment specifier.
2014     S.Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2015       << OldAlignasAttr;
2016     S.Diag(OldAlignasAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2017       << OldAlignasAttr;
2018   }
2019 
2020   bool AnyAdded = false;
2021 
2022   // Ensure we have an attribute representing the strictest alignment.
2023   if (OldAlign > NewAlign) {
2024     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldStrictestAlignAttr->clone(S.Context);
2025     Clone->setInherited(true);
2026     New->addAttr(Clone);
2027     AnyAdded = true;
2028   }
2029 
2030   // Ensure we have an alignas attribute if the old declaration had one.
2031   if (OldAlignasAttr && !NewAlignasAttr &&
2032       !(AnyAdded && OldStrictestAlignAttr->isAlignas())) {
2033     AlignedAttr *Clone = OldAlignasAttr->clone(S.Context);
2034     Clone->setInherited(true);
2035     New->addAttr(Clone);
2036     AnyAdded = true;
2037   }
2038 
2039   return AnyAdded;
2040 }
2041 
2042 static bool mergeDeclAttribute(Sema &S, NamedDecl *D,
2043                                const InheritableAttr *Attr, bool Override) {
2044   InheritableAttr *NewAttr = nullptr;
2045   unsigned AttrSpellingListIndex = Attr->getSpellingListIndex();
2046   if (const auto *AA = dyn_cast<AvailabilityAttr>(Attr))
2047     NewAttr = S.mergeAvailabilityAttr(D, AA->getRange(), AA->getPlatform(),
2048                                       AA->getIntroduced(), AA->getDeprecated(),
2049                                       AA->getObsoleted(), AA->getUnavailable(),
2050                                       AA->getMessage(), Override,
2051                                       AttrSpellingListIndex);
2052   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<VisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2053     NewAttr = S.mergeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2054                                     AttrSpellingListIndex);
2055   else if (const auto *VA = dyn_cast<TypeVisibilityAttr>(Attr))
2056     NewAttr = S.mergeTypeVisibilityAttr(D, VA->getRange(), VA->getVisibility(),
2057                                         AttrSpellingListIndex);
2058   else if (const auto *ImportA = dyn_cast<DLLImportAttr>(Attr))
2059     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLImportAttr(D, ImportA->getRange(),
2060                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2061   else if (const auto *ExportA = dyn_cast<DLLExportAttr>(Attr))
2062     NewAttr = S.mergeDLLExportAttr(D, ExportA->getRange(),
2063                                    AttrSpellingListIndex);
2064   else if (const auto *FA = dyn_cast<FormatAttr>(Attr))
2065     NewAttr = S.mergeFormatAttr(D, FA->getRange(), FA->getType(),
2066                                 FA->getFormatIdx(), FA->getFirstArg(),
2067                                 AttrSpellingListIndex);
2068   else if (const auto *SA = dyn_cast<SectionAttr>(Attr))
2069     NewAttr = S.mergeSectionAttr(D, SA->getRange(), SA->getName(),
2070                                  AttrSpellingListIndex);
2071   else if (const auto *IA = dyn_cast<MSInheritanceAttr>(Attr))
2072     NewAttr = S.mergeMSInheritanceAttr(D, IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
2073                                        AttrSpellingListIndex,
2074                                        IA->getSemanticSpelling());
2075   else if (isa<AlignedAttr>(Attr))
2076     // AlignedAttrs are handled separately, because we need to handle all
2077     // such attributes on a declaration at the same time.
2078     NewAttr = nullptr;
2079   else if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(Attr) && Override)
2080     NewAttr = nullptr;
2081   else if (Attr->duplicatesAllowed() || !DeclHasAttr(D, Attr))
2082     NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(Attr->clone(S.Context));
2083 
2084   if (NewAttr) {
2085     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2086     D->addAttr(NewAttr);
2087     return true;
2088   }
2089 
2090   return false;
2091 }
2092 
2093 static const Decl *getDefinition(const Decl *D) {
2094   if (const TagDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(D))
2095     return TD->getDefinition();
2096   if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D)) {
2097     const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition();
2098     if (Def)
2099       return Def;
2100     return VD->getActingDefinition();
2101   }
2102   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(D)) {
2103     const FunctionDecl* Def;
2104     if (FD->isDefined(Def))
2105       return Def;
2106   }
2107   return nullptr;
2108 }
2109 
2110 static bool hasAttribute(const Decl *D, attr::Kind Kind) {
2111   for (const auto *Attribute : D->attrs())
2112     if (Attribute->getKind() == Kind)
2113       return true;
2114   return false;
2115 }
2116 
2117 /// checkNewAttributesAfterDef - If we already have a definition, check that
2118 /// there are no new attributes in this declaration.
2119 static void checkNewAttributesAfterDef(Sema &S, Decl *New, const Decl *Old) {
2120   if (!New->hasAttrs())
2121     return;
2122 
2123   const Decl *Def = getDefinition(Old);
2124   if (!Def || Def == New)
2125     return;
2126 
2127   AttrVec &NewAttributes = New->getAttrs();
2128   for (unsigned I = 0, E = NewAttributes.size(); I != E;) {
2129     const Attr *NewAttribute = NewAttributes[I];
2130 
2131     if (isa<AliasAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2132       if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(New))
2133         S.CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD, cast<FunctionDecl>(Def));
2134       else {
2135         VarDecl *VD = cast<VarDecl>(New);
2136         unsigned Diag = cast<VarDecl>(Def)->isThisDeclarationADefinition() ==
2137                                 VarDecl::TentativeDefinition
2138                             ? diag::err_alias_after_tentative
2139                             : diag::err_redefinition;
2140         S.Diag(VD->getLocation(), Diag) << VD->getDeclName();
2141         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2142         VD->setInvalidDecl();
2143       }
2144       ++I;
2145       continue;
2146     }
2147 
2148     if (const VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Def)) {
2149       // Tentative definitions are only interesting for the alias check above.
2150       if (VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() != VarDecl::Definition) {
2151         ++I;
2152         continue;
2153       }
2154     }
2155 
2156     if (hasAttribute(Def, NewAttribute->getKind())) {
2157       ++I;
2158       continue; // regular attr merging will take care of validating this.
2159     }
2160 
2161     if (isa<C11NoReturnAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2162       // C's _Noreturn is allowed to be added to a function after it is defined.
2163       ++I;
2164       continue;
2165     } else if (const AlignedAttr *AA = dyn_cast<AlignedAttr>(NewAttribute)) {
2166       if (AA->isAlignas()) {
2167         // C++11 [dcl.align]p6:
2168         //   if any declaration of an entity has an alignment-specifier,
2169         //   every defining declaration of that entity shall specify an
2170         //   equivalent alignment.
2171         // C11 6.7.5/7:
2172         //   If the definition of an object does not have an alignment
2173         //   specifier, any other declaration of that object shall also
2174         //   have no alignment specifier.
2175         S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::err_alignas_missing_on_definition)
2176           << AA;
2177         S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(), diag::note_alignas_on_declaration)
2178           << AA;
2179         NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2180         --E;
2181         continue;
2182       }
2183     }
2184 
2185     S.Diag(NewAttribute->getLocation(),
2186            diag::warn_attribute_precede_definition);
2187     S.Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2188     NewAttributes.erase(NewAttributes.begin() + I);
2189     --E;
2190   }
2191 }
2192 
2193 /// mergeDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the Old decl to the New one.
2194 void Sema::mergeDeclAttributes(NamedDecl *New, Decl *Old,
2195                                AvailabilityMergeKind AMK) {
2196   if (UsedAttr *OldAttr = Old->getMostRecentDecl()->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
2197     UsedAttr *NewAttr = OldAttr->clone(Context);
2198     NewAttr->setInherited(true);
2199     New->addAttr(NewAttr);
2200   }
2201 
2202   if (!Old->hasAttrs() && !New->hasAttrs())
2203     return;
2204 
2205   // attributes declared post-definition are currently ignored
2206   checkNewAttributesAfterDef(*this, New, Old);
2207 
2208   if (!Old->hasAttrs())
2209     return;
2210 
2211   bool foundAny = New->hasAttrs();
2212 
2213   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is done before
2214   // we process them.
2215   if (!foundAny) New->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2216 
2217   for (auto *I : Old->specific_attrs<InheritableAttr>()) {
2218     bool Override = false;
2219     // Ignore deprecated/unavailable/availability attributes if requested.
2220     if (isa<DeprecatedAttr>(I) ||
2221         isa<UnavailableAttr>(I) ||
2222         isa<AvailabilityAttr>(I)) {
2223       switch (AMK) {
2224       case AMK_None:
2225         continue;
2226 
2227       case AMK_Redeclaration:
2228         break;
2229 
2230       case AMK_Override:
2231         Override = true;
2232         break;
2233       }
2234     }
2235 
2236     // Already handled.
2237     if (isa<UsedAttr>(I))
2238       continue;
2239 
2240     if (mergeDeclAttribute(*this, New, I, Override))
2241       foundAny = true;
2242   }
2243 
2244   if (mergeAlignedAttrs(*this, New, Old))
2245     foundAny = true;
2246 
2247   if (!foundAny) New->dropAttrs();
2248 }
2249 
2250 /// mergeParamDeclAttributes - Copy attributes from the old parameter
2251 /// to the new one.
2252 static void mergeParamDeclAttributes(ParmVarDecl *newDecl,
2253                                      const ParmVarDecl *oldDecl,
2254                                      Sema &S) {
2255   // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2256   //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2257   //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2258   //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2259   const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = newDecl->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2260   if (CDA && !oldDecl->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2261     S.Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2262            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2263     // Find the first declaration of the parameter.
2264     // FIXME: Should we build redeclaration chains for function parameters?
2265     const FunctionDecl *FirstFD =
2266       cast<FunctionDecl>(oldDecl->getDeclContext())->getFirstDecl();
2267     const ParmVarDecl *FirstVD =
2268       FirstFD->getParamDecl(oldDecl->getFunctionScopeIndex());
2269     S.Diag(FirstVD->getLocation(),
2270            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 1/*Param*/;
2271   }
2272 
2273   if (!oldDecl->hasAttrs())
2274     return;
2275 
2276   bool foundAny = newDecl->hasAttrs();
2277 
2278   // Ensure that any moving of objects within the allocated map is
2279   // done before we process them.
2280   if (!foundAny) newDecl->setAttrs(AttrVec());
2281 
2282   for (const auto *I : oldDecl->specific_attrs<InheritableParamAttr>()) {
2283     if (!DeclHasAttr(newDecl, I)) {
2284       InheritableAttr *newAttr =
2285         cast<InheritableParamAttr>(I->clone(S.Context));
2286       newAttr->setInherited(true);
2287       newDecl->addAttr(newAttr);
2288       foundAny = true;
2289     }
2290   }
2291 
2292   if (!foundAny) newDecl->dropAttrs();
2293 }
2294 
2295 namespace {
2296 
2297 /// Used in MergeFunctionDecl to keep track of function parameters in
2298 /// C.
2299 struct GNUCompatibleParamWarning {
2300   ParmVarDecl *OldParm;
2301   ParmVarDecl *NewParm;
2302   QualType PromotedType;
2303 };
2304 
2305 }
2306 
2307 /// getSpecialMember - get the special member enum for a method.
2308 Sema::CXXSpecialMember Sema::getSpecialMember(const CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
2309   if (const CXXConstructorDecl *Ctor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD)) {
2310     if (Ctor->isDefaultConstructor())
2311       return Sema::CXXDefaultConstructor;
2312 
2313     if (Ctor->isCopyConstructor())
2314       return Sema::CXXCopyConstructor;
2315 
2316     if (Ctor->isMoveConstructor())
2317       return Sema::CXXMoveConstructor;
2318   } else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(MD)) {
2319     return Sema::CXXDestructor;
2320   } else if (MD->isCopyAssignmentOperator()) {
2321     return Sema::CXXCopyAssignment;
2322   } else if (MD->isMoveAssignmentOperator()) {
2323     return Sema::CXXMoveAssignment;
2324   }
2325 
2326   return Sema::CXXInvalid;
2327 }
2328 
2329 // Determine whether the previous declaration was a definition, implicit
2330 // declaration, or a declaration.
2331 template <typename T>
2332 static std::pair<diag::kind, SourceLocation>
2333 getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2334   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2335   SourceLocation OldLocation = Old->getLocation();
2336   if (Old->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2337     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_definition;
2338   else if (Old->isImplicit()) {
2339     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_implicit_declaration;
2340     if (OldLocation.isInvalid())
2341       OldLocation = New->getLocation();
2342   } else
2343     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_declaration;
2344   return std::make_pair(PrevDiag, OldLocation);
2345 }
2346 
2347 /// canRedefineFunction - checks if a function can be redefined. Currently,
2348 /// only extern inline functions can be redefined, and even then only in
2349 /// GNU89 mode.
2350 static bool canRedefineFunction(const FunctionDecl *FD,
2351                                 const LangOptions& LangOpts) {
2352   return ((FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() || LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
2353           !LangOpts.CPlusPlus &&
2354           FD->isInlineSpecified() &&
2355           FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern);
2356 }
2357 
2358 const AttributedType *Sema::getCallingConvAttributedType(QualType T) const {
2359   const AttributedType *AT = T->getAs<AttributedType>();
2360   while (AT && !AT->isCallingConv())
2361     AT = AT->getModifiedType()->getAs<AttributedType>();
2362   return AT;
2363 }
2364 
2365 template <typename T>
2366 static bool haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(const T *Old, const T *New) {
2367   const DeclContext *DC = Old->getDeclContext();
2368   if (DC->isRecord())
2369     return false;
2370 
2371   LanguageLinkage OldLinkage = Old->getLanguageLinkage();
2372   if (OldLinkage == CXXLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCContext())
2373     return true;
2374   if (OldLinkage == CLanguageLinkage && New->isInExternCXXContext())
2375     return true;
2376   return false;
2377 }
2378 
2379 /// MergeFunctionDecl - We just parsed a function 'New' from
2380 /// declarator D which has the same name and scope as a previous
2381 /// declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this situation,
2382 /// merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2383 ///
2384 /// In C++, New and Old must be declarations that are not
2385 /// overloaded. Use IsOverload to determine whether New and Old are
2386 /// overloaded, and to select the Old declaration that New should be
2387 /// merged with.
2388 ///
2389 /// Returns true if there was an error, false otherwise.
2390 bool Sema::MergeFunctionDecl(FunctionDecl *New, NamedDecl *&OldD,
2391                              Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2392   // Verify the old decl was also a function.
2393   FunctionDecl *Old = OldD->getAsFunction();
2394   if (!Old) {
2395     if (UsingShadowDecl *Shadow = dyn_cast<UsingShadowDecl>(OldD)) {
2396       if (New->getFriendObjectKind()) {
2397         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_friend);
2398         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2399              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2400         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(),
2401              diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2402         return true;
2403       }
2404 
2405       // C++11 [namespace.udecl]p14:
2406       //   If a function declaration in namespace scope or block scope has the
2407       //   same name and the same parameter-type-list as a function introduced
2408       //   by a using-declaration, and the declarations do not declare the same
2409       //   function, the program is ill-formed.
2410 
2411       // Check whether the two declarations might declare the same function.
2412       Old = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Shadow->getTargetDecl());
2413       if (Old &&
2414           !Old->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->Equals(
2415               New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()) &&
2416           !(Old->isExternC() && New->isExternC()))
2417         Old = nullptr;
2418 
2419       if (!Old) {
2420         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_using_decl_conflict_reverse);
2421         Diag(Shadow->getTargetDecl()->getLocation(),
2422              diag::note_using_decl_target);
2423         Diag(Shadow->getUsingDecl()->getLocation(), diag::note_using_decl) << 0;
2424         return true;
2425       }
2426       OldD = Old;
2427     } else {
2428       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
2429         << New->getDeclName();
2430       Diag(OldD->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
2431       return true;
2432     }
2433   }
2434 
2435   // If the old declaration is invalid, just give up here.
2436   if (Old->isInvalidDecl())
2437     return true;
2438 
2439   diag::kind PrevDiag;
2440   SourceLocation OldLocation;
2441   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
2442       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
2443 
2444   // Don't complain about this if we're in GNU89 mode and the old function
2445   // is an extern inline function.
2446   // Don't complain about specializations. They are not supposed to have
2447   // storage classes.
2448   if (!isa<CXXMethodDecl>(New) && !isa<CXXMethodDecl>(Old) &&
2449       New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
2450       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage() &&
2451       !New->getTemplateSpecializationInfo() &&
2452       !canRedefineFunction(Old, getLangOpts())) {
2453     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
2454       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static) << New;
2455       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2456     } else {
2457       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static) << New;
2458       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2459       return true;
2460     }
2461   }
2462 
2463 
2464   // If a function is first declared with a calling convention, but is later
2465   // declared or defined without one, all following decls assume the calling
2466   // convention of the first.
2467   //
2468   // It's OK if a function is first declared without a calling convention,
2469   // but is later declared or defined with the default calling convention.
2470   //
2471   // To test if either decl has an explicit calling convention, we look for
2472   // AttributedType sugar nodes on the type as written.  If they are missing or
2473   // were canonicalized away, we assume the calling convention was implicit.
2474   //
2475   // Note also that we DO NOT return at this point, because we still have
2476   // other tests to run.
2477   QualType OldQType = Context.getCanonicalType(Old->getType());
2478   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2479   const FunctionType *OldType = cast<FunctionType>(OldQType);
2480   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2481   FunctionType::ExtInfo OldTypeInfo = OldType->getExtInfo();
2482   FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
2483   bool RequiresAdjustment = false;
2484 
2485   if (OldTypeInfo.getCC() != NewTypeInfo.getCC()) {
2486     FunctionDecl *First = Old->getFirstDecl();
2487     const FunctionType *FT =
2488         First->getType().getCanonicalType()->castAs<FunctionType>();
2489     FunctionType::ExtInfo FI = FT->getExtInfo();
2490     bool NewCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(New->getType());
2491     if (!NewCCExplicit) {
2492       // Inherit the CC from the previous declaration if it was specified
2493       // there but not here.
2494       NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withCallingConv(OldTypeInfo.getCC());
2495       RequiresAdjustment = true;
2496     } else {
2497       // Calling conventions aren't compatible, so complain.
2498       bool FirstCCExplicit = getCallingConvAttributedType(First->getType());
2499       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_change)
2500         << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(NewTypeInfo.getCC())
2501         << !FirstCCExplicit
2502         << (!FirstCCExplicit ? "" :
2503             FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(FI.getCC()));
2504 
2505       // Put the note on the first decl, since it is the one that matters.
2506       Diag(First->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
2507       return true;
2508     }
2509   }
2510 
2511   // FIXME: diagnose the other way around?
2512   if (OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && !NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2513     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true);
2514     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2515   }
2516 
2517   // Merge regparm attribute.
2518   if (OldTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm() ||
2519       OldTypeInfo.getRegParm() != NewTypeInfo.getRegParm()) {
2520     if (NewTypeInfo.getHasRegParm()) {
2521       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_regparm_mismatch)
2522         << NewType->getRegParmType()
2523         << OldType->getRegParmType();
2524       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2525       return true;
2526     }
2527 
2528     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withRegParm(OldTypeInfo.getRegParm());
2529     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2530   }
2531 
2532   // Merge ns_returns_retained attribute.
2533   if (OldTypeInfo.getProducesResult() != NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2534     if (NewTypeInfo.getProducesResult()) {
2535       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_returns_retained_mismatch);
2536       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_declaration);
2537       return true;
2538     }
2539 
2540     NewTypeInfo = NewTypeInfo.withProducesResult(true);
2541     RequiresAdjustment = true;
2542   }
2543 
2544   if (RequiresAdjustment) {
2545     const FunctionType *AdjustedType = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
2546     AdjustedType = Context.adjustFunctionType(AdjustedType, NewTypeInfo);
2547     New->setType(QualType(AdjustedType, 0));
2548     NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(New->getType());
2549     NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
2550   }
2551 
2552   // If this redeclaration makes the function inline, we may need to add it to
2553   // UndefinedButUsed.
2554   if (!Old->isInlined() && New->isInlined() &&
2555       !New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2556       (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !getLangOpts().GNUInline) &&
2557       Old->isUsed(false) &&
2558       !Old->isDefined() && !New->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
2559     UndefinedButUsed.insert(std::make_pair(Old->getCanonicalDecl(),
2560                                            SourceLocation()));
2561 
2562   // If this redeclaration makes it newly gnu_inline, we don't want to warn
2563   // about it.
2564   if (New->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>() &&
2565       Old->isInlined() && !Old->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()) {
2566     UndefinedButUsed.erase(Old->getCanonicalDecl());
2567   }
2568 
2569   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2570     // (C++98 13.1p2):
2571     //   Certain function declarations cannot be overloaded:
2572     //     -- Function declarations that differ only in the return type
2573     //        cannot be overloaded.
2574 
2575     // Go back to the type source info to compare the declared return types,
2576     // per C++1y [dcl.type.auto]p13:
2577     //   Redeclarations or specializations of a function or function template
2578     //   with a declared return type that uses a placeholder type shall also
2579     //   use that placeholder, not a deduced type.
2580     QualType OldDeclaredReturnType =
2581         (Old->getTypeSourceInfo()
2582              ? Old->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2583              : OldType)->getReturnType();
2584     QualType NewDeclaredReturnType =
2585         (New->getTypeSourceInfo()
2586              ? New->getTypeSourceInfo()->getType()->castAs<FunctionType>()
2587              : NewType)->getReturnType();
2588     QualType ResQT;
2589     if (!Context.hasSameType(OldDeclaredReturnType, NewDeclaredReturnType) &&
2590         !((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2591           New->isLocalExternDecl())) {
2592       if (NewDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
2593           OldDeclaredReturnType->isObjCObjectPointerType())
2594         ResQT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(NewQType, OldQType);
2595       if (ResQT.isNull()) {
2596         if (New->isCXXClassMember() && New->isOutOfLine())
2597           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_def_does_not_match_ret_type)
2598               << New << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2599         else
2600           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_diff_return_type)
2601               << New->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2602         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType()
2603                                     << Old->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
2604         return true;
2605       }
2606       else
2607         NewQType = ResQT;
2608     }
2609 
2610     QualType OldReturnType = OldType->getReturnType();
2611     QualType NewReturnType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType)->getReturnType();
2612     if (OldReturnType != NewReturnType) {
2613       // If this function has a deduced return type and has already been
2614       // defined, copy the deduced value from the old declaration.
2615       AutoType *OldAT = Old->getReturnType()->getContainedAutoType();
2616       if (OldAT && OldAT->isDeduced()) {
2617         New->setType(
2618             SubstAutoType(New->getType(),
2619                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2620                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2621         NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(
2622             SubstAutoType(NewQType,
2623                           OldAT->isDependentType() ? Context.DependentTy
2624                                                    : OldAT->getDeducedType()));
2625       }
2626     }
2627 
2628     const CXXMethodDecl *OldMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(Old);
2629     CXXMethodDecl *NewMethod = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(New);
2630     if (OldMethod && NewMethod) {
2631       // Preserve triviality.
2632       NewMethod->setTrivial(OldMethod->isTrivial());
2633 
2634       // MSVC allows explicit template specialization at class scope:
2635       // 2 CXXMethodDecls referring to the same function will be injected.
2636       // We don't want a redeclaration error.
2637       bool IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization =
2638                               OldMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
2639                               NewMethod->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization();
2640       bool isFriend = NewMethod->getFriendObjectKind();
2641 
2642       if (!isFriend && NewMethod->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
2643           !IsClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
2644         //    -- Member function declarations with the same name and the
2645         //       same parameter types cannot be overloaded if any of them
2646         //       is a static member function declaration.
2647         if (OldMethod->isStatic() != NewMethod->isStatic()) {
2648           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_ovl_static_nonstatic_member);
2649           Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2650           return true;
2651         }
2652 
2653         // C++ [class.mem]p1:
2654         //   [...] A member shall not be declared twice in the
2655         //   member-specification, except that a nested class or member
2656         //   class template can be declared and then later defined.
2657         if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
2658           unsigned NewDiag;
2659           if (isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(OldMethod))
2660             NewDiag = diag::err_constructor_redeclared;
2661           else if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewMethod))
2662             NewDiag = diag::err_destructor_redeclared;
2663           else if (isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewMethod))
2664             NewDiag = diag::err_conv_function_redeclared;
2665           else
2666             NewDiag = diag::err_member_redeclared;
2667 
2668           Diag(New->getLocation(), NewDiag);
2669         } else {
2670           Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_member_redeclared_in_instantiation)
2671             << New << New->getType();
2672         }
2673         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2674 
2675       // Complain if this is an explicit declaration of a special
2676       // member that was initially declared implicitly.
2677       //
2678       // As an exception, it's okay to befriend such methods in order
2679       // to permit the implicit constructor/destructor/operator calls.
2680       } else if (OldMethod->isImplicit()) {
2681         if (isFriend) {
2682           NewMethod->setImplicit();
2683         } else {
2684           Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2685                diag::err_definition_of_implicitly_declared_member)
2686             << New << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2687           return true;
2688         }
2689       } else if (OldMethod->isExplicitlyDefaulted() && !isFriend) {
2690         Diag(NewMethod->getLocation(),
2691              diag::err_definition_of_explicitly_defaulted_member)
2692           << getSpecialMember(OldMethod);
2693         return true;
2694       }
2695     }
2696 
2697     // C++11 [dcl.attr.noreturn]p1:
2698     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the noreturn
2699     //   attribute if any declaration of that function specifies the noreturn
2700     //   attribute.
2701     const CXX11NoReturnAttr *NRA = New->getAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>();
2702     if (NRA && !Old->hasAttr<CXX11NoReturnAttr>()) {
2703       Diag(NRA->getLocation(), diag::err_noreturn_missing_on_first_decl);
2704       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2705            diag::note_noreturn_missing_first_decl);
2706     }
2707 
2708     // C++11 [dcl.attr.depend]p2:
2709     //   The first declaration of a function shall specify the
2710     //   carries_dependency attribute for its declarator-id if any declaration
2711     //   of the function specifies the carries_dependency attribute.
2712     const CarriesDependencyAttr *CDA = New->getAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>();
2713     if (CDA && !Old->hasAttr<CarriesDependencyAttr>()) {
2714       Diag(CDA->getLocation(),
2715            diag::err_carries_dependency_missing_on_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2716       Diag(Old->getFirstDecl()->getLocation(),
2717            diag::note_carries_dependency_missing_first_decl) << 0/*Function*/;
2718     }
2719 
2720     // (C++98 8.3.5p3):
2721     //   All declarations for a function shall agree exactly in both the
2722     //   return type and the parameter-type-list.
2723     // We also want to respect all the extended bits except noreturn.
2724 
2725     // noreturn should now match unless the old type info didn't have it.
2726     QualType OldQTypeForComparison = OldQType;
2727     if (!OldTypeInfo.getNoReturn() && NewTypeInfo.getNoReturn()) {
2728       assert(OldQType == QualType(OldType, 0));
2729       const FunctionType *OldTypeForComparison
2730         = Context.adjustFunctionType(OldType, OldTypeInfo.withNoReturn(true));
2731       OldQTypeForComparison = QualType(OldTypeForComparison, 0);
2732       assert(OldQTypeForComparison.isCanonical());
2733     }
2734 
2735     if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
2736       // As a special case, retain the language linkage from previous
2737       // declarations of a friend function as an extension.
2738       //
2739       // This liberal interpretation of C++ [class.friend]p3 matches GCC/MSVC
2740       // and is useful because there's otherwise no way to specify language
2741       // linkage within class scope.
2742       //
2743       // Check cautiously as the friend object kind isn't yet complete.
2744       if (New->getFriendObjectKind() != Decl::FOK_None) {
2745         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_retained_language_linkage) << New;
2746         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2747       } else {
2748         Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
2749         Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
2750         return true;
2751       }
2752     }
2753 
2754     if (OldQTypeForComparison == NewQType)
2755       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2756 
2757     if ((NewQType->isDependentType() || OldQType->isDependentType()) &&
2758         New->isLocalExternDecl()) {
2759       // It's OK if we couldn't merge types for a local function declaraton
2760       // if either the old or new type is dependent. We'll merge the types
2761       // when we instantiate the function.
2762       return false;
2763     }
2764 
2765     // Fall through for conflicting redeclarations and redefinitions.
2766   }
2767 
2768   // C: Function types need to be compatible, not identical. This handles
2769   // duplicate function decls like "void f(int); void f(enum X);" properly.
2770   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2771       Context.typesAreCompatible(OldQType, NewQType)) {
2772     const FunctionType *OldFuncType = OldQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2773     const FunctionType *NewFuncType = NewQType->getAs<FunctionType>();
2774     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto = nullptr;
2775     if (MergeTypeWithOld && isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewFuncType) &&
2776         (OldProto = dyn_cast<FunctionProtoType>(OldFuncType))) {
2777       // The old declaration provided a function prototype, but the
2778       // new declaration does not. Merge in the prototype.
2779       assert(!OldProto->hasExceptionSpec() && "Exception spec in C");
2780       SmallVector<QualType, 16> ParamTypes(OldProto->param_types());
2781       NewQType =
2782           Context.getFunctionType(NewFuncType->getReturnType(), ParamTypes,
2783                                   OldProto->getExtProtoInfo());
2784       New->setType(NewQType);
2785       New->setHasInheritedPrototype();
2786 
2787       // Synthesize parameters with the same types.
2788       SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
2789       for (const auto &ParamType : OldProto->param_types()) {
2790         ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, New, SourceLocation(),
2791                                                  SourceLocation(), nullptr,
2792                                                  ParamType, /*TInfo=*/nullptr,
2793                                                  SC_None, nullptr);
2794         Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
2795         Param->setImplicit();
2796         Params.push_back(Param);
2797       }
2798 
2799       New->setParams(Params);
2800     }
2801 
2802     return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2803   }
2804 
2805   // GNU C permits a K&R definition to follow a prototype declaration
2806   // if the declared types of the parameters in the K&R definition
2807   // match the types in the prototype declaration, even when the
2808   // promoted types of the parameters from the K&R definition differ
2809   // from the types in the prototype. GCC then keeps the types from
2810   // the prototype.
2811   //
2812   // If a variadic prototype is followed by a non-variadic K&R definition,
2813   // the K&R definition becomes variadic.  This is sort of an edge case, but
2814   // it's legal per the standard depending on how you read C99 6.7.5.3p15 and
2815   // C99 6.9.1p8.
2816   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
2817       Old->hasPrototype() && !New->hasPrototype() &&
2818       New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>() &&
2819       Old->getNumParams() == New->getNumParams()) {
2820     SmallVector<QualType, 16> ArgTypes;
2821     SmallVector<GNUCompatibleParamWarning, 16> Warnings;
2822     const FunctionProtoType *OldProto
2823       = Old->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2824     const FunctionProtoType *NewProto
2825       = New->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
2826 
2827     // Determine whether this is the GNU C extension.
2828     QualType MergedReturn = Context.mergeTypes(OldProto->getReturnType(),
2829                                                NewProto->getReturnType());
2830     bool LooseCompatible = !MergedReturn.isNull();
2831     for (unsigned Idx = 0, End = Old->getNumParams();
2832          LooseCompatible && Idx != End; ++Idx) {
2833       ParmVarDecl *OldParm = Old->getParamDecl(Idx);
2834       ParmVarDecl *NewParm = New->getParamDecl(Idx);
2835       if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2836                                      NewProto->getParamType(Idx))) {
2837         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2838       } else if (Context.typesAreCompatible(OldParm->getType(),
2839                                             NewParm->getType(),
2840                                             /*CompareUnqualified=*/true)) {
2841         GNUCompatibleParamWarning Warn = { OldParm, NewParm,
2842                                            NewProto->getParamType(Idx) };
2843         Warnings.push_back(Warn);
2844         ArgTypes.push_back(NewParm->getType());
2845       } else
2846         LooseCompatible = false;
2847     }
2848 
2849     if (LooseCompatible) {
2850       for (unsigned Warn = 0; Warn < Warnings.size(); ++Warn) {
2851         Diag(Warnings[Warn].NewParm->getLocation(),
2852              diag::ext_param_promoted_not_compatible_with_prototype)
2853           << Warnings[Warn].PromotedType
2854           << Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getType();
2855         if (Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation().isValid())
2856           Diag(Warnings[Warn].OldParm->getLocation(),
2857                diag::note_previous_declaration);
2858       }
2859 
2860       if (MergeTypeWithOld)
2861         New->setType(Context.getFunctionType(MergedReturn, ArgTypes,
2862                                              OldProto->getExtProtoInfo()));
2863       return MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(New, Old, S, MergeTypeWithOld);
2864     }
2865 
2866     // Fall through to diagnose conflicting types.
2867   }
2868 
2869   // A function that has already been declared has been redeclared or
2870   // defined with a different type; show an appropriate diagnostic.
2871 
2872   // If the previous declaration was an implicitly-generated builtin
2873   // declaration, then at the very least we should use a specialized note.
2874   unsigned BuiltinID;
2875   if (Old->isImplicit() && (BuiltinID = Old->getBuiltinID())) {
2876     // If it's actually a library-defined builtin function like 'malloc'
2877     // or 'printf', just warn about the incompatible redeclaration.
2878     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID)) {
2879       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_redecl_library_builtin) << New;
2880       Diag(OldLocation, diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration)
2881         << Old << Old->getType();
2882 
2883       // If this is a global redeclaration, just forget hereafter
2884       // about the "builtin-ness" of the function.
2885       //
2886       // Doing this for local extern declarations is problematic.  If
2887       // the builtin declaration remains visible, a second invalid
2888       // local declaration will produce a hard error; if it doesn't
2889       // remain visible, a single bogus local redeclaration (which is
2890       // actually only a warning) could break all the downstream code.
2891       if (!New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
2892         New->getIdentifier()->setBuiltinID(Builtin::NotBuiltin);
2893 
2894       return false;
2895     }
2896 
2897     PrevDiag = diag::note_previous_builtin_declaration;
2898   }
2899 
2900   Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_conflicting_types) << New->getDeclName();
2901   Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag) << Old << Old->getType();
2902   return true;
2903 }
2904 
2905 /// \brief Completes the merge of two function declarations that are
2906 /// known to be compatible.
2907 ///
2908 /// This routine handles the merging of attributes and other
2909 /// properties of function declarations from the old declaration to
2910 /// the new declaration, once we know that New is in fact a
2911 /// redeclaration of Old.
2912 ///
2913 /// \returns false
2914 bool Sema::MergeCompatibleFunctionDecls(FunctionDecl *New, FunctionDecl *Old,
2915                                         Scope *S, bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2916   // Merge the attributes
2917   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
2918 
2919   // Merge "pure" flag.
2920   if (Old->isPure())
2921     New->setPure();
2922 
2923   // Merge "used" flag.
2924   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
2925     New->setIsUsed();
2926 
2927   // Merge attributes from the parameters.  These can mismatch with K&R
2928   // declarations.
2929   if (New->getNumParams() == Old->getNumParams())
2930     for (unsigned i = 0, e = New->getNumParams(); i != e; ++i)
2931       mergeParamDeclAttributes(New->getParamDecl(i), Old->getParamDecl(i),
2932                                *this);
2933 
2934   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
2935     return MergeCXXFunctionDecl(New, Old, S);
2936 
2937   // Merge the function types so the we get the composite types for the return
2938   // and argument types. Per C11 6.2.7/4, only update the type if the old decl
2939   // was visible.
2940   QualType Merged = Context.mergeTypes(Old->getType(), New->getType());
2941   if (!Merged.isNull() && MergeTypeWithOld)
2942     New->setType(Merged);
2943 
2944   return false;
2945 }
2946 
2947 
2948 void Sema::mergeObjCMethodDecls(ObjCMethodDecl *newMethod,
2949                                 ObjCMethodDecl *oldMethod) {
2950 
2951   // Merge the attributes, including deprecated/unavailable
2952   AvailabilityMergeKind MergeKind =
2953     isa<ObjCImplDecl>(newMethod->getDeclContext()) ? AMK_Redeclaration
2954                                                    : AMK_Override;
2955   mergeDeclAttributes(newMethod, oldMethod, MergeKind);
2956 
2957   // Merge attributes from the parameters.
2958   ObjCMethodDecl::param_const_iterator oi = oldMethod->param_begin(),
2959                                        oe = oldMethod->param_end();
2960   for (ObjCMethodDecl::param_iterator
2961          ni = newMethod->param_begin(), ne = newMethod->param_end();
2962        ni != ne && oi != oe; ++ni, ++oi)
2963     mergeParamDeclAttributes(*ni, *oi, *this);
2964 
2965   CheckObjCMethodOverride(newMethod, oldMethod);
2966 }
2967 
2968 /// MergeVarDeclTypes - We parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name and
2969 /// scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to merge their types,
2970 /// emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
2971 ///
2972 /// Declarations using the auto type specifier (C++ [decl.spec.auto]) call back
2973 /// to here in AddInitializerToDecl. We can't check them before the initializer
2974 /// is attached.
2975 void Sema::MergeVarDeclTypes(VarDecl *New, VarDecl *Old,
2976                              bool MergeTypeWithOld) {
2977   if (New->isInvalidDecl() || Old->isInvalidDecl())
2978     return;
2979 
2980   QualType MergedT;
2981   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
2982     if (New->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
2983       // We don't know what the new type is until the initializer is attached.
2984       return;
2985     } else if (Context.hasSameType(New->getType(), Old->getType())) {
2986       // These could still be something that needs exception specs checked.
2987       return MergeVarDeclExceptionSpecs(New, Old);
2988     }
2989     // C++ [basic.link]p10:
2990     //   [...] the types specified by all declarations referring to a given
2991     //   object or function shall be identical, except that declarations for an
2992     //   array object can specify array types that differ by the presence or
2993     //   absence of a major array bound (8.3.4).
2994     else if (Old->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType() &&
2995              New->getType()->isArrayType()) {
2996       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
2997       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
2998       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
2999                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3000         MergedT = New->getType();
3001     } else if (Old->getType()->isArrayType() &&
3002                New->getType()->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
3003       const ArrayType *OldArray = Context.getAsArrayType(Old->getType());
3004       const ArrayType *NewArray = Context.getAsArrayType(New->getType());
3005       if (Context.hasSameType(OldArray->getElementType(),
3006                               NewArray->getElementType()))
3007         MergedT = Old->getType();
3008     } else if (New->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
3009                Old->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType()) {
3010       MergedT = Context.mergeObjCGCQualifiers(New->getType(),
3011                                               Old->getType());
3012     }
3013   } else {
3014     // C 6.2.7p2:
3015     //   All declarations that refer to the same object or function shall have
3016     //   compatible type.
3017     MergedT = Context.mergeTypes(New->getType(), Old->getType());
3018   }
3019   if (MergedT.isNull()) {
3020     // It's OK if we couldn't merge types if either type is dependent, for a
3021     // block-scope variable. In other cases (static data members of class
3022     // templates, variable templates, ...), we require the types to be
3023     // equivalent.
3024     // FIXME: The C++ standard doesn't say anything about this.
3025     if ((New->getType()->isDependentType() ||
3026          Old->getType()->isDependentType()) && New->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3027       // If the old type was dependent, we can't merge with it, so the new type
3028       // becomes dependent for now. We'll reproduce the original type when we
3029       // instantiate the TypeSourceInfo for the variable.
3030       if (!New->getType()->isDependentType() && MergeTypeWithOld)
3031         New->setType(Context.DependentTy);
3032       return;
3033     }
3034 
3035     // FIXME: Even if this merging succeeds, some other non-visible declaration
3036     // of this variable might have an incompatible type. For instance:
3037     //
3038     //   extern int arr[];
3039     //   void f() { extern int arr[2]; }
3040     //   void g() { extern int arr[3]; }
3041     //
3042     // Neither C nor C++ requires a diagnostic for this, but we should still try
3043     // to diagnose it.
3044     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_type)
3045       << New->getDeclName() << New->getType() << Old->getType();
3046     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3047     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3048   }
3049 
3050   // Don't actually update the type on the new declaration if the old
3051   // declaration was an extern declaration in a different scope.
3052   if (MergeTypeWithOld)
3053     New->setType(MergedT);
3054 }
3055 
3056 static bool mergeTypeWithPrevious(Sema &S, VarDecl *NewVD, VarDecl *OldVD,
3057                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
3058   // C11 6.2.7p4:
3059   //   For an identifier with internal or external linkage declared
3060   //   in a scope in which a prior declaration of that identifier is
3061   //   visible, if the prior declaration specifies internal or
3062   //   external linkage, the type of the identifier at the later
3063   //   declaration becomes the composite type.
3064   //
3065   // If the variable isn't visible, we do not merge with its type.
3066   if (Previous.isShadowed())
3067     return false;
3068 
3069   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3070     // C++11 [dcl.array]p3:
3071     //   If there is a preceding declaration of the entity in the same
3072     //   scope in which the bound was specified, an omitted array bound
3073     //   is taken to be the same as in that earlier declaration.
3074     return NewVD->isPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope() ||
3075            (!OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
3076             !NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod());
3077   } else {
3078     // If the old declaration was function-local, don't merge with its
3079     // type unless we're in the same function.
3080     return !OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod() ||
3081            OldVD->getLexicalDeclContext() == NewVD->getLexicalDeclContext();
3082   }
3083 }
3084 
3085 /// MergeVarDecl - We just parsed a variable 'New' which has the same name
3086 /// and scope as a previous declaration 'Old'.  Figure out how to resolve this
3087 /// situation, merging decls or emitting diagnostics as appropriate.
3088 ///
3089 /// Tentative definition rules (C99 6.9.2p2) are checked by
3090 /// FinalizeDeclaratorGroup. Unfortunately, we can't analyze tentative
3091 /// definitions here, since the initializer hasn't been attached.
3092 ///
3093 void Sema::MergeVarDecl(VarDecl *New, LookupResult &Previous) {
3094   // If the new decl is already invalid, don't do any other checking.
3095   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3096     return;
3097 
3098   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = New->getDescribedVarTemplate();
3099 
3100   // Verify the old decl was also a variable or variable template.
3101   VarDecl *Old = nullptr;
3102   VarTemplateDecl *OldTemplate = nullptr;
3103   if (Previous.isSingleResult()) {
3104     if (NewTemplate) {
3105       OldTemplate = dyn_cast<VarTemplateDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3106       Old = OldTemplate ? OldTemplate->getTemplatedDecl() : nullptr;
3107     } else
3108       Old = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
3109   }
3110   if (!Old) {
3111     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_different_kind)
3112       << New->getDeclName();
3113     Diag(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()->getLocation(),
3114          diag::note_previous_definition);
3115     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3116   }
3117 
3118   if (!shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Old, New))
3119     return;
3120 
3121   // Ensure the template parameters are compatible.
3122   if (NewTemplate &&
3123       !TemplateParameterListsAreEqual(NewTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3124                                       OldTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
3125                                       /*Complain=*/true, TPL_TemplateMatch))
3126     return;
3127 
3128   // C++ [class.mem]p1:
3129   //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification [...]
3130   //
3131   // Here, we need only consider static data members.
3132   if (Old->isStaticDataMember() && !New->isOutOfLine()) {
3133     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_duplicate_member)
3134       << New->getIdentifier();
3135     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3136     New->setInvalidDecl();
3137   }
3138 
3139   mergeDeclAttributes(New, Old);
3140   // Warn if an already-declared variable is made a weak_import in a subsequent
3141   // declaration
3142   if (New->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>() &&
3143       Old->getStorageClass() == SC_None &&
3144       !Old->hasAttr<WeakImportAttr>()) {
3145     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::warn_weak_import) << New->getDeclName();
3146     Diag(Old->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3147     // Remove weak_import attribute on new declaration.
3148     New->dropAttr<WeakImportAttr>();
3149   }
3150 
3151   // Merge the types.
3152   MergeVarDeclTypes(New, Old, mergeTypeWithPrevious(*this, New, Old, Previous));
3153 
3154   if (New->isInvalidDecl())
3155     return;
3156 
3157   diag::kind PrevDiag;
3158   SourceLocation OldLocation;
3159   std::tie(PrevDiag, OldLocation) =
3160       getNoteDiagForInvalidRedeclaration(Old, New);
3161 
3162   // [dcl.stc]p8: Check if we have a non-static decl followed by a static.
3163   if (New->getStorageClass() == SC_Static &&
3164       !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3165       Old->hasExternalFormalLinkage()) {
3166     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt) {
3167       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::ext_static_non_static)
3168           << New->getDeclName();
3169       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3170     } else {
3171       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_static_non_static)
3172           << New->getDeclName();
3173       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3174       return New->setInvalidDecl();
3175     }
3176   }
3177   // C99 6.2.2p4:
3178   //   For an identifier declared with the storage-class specifier
3179   //   extern in a scope in which a prior declaration of that
3180   //   identifier is visible,23) if the prior declaration specifies
3181   //   internal or external linkage, the linkage of the identifier at
3182   //   the later declaration is the same as the linkage specified at
3183   //   the prior declaration. If no prior declaration is visible, or
3184   //   if the prior declaration specifies no linkage, then the
3185   //   identifier has external linkage.
3186   if (New->hasExternalStorage() && Old->hasLinkage())
3187     /* Okay */;
3188   else if (New->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() != SC_Static &&
3189            !New->isStaticDataMember() &&
3190            Old->getCanonicalDecl()->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
3191     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_static_static) << New->getDeclName();
3192     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3193     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3194   }
3195 
3196   // Check if extern is followed by non-extern and vice-versa.
3197   if (New->hasExternalStorage() &&
3198       !Old->hasLinkage() && Old->isLocalVarDecl()) {
3199     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_non_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3200     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3201     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3202   }
3203   if (Old->hasLinkage() && New->isLocalVarDecl() &&
3204       !New->hasExternalStorage()) {
3205     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_extern_extern) << New->getDeclName();
3206     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3207     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3208   }
3209 
3210   // Variables with external linkage are analyzed in FinalizeDeclaratorGroup.
3211 
3212   // FIXME: The test for external storage here seems wrong? We still
3213   // need to check for mismatches.
3214   if (!New->hasExternalStorage() && !New->isFileVarDecl() &&
3215       // Don't complain about out-of-line definitions of static members.
3216       !(Old->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord() &&
3217         !New->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord())) {
3218     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New->getDeclName();
3219     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3220     return New->setInvalidDecl();
3221   }
3222 
3223   if (New->getTLSKind() != Old->getTLSKind()) {
3224     if (!Old->getTLSKind()) {
3225       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_non_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3226       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3227     } else if (!New->getTLSKind()) {
3228       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_non_thread_thread) << New->getDeclName();
3229       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3230     } else {
3231       // Do not allow redeclaration to change the variable between requiring
3232       // static and dynamic initialization.
3233       // FIXME: GCC allows this, but uses the TLS keyword on the first
3234       // declaration to determine the kind. Do we need to be compatible here?
3235       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_thread_different_kind)
3236         << New->getDeclName() << (New->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Dynamic);
3237       Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3238     }
3239   }
3240 
3241   // C++ doesn't have tentative definitions, so go right ahead and check here.
3242   const VarDecl *Def;
3243   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3244       New->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::Definition &&
3245       (Def = Old->getDefinition())) {
3246     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << New;
3247     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
3248     New->setInvalidDecl();
3249     return;
3250   }
3251 
3252   if (haveIncompatibleLanguageLinkages(Old, New)) {
3253     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_different_language_linkage) << New;
3254     Diag(OldLocation, PrevDiag);
3255     New->setInvalidDecl();
3256     return;
3257   }
3258 
3259   // Merge "used" flag.
3260   if (Old->getMostRecentDecl()->isUsed(false))
3261     New->setIsUsed();
3262 
3263   // Keep a chain of previous declarations.
3264   New->setPreviousDecl(Old);
3265   if (NewTemplate)
3266     NewTemplate->setPreviousDecl(OldTemplate);
3267 
3268   // Inherit access appropriately.
3269   New->setAccess(Old->getAccess());
3270   if (NewTemplate)
3271     NewTemplate->setAccess(New->getAccess());
3272 }
3273 
3274 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3275 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed.
3276 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3277                                        DeclSpec &DS) {
3278   return ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(S, AS, DS, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
3279 }
3280 
3281 static void HandleTagNumbering(Sema &S, const TagDecl *Tag, Scope *TagScope) {
3282   if (!S.Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3283     return;
3284 
3285   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag->getParent())) {
3286     // If this tag is the direct child of a class, number it if
3287     // it is anonymous.
3288     if (!Tag->getName().empty() || Tag->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl())
3289       return;
3290     MangleNumberingContext &MCtx =
3291         S.Context.getManglingNumberContext(Tag->getParent());
3292     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3293         Tag, MCtx.getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3294     return;
3295   }
3296 
3297   // If this tag isn't a direct child of a class, number it if it is local.
3298   Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3299   if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3300           S.getCurrentMangleNumberContext(Tag->getDeclContext(),
3301                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
3302     S.Context.setManglingNumber(
3303         Tag,
3304         MCtx->getManglingNumber(Tag, TagScope->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3305   }
3306 }
3307 
3308 /// ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec - This method is invoked when a declspec with
3309 /// no declarator (e.g. "struct foo;") is parsed. It also accepts template
3310 /// parameters to cope with template friend declarations.
3311 Decl *Sema::ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec(Scope *S, AccessSpecifier AS,
3312                                        DeclSpec &DS,
3313                                        MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParams,
3314                                        bool IsExplicitInstantiation) {
3315   Decl *TagD = nullptr;
3316   TagDecl *Tag = nullptr;
3317   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3318       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3319       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3320       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3321       DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3322     TagD = DS.getRepAsDecl();
3323 
3324     if (!TagD) // We probably had an error
3325       return nullptr;
3326 
3327     // Note that the above type specs guarantee that the
3328     // type rep is a Decl, whereas in many of the others
3329     // it's a Type.
3330     if (isa<TagDecl>(TagD))
3331       Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
3332     else if (ClassTemplateDecl *CTD = dyn_cast<ClassTemplateDecl>(TagD))
3333       Tag = CTD->getTemplatedDecl();
3334   }
3335 
3336   if (Tag) {
3337     HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
3338     Tag->setFreeStanding();
3339     if (Tag->isInvalidDecl())
3340       return Tag;
3341   }
3342 
3343   if (unsigned TypeQuals = DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3344     // Enforce C99 6.7.3p2: "Types other than pointer types derived from object
3345     // or incomplete types shall not be restrict-qualified."
3346     if (TypeQuals & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3347       Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3348            diag::err_typecheck_invalid_restrict_not_pointer_noarg)
3349            << DS.getSourceRange();
3350   }
3351 
3352   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified()) {
3353     // C++0x [dcl.constexpr]p1: constexpr can only be applied to declarations
3354     // and definitions of functions and variables.
3355     if (Tag)
3356       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_tag)
3357         << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3358             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3359             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3360             DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4);
3361     else
3362       Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_no_declarators);
3363     // Don't emit warnings after this error.
3364     return TagD;
3365   }
3366 
3367   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
3368 
3369   if (DS.isFriendSpecified()) {
3370     // If we're dealing with a decl but not a TagDecl, assume that
3371     // whatever routines created it handled the friendship aspect.
3372     if (TagD && !Tag)
3373       return nullptr;
3374     return ActOnFriendTypeDecl(S, DS, TemplateParams);
3375   }
3376 
3377   CXXScopeSpec &SS = DS.getTypeSpecScope();
3378   bool IsExplicitSpecialization =
3379     !TemplateParams.empty() && TemplateParams.back()->size() == 0;
3380   if (Tag && SS.isNotEmpty() && !Tag->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3381       !IsExplicitInstantiation && !IsExplicitSpecialization) {
3382     // Per C++ [dcl.type.elab]p1, a class declaration cannot have a
3383     // nested-name-specifier unless it is an explicit instantiation
3384     // or an explicit specialization.
3385     // Per C++ [dcl.enum]p1, an opaque-enum-declaration can't either.
3386     Diag(SS.getBeginLoc(), diag::err_standalone_class_nested_name_specifier)
3387       << (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3388           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3389           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 2 :
3390           DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 3 : 4)
3391       << SS.getRange();
3392     return nullptr;
3393   }
3394 
3395   // Track whether this decl-specifier declares anything.
3396   bool DeclaresAnything = true;
3397 
3398   // Handle anonymous struct definitions.
3399   if (RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag)) {
3400     if (!Record->getDeclName() && Record->isCompleteDefinition() &&
3401         DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
3402       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
3403           Record->getDeclContext()->isRecord())
3404         return BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(S, DS, AS, Record, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3405 
3406       DeclaresAnything = false;
3407     }
3408   }
3409 
3410   // Check for Microsoft C extension: anonymous struct member.
3411   if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3412       CurContext->isRecord() &&
3413       DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
3414     // Handle 2 kinds of anonymous struct:
3415     //   struct STRUCT;
3416     // and
3417     //   STRUCT_TYPE;  <- where STRUCT_TYPE is a typedef struct.
3418     RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(Tag);
3419     if ((Record && Record->getDeclName() && !Record->isCompleteDefinition()) ||
3420         (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_typename &&
3421          DS.getRepAsType().get()->isStructureType())) {
3422       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_ms_anonymous_struct)
3423         << DS.getSourceRange();
3424       return BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(S, DS, Record);
3425     }
3426   }
3427 
3428   // Skip all the checks below if we have a type error.
3429   if (DS.getTypeSpecType() == DeclSpec::TST_error ||
3430       (TagD && TagD->isInvalidDecl()))
3431     return TagD;
3432 
3433   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
3434       DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3435     if (EnumDecl *Enum = dyn_cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(Tag))
3436       if (Enum->enumerator_begin() == Enum->enumerator_end() &&
3437           !Enum->getIdentifier() && !Enum->isInvalidDecl())
3438         DeclaresAnything = false;
3439 
3440   if (!DS.isMissingDeclaratorOk()) {
3441     // Customize diagnostic for a typedef missing a name.
3442     if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3443       Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_typedef_without_a_name)
3444         << DS.getSourceRange();
3445     else
3446       DeclaresAnything = false;
3447   }
3448 
3449   if (DS.isModulePrivateSpecified() &&
3450       Tag && Tag->getDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
3451     Diag(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc(), diag::err_module_private_local_class)
3452       << Tag->getTagKind()
3453       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
3454 
3455   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
3456 
3457   // C 6.7/2:
3458   //   A declaration [...] shall declare at least a declarator [...], a tag,
3459   //   or the members of an enumeration.
3460   // C++ [dcl.dcl]p3:
3461   //   [If there are no declarators], and except for the declaration of an
3462   //   unnamed bit-field, the decl-specifier-seq shall introduce one or more
3463   //   names into the program, or shall redeclare a name introduced by a
3464   //   previous declaration.
3465   if (!DeclaresAnything) {
3466     // In C, we allow this as a (popular) extension / bug. Don't bother
3467     // producing further diagnostics for redundant qualifiers after this.
3468     Diag(DS.getLocStart(), diag::ext_no_declarators) << DS.getSourceRange();
3469     return TagD;
3470   }
3471 
3472   // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
3473   //   If a storage-class-specifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, [...] the
3474   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3475   // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p1:
3476   //   If a cv-qualifier appears in a decl-specifier-seq, the
3477   //   init-declarator-list of the declaration shall not be empty.
3478   //
3479   // Spurious qualifiers here appear to be valid in C.
3480   unsigned DiagID = diag::warn_standalone_specifier;
3481   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3482     DiagID = diag::ext_standalone_specifier;
3483 
3484   // Note that a linkage-specification sets a storage class, but
3485   // 'extern "C" struct foo;' is actually valid and not theoretically
3486   // useless.
3487   if (DeclSpec::SCS SCS = DS.getStorageClassSpec()) {
3488     if (SCS == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable)
3489       // Since mutable is not a viable storage class specifier in C, there is
3490       // no reason to treat it as an extension. Instead, diagnose as an error.
3491       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3492     else if (!DS.isExternInLinkageSpec() && SCS != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
3493       Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3494         << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(SCS);
3495   }
3496 
3497   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
3498     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), DiagID)
3499       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
3500   if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3501     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3502       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "const";
3503     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3504       Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "volatile";
3505     // Restrict is covered above.
3506     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3507       Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(), DiagID) << "_Atomic";
3508   }
3509 
3510   // Warn about ignored type attributes, for example:
3511   // __attribute__((aligned)) struct A;
3512   // Attributes should be placed after tag to apply to type declaration.
3513   if (!DS.getAttributes().empty()) {
3514     DeclSpec::TST TypeSpecType = DS.getTypeSpecType();
3515     if (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ||
3516         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ||
3517         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ||
3518         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ||
3519         TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_enum) {
3520       AttributeList* attrs = DS.getAttributes().getList();
3521       while (attrs) {
3522         Diag(attrs->getLoc(), diag::warn_declspec_attribute_ignored)
3523         << attrs->getName()
3524         << (TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_class ? 0 :
3525             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_struct ? 1 :
3526             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_union ? 2 :
3527             TypeSpecType == DeclSpec::TST_interface ? 3 : 4);
3528         attrs = attrs->getNext();
3529       }
3530     }
3531   }
3532 
3533   return TagD;
3534 }
3535 
3536 /// We are trying to inject an anonymous member into the given scope;
3537 /// check if there's an existing declaration that can't be overloaded.
3538 ///
3539 /// \return true if this is a forbidden redeclaration
3540 static bool CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(Sema &SemaRef,
3541                                          Scope *S,
3542                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3543                                          DeclarationName Name,
3544                                          SourceLocation NameLoc,
3545                                          unsigned diagnostic) {
3546   LookupResult R(SemaRef, Name, NameLoc, Sema::LookupMemberName,
3547                  Sema::ForRedeclaration);
3548   if (!SemaRef.LookupName(R, S)) return false;
3549 
3550   if (R.getAsSingle<TagDecl>())
3551     return false;
3552 
3553   // Pick a representative declaration.
3554   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getRepresentativeDecl()->getUnderlyingDecl();
3555   assert(PrevDecl && "Expected a non-null Decl");
3556 
3557   if (!SemaRef.isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Owner, S))
3558     return false;
3559 
3560   SemaRef.Diag(NameLoc, diagnostic) << Name;
3561   SemaRef.Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
3562 
3563   return true;
3564 }
3565 
3566 /// InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers - Inject the members of the
3567 /// anonymous struct or union AnonRecord into the owning context Owner
3568 /// and scope S. This routine will be invoked just after we realize
3569 /// that an unnamed union or struct is actually an anonymous union or
3570 /// struct, e.g.,
3571 ///
3572 /// @code
3573 /// union {
3574 ///   int i;
3575 ///   float f;
3576 /// }; // InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers called here to inject i and
3577 ///    // f into the surrounding scope.x
3578 /// @endcode
3579 ///
3580 /// This routine is recursive, injecting the names of nested anonymous
3581 /// structs/unions into the owning context and scope as well.
3582 static bool InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(Sema &SemaRef, Scope *S,
3583                                          DeclContext *Owner,
3584                                          RecordDecl *AnonRecord,
3585                                          AccessSpecifier AS,
3586                                          SmallVectorImpl<NamedDecl *> &Chaining,
3587                                          bool MSAnonStruct) {
3588   unsigned diagKind
3589     = AnonRecord->isUnion() ? diag::err_anonymous_union_member_redecl
3590                             : diag::err_anonymous_struct_member_redecl;
3591 
3592   bool Invalid = false;
3593 
3594   // Look every FieldDecl and IndirectFieldDecl with a name.
3595   for (auto *D : AnonRecord->decls()) {
3596     if ((isa<FieldDecl>(D) || isa<IndirectFieldDecl>(D)) &&
3597         cast<NamedDecl>(D)->getDeclName()) {
3598       ValueDecl *VD = cast<ValueDecl>(D);
3599       if (CheckAnonMemberRedeclaration(SemaRef, S, Owner, VD->getDeclName(),
3600                                        VD->getLocation(), diagKind)) {
3601         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3602         //   The names of the members of an anonymous union shall be
3603         //   distinct from the names of any other entity in the
3604         //   scope in which the anonymous union is declared.
3605         Invalid = true;
3606       } else {
3607         // C++ [class.union]p2:
3608         //   For the purpose of name lookup, after the anonymous union
3609         //   definition, the members of the anonymous union are
3610         //   considered to have been defined in the scope in which the
3611         //   anonymous union is declared.
3612         unsigned OldChainingSize = Chaining.size();
3613         if (IndirectFieldDecl *IF = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(VD))
3614           for (auto *PI : IF->chain())
3615             Chaining.push_back(PI);
3616         else
3617           Chaining.push_back(VD);
3618 
3619         assert(Chaining.size() >= 2);
3620         NamedDecl **NamedChain =
3621           new (SemaRef.Context)NamedDecl*[Chaining.size()];
3622         for (unsigned i = 0; i < Chaining.size(); i++)
3623           NamedChain[i] = Chaining[i];
3624 
3625         IndirectFieldDecl* IndirectField =
3626           IndirectFieldDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, Owner, VD->getLocation(),
3627                                     VD->getIdentifier(), VD->getType(),
3628                                     NamedChain, Chaining.size());
3629 
3630         IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3631         IndirectField->setImplicit();
3632         SemaRef.PushOnScopeChains(IndirectField, S);
3633 
3634         // That includes picking up the appropriate access specifier.
3635         if (AS != AS_none) IndirectField->setAccess(AS);
3636 
3637         Chaining.resize(OldChainingSize);
3638       }
3639     }
3640   }
3641 
3642   return Invalid;
3643 }
3644 
3645 /// StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass - Maps a DeclSpec::SCS to
3646 /// a VarDecl::StorageClass. Any error reporting is up to the caller:
3647 /// illegal input values are mapped to SC_None.
3648 static StorageClass
3649 StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(const DeclSpec &DS) {
3650   DeclSpec::SCS StorageClassSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3651   assert(StorageClassSpec != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef &&
3652          "Parser allowed 'typedef' as storage class VarDecl.");
3653   switch (StorageClassSpec) {
3654   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified:    return SC_None;
3655   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
3656     if (DS.isExternInLinkageSpec())
3657       return SC_None;
3658     return SC_Extern;
3659   case DeclSpec::SCS_static:         return SC_Static;
3660   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:           return SC_Auto;
3661   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:       return SC_Register;
3662   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
3663     // Illegal SCSs map to None: error reporting is up to the caller.
3664   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:        // Fall through.
3665   case DeclSpec::SCS_typedef:        return SC_None;
3666   }
3667   llvm_unreachable("unknown storage class specifier");
3668 }
3669 
3670 static SourceLocation findDefaultInitializer(const CXXRecordDecl *Record) {
3671   assert(Record->hasInClassInitializer());
3672 
3673   for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
3674     const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(I);
3675     if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
3676       FD = IFD->getAnonField();
3677     if (FD && FD->hasInClassInitializer())
3678       return FD->getLocation();
3679   }
3680 
3681   llvm_unreachable("couldn't find in-class initializer");
3682 }
3683 
3684 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3685                                       SourceLocation DefaultInitLoc) {
3686   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3687     return;
3688 
3689   S.Diag(DefaultInitLoc, diag::err_multiple_mem_union_initialization);
3690   S.Diag(findDefaultInitializer(Parent), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
3691 }
3692 
3693 static void checkDuplicateDefaultInit(Sema &S, CXXRecordDecl *Parent,
3694                                       CXXRecordDecl *AnonUnion) {
3695   if (!Parent->isUnion() || !Parent->hasInClassInitializer())
3696     return;
3697 
3698   checkDuplicateDefaultInit(S, Parent, findDefaultInitializer(AnonUnion));
3699 }
3700 
3701 /// BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion - Handle the declaration of an
3702 /// anonymous structure or union. Anonymous unions are a C++ feature
3703 /// (C++ [class.union]) and a C11 feature; anonymous structures
3704 /// are a C11 feature and GNU C++ extension.
3705 Decl *Sema::BuildAnonymousStructOrUnion(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3706                                         AccessSpecifier AS,
3707                                         RecordDecl *Record,
3708                                         const PrintingPolicy &Policy) {
3709   DeclContext *Owner = Record->getDeclContext();
3710 
3711   // Diagnose whether this anonymous struct/union is an extension.
3712   if (Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !getLangOpts().C11)
3713     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_union);
3714   else if (!Record->isUnion() && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3715     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_gnu_anonymous_struct);
3716   else if (!Record->isUnion() && !getLangOpts().C11)
3717     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::ext_c11_anonymous_struct);
3718 
3719   // C and C++ require different kinds of checks for anonymous
3720   // structs/unions.
3721   bool Invalid = false;
3722   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
3723     const char *PrevSpec = nullptr;
3724     unsigned DiagID;
3725     if (Record->isUnion()) {
3726       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3727       //   Anonymous unions declared in a named namespace or in the
3728       //   global namespace shall be declared static.
3729       if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static &&
3730           (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(Owner) ||
3731            (isa<NamespaceDecl>(Owner) &&
3732             cast<NamespaceDecl>(Owner)->getDeclName()))) {
3733         Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_union_not_static)
3734           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(Record->getLocation(), "static ");
3735 
3736         // Recover by adding 'static'.
3737         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_static, SourceLocation(),
3738                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Policy);
3739       }
3740       // C++ [class.union]p6:
3741       //   A storage class is not allowed in a declaration of an
3742       //   anonymous union in a class scope.
3743       else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
3744                isa<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3745         Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
3746              diag::err_anonymous_union_with_storage_spec)
3747           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
3748 
3749         // Recover by removing the storage specifier.
3750         DS.SetStorageClassSpec(*this, DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified,
3751                                SourceLocation(),
3752                                PrevSpec, DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
3753       }
3754     }
3755 
3756     // Ignore const/volatile/restrict qualifiers.
3757     if (DS.getTypeQualifiers()) {
3758       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_const)
3759         Diag(DS.getConstSpecLoc(), diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3760           << Record->isUnion() << "const"
3761           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstSpecLoc());
3762       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_volatile)
3763         Diag(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc(),
3764              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3765           << Record->isUnion() << "volatile"
3766           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getVolatileSpecLoc());
3767       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_restrict)
3768         Diag(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc(),
3769              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3770           << Record->isUnion() << "restrict"
3771           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getRestrictSpecLoc());
3772       if (DS.getTypeQualifiers() & DeclSpec::TQ_atomic)
3773         Diag(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc(),
3774              diag::ext_anonymous_struct_union_qualified)
3775           << Record->isUnion() << "_Atomic"
3776           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getAtomicSpecLoc());
3777 
3778       DS.ClearTypeQualifiers();
3779     }
3780 
3781     // C++ [class.union]p2:
3782     //   The member-specification of an anonymous union shall only
3783     //   define non-static data members. [Note: nested types and
3784     //   functions cannot be declared within an anonymous union. ]
3785     for (auto *Mem : Record->decls()) {
3786       if (auto *FD = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Mem)) {
3787         // C++ [class.union]p3:
3788         //   An anonymous union shall not have private or protected
3789         //   members (clause 11).
3790         assert(FD->getAccess() != AS_none);
3791         if (FD->getAccess() != AS_public) {
3792           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_nonpublic_member)
3793             << (int)Record->isUnion() << (int)(FD->getAccess() == AS_protected);
3794           Invalid = true;
3795         }
3796 
3797         // C++ [class.union]p1
3798         //   An object of a class with a non-trivial constructor, a non-trivial
3799         //   copy constructor, a non-trivial destructor, or a non-trivial copy
3800         //   assignment operator cannot be a member of a union, nor can an
3801         //   array of such objects.
3802         if (CheckNontrivialField(FD))
3803           Invalid = true;
3804       } else if (Mem->isImplicit()) {
3805         // Any implicit members are fine.
3806       } else if (isa<TagDecl>(Mem) && Mem->getDeclContext() != Record) {
3807         // This is a type that showed up in an
3808         // elaborated-type-specifier inside the anonymous struct or
3809         // union, but which actually declares a type outside of the
3810         // anonymous struct or union. It's okay.
3811       } else if (auto *MemRecord = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Mem)) {
3812         if (!MemRecord->isAnonymousStructOrUnion() &&
3813             MemRecord->getDeclName()) {
3814           // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3815           if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
3816             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3817               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3818           else {
3819             // This is a nested type declaration.
3820             Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3821               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3822             Invalid = true;
3823           }
3824         } else {
3825           // This is an anonymous type definition within another anonymous type.
3826           // This is a popular extension, provided by Plan9, MSVC and GCC, but
3827           // not part of standard C++.
3828           Diag(MemRecord->getLocation(),
3829                diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_anonymous_type)
3830             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3831         }
3832       } else if (isa<AccessSpecDecl>(Mem)) {
3833         // Any access specifier is fine.
3834       } else if (isa<StaticAssertDecl>(Mem)) {
3835         // In C++1z, static_assert declarations are also fine.
3836       } else {
3837         // We have something that isn't a non-static data
3838         // member. Complain about it.
3839         unsigned DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_bad_member;
3840         if (isa<TypeDecl>(Mem))
3841           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type;
3842         else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Mem))
3843           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_function;
3844         else if (isa<VarDecl>(Mem))
3845           DK = diag::err_anonymous_record_with_static;
3846 
3847         // Visual C++ allows type definition in anonymous struct or union.
3848         if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt &&
3849             DK == diag::err_anonymous_record_with_type)
3850           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), diag::ext_anonymous_record_with_type)
3851             << (int)Record->isUnion();
3852         else {
3853           Diag(Mem->getLocation(), DK)
3854               << (int)Record->isUnion();
3855           Invalid = true;
3856         }
3857       }
3858     }
3859 
3860     // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
3861     //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
3862     //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
3863     if (cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)->hasInClassInitializer() &&
3864         Owner->isRecord())
3865       checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Owner),
3866                                 cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record));
3867   }
3868 
3869   if (!Record->isUnion() && !Owner->isRecord()) {
3870     Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_anonymous_struct_not_member)
3871       << (int)getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
3872     Invalid = true;
3873   }
3874 
3875   // Mock up a declarator.
3876   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::MemberContext);
3877   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3878   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct/union");
3879 
3880   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct/union.
3881   NamedDecl *Anon = nullptr;
3882   if (RecordDecl *OwningClass = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Owner)) {
3883     Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context, OwningClass,
3884                              DS.getLocStart(),
3885                              Record->getLocation(),
3886                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3887                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3888                              TInfo,
3889                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3890                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3891     Anon->setAccess(AS);
3892     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
3893       FieldCollector->Add(cast<FieldDecl>(Anon));
3894   } else {
3895     DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = DS.getStorageClassSpec();
3896     VarDecl::StorageClass SC = StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(DS);
3897     if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
3898       // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
3899       // an error here
3900       Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
3901       Invalid = true;
3902       SC = SC_None;
3903     }
3904 
3905     Anon = VarDecl::Create(Context, Owner,
3906                            DS.getLocStart(),
3907                            Record->getLocation(), /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3908                            Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3909                            TInfo, SC);
3910 
3911     // Default-initialize the implicit variable. This initialization will be
3912     // trivial in almost all cases, except if a union member has an in-class
3913     // initializer:
3914     //   union { int n = 0; };
3915     ActOnUninitializedDecl(Anon, /*TypeMayContainAuto=*/false);
3916   }
3917   Anon->setImplicit();
3918 
3919   // Mark this as an anonymous struct/union type.
3920   Record->setAnonymousStructOrUnion(true);
3921 
3922   // Add the anonymous struct/union object to the current
3923   // context. We'll be referencing this object when we refer to one of
3924   // its members.
3925   Owner->addDecl(Anon);
3926 
3927   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct/union into the owning
3928   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3929   // purposes.
3930   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3931   Chain.push_back(Anon);
3932 
3933   if (InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, Owner, Record, AS,
3934                                           Chain, false))
3935     Invalid = true;
3936 
3937   if (VarDecl *NewVD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Anon)) {
3938     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
3939       Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
3940       if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
3941               getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
3942                                             ManglingContextDecl)) {
3943         Context.setManglingNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
3944         Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
3945       }
3946     }
3947   }
3948 
3949   if (Invalid)
3950     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
3951 
3952   return Anon;
3953 }
3954 
3955 /// BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct - Handle the declaration of an
3956 /// Microsoft C anonymous structure.
3957 /// Ref: http://msdn.microsoft.com/en-us/library/z2cx9y4f.aspx
3958 /// Example:
3959 ///
3960 /// struct A { int a; };
3961 /// struct B { struct A; int b; };
3962 ///
3963 /// void foo() {
3964 ///   B var;
3965 ///   var.a = 3;
3966 /// }
3967 ///
3968 Decl *Sema::BuildMicrosoftCAnonymousStruct(Scope *S, DeclSpec &DS,
3969                                            RecordDecl *Record) {
3970 
3971   // If there is no Record, get the record via the typedef.
3972   if (!Record)
3973     Record = DS.getRepAsType().get()->getAsStructureType()->getDecl();
3974 
3975   // Mock up a declarator.
3976   Declarator Dc(DS, Declarator::TypeNameContext);
3977   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(Dc, S);
3978   assert(TInfo && "couldn't build declarator info for anonymous struct");
3979 
3980   // Create a declaration for this anonymous struct.
3981   NamedDecl *Anon = FieldDecl::Create(Context,
3982                              cast<RecordDecl>(CurContext),
3983                              DS.getLocStart(),
3984                              DS.getLocStart(),
3985                              /*IdentifierInfo=*/nullptr,
3986                              Context.getTypeDeclType(Record),
3987                              TInfo,
3988                              /*BitWidth=*/nullptr, /*Mutable=*/false,
3989                              /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit);
3990   Anon->setImplicit();
3991 
3992   // Add the anonymous struct object to the current context.
3993   CurContext->addDecl(Anon);
3994 
3995   // Inject the members of the anonymous struct into the current
3996   // context and into the identifier resolver chain for name lookup
3997   // purposes.
3998   SmallVector<NamedDecl*, 2> Chain;
3999   Chain.push_back(Anon);
4000 
4001   RecordDecl *RecordDef = Record->getDefinition();
4002   if (!RecordDef || InjectAnonymousStructOrUnionMembers(*this, S, CurContext,
4003                                                         RecordDef, AS_none,
4004                                                         Chain, true))
4005     Anon->setInvalidDecl();
4006 
4007   return Anon;
4008 }
4009 
4010 /// GetNameForDeclarator - Determine the full declaration name for the
4011 /// given Declarator.
4012 DeclarationNameInfo Sema::GetNameForDeclarator(Declarator &D) {
4013   return GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(D.getName());
4014 }
4015 
4016 /// \brief Retrieves the declaration name from a parsed unqualified-id.
4017 DeclarationNameInfo
4018 Sema::GetNameFromUnqualifiedId(const UnqualifiedId &Name) {
4019   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo;
4020   NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4021 
4022   switch (Name.getKind()) {
4023 
4024   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ImplicitSelfParam:
4025   case UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier:
4026     NameInfo.setName(Name.Identifier);
4027     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4028     return NameInfo;
4029 
4030   case UnqualifiedId::IK_OperatorFunctionId:
4031     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXOperatorName(
4032                                            Name.OperatorFunctionId.Operator));
4033     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4034     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.BeginOpNameLoc
4035       = Name.OperatorFunctionId.SymbolLocations[0];
4036     NameInfo.getInfo().CXXOperatorName.EndOpNameLoc
4037       = Name.EndLocation.getRawEncoding();
4038     return NameInfo;
4039 
4040   case UnqualifiedId::IK_LiteralOperatorId:
4041     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXLiteralOperatorName(
4042                                                            Name.Identifier));
4043     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4044     NameInfo.setCXXLiteralOperatorNameLoc(Name.EndLocation);
4045     return NameInfo;
4046 
4047   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConversionFunctionId: {
4048     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4049     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConversionFunctionId, &TInfo);
4050     if (Ty.isNull())
4051       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4052     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConversionFunctionName(
4053                                                Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4054     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4055     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4056     return NameInfo;
4057   }
4058 
4059   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorName: {
4060     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4061     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.ConstructorName, &TInfo);
4062     if (Ty.isNull())
4063       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4064     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4065                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4066     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4067     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4068     return NameInfo;
4069   }
4070 
4071   case UnqualifiedId::IK_ConstructorTemplateId: {
4072     // In well-formed code, we can only have a constructor
4073     // template-id that refers to the current context, so go there
4074     // to find the actual type being constructed.
4075     CXXRecordDecl *CurClass = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext);
4076     if (!CurClass || CurClass->getIdentifier() != Name.TemplateId->Name)
4077       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4078 
4079     // Determine the type of the class being constructed.
4080     QualType CurClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(CurClass);
4081 
4082     // FIXME: Check two things: that the template-id names the same type as
4083     // CurClassType, and that the template-id does not occur when the name
4084     // was qualified.
4085 
4086     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXConstructorName(
4087                                     Context.getCanonicalType(CurClassType)));
4088     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4089     // FIXME: should we retrieve TypeSourceInfo?
4090     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(nullptr);
4091     return NameInfo;
4092   }
4093 
4094   case UnqualifiedId::IK_DestructorName: {
4095     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo;
4096     QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Name.DestructorName, &TInfo);
4097     if (Ty.isNull())
4098       return DeclarationNameInfo();
4099     NameInfo.setName(Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
4100                                               Context.getCanonicalType(Ty)));
4101     NameInfo.setLoc(Name.StartLocation);
4102     NameInfo.setNamedTypeInfo(TInfo);
4103     return NameInfo;
4104   }
4105 
4106   case UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId: {
4107     TemplateName TName = Name.TemplateId->Template.get();
4108     SourceLocation TNameLoc = Name.TemplateId->TemplateNameLoc;
4109     return Context.getNameForTemplate(TName, TNameLoc);
4110   }
4111 
4112   } // switch (Name.getKind())
4113 
4114   llvm_unreachable("Unknown name kind");
4115 }
4116 
4117 static QualType getCoreType(QualType Ty) {
4118   do {
4119     if (Ty->isPointerType() || Ty->isReferenceType())
4120       Ty = Ty->getPointeeType();
4121     else if (Ty->isArrayType())
4122       Ty = Ty->castAsArrayTypeUnsafe()->getElementType();
4123     else
4124       return Ty.withoutLocalFastQualifiers();
4125   } while (true);
4126 }
4127 
4128 /// hasSimilarParameters - Determine whether the C++ functions Declaration
4129 /// and Definition have "nearly" matching parameters. This heuristic is
4130 /// used to improve diagnostics in the case where an out-of-line function
4131 /// definition doesn't match any declaration within the class or namespace.
4132 /// Also sets Params to the list of indices to the parameters that differ
4133 /// between the declaration and the definition. If hasSimilarParameters
4134 /// returns true and Params is empty, then all of the parameters match.
4135 static bool hasSimilarParameters(ASTContext &Context,
4136                                      FunctionDecl *Declaration,
4137                                      FunctionDecl *Definition,
4138                                      SmallVectorImpl<unsigned> &Params) {
4139   Params.clear();
4140   if (Declaration->param_size() != Definition->param_size())
4141     return false;
4142   for (unsigned Idx = 0; Idx < Declaration->param_size(); ++Idx) {
4143     QualType DeclParamTy = Declaration->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4144     QualType DefParamTy = Definition->getParamDecl(Idx)->getType();
4145 
4146     // The parameter types are identical
4147     if (Context.hasSameType(DefParamTy, DeclParamTy))
4148       continue;
4149 
4150     QualType DeclParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DeclParamTy);
4151     QualType DefParamBaseTy = getCoreType(DefParamTy);
4152     const IdentifierInfo *DeclTyName = DeclParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4153     const IdentifierInfo *DefTyName = DefParamBaseTy.getBaseTypeIdentifier();
4154 
4155     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(DeclParamBaseTy, DefParamBaseTy) ||
4156         (DeclTyName && DeclTyName == DefTyName))
4157       Params.push_back(Idx);
4158     else  // The two parameters aren't even close
4159       return false;
4160   }
4161 
4162   return true;
4163 }
4164 
4165 /// NeedsRebuildingInCurrentInstantiation - Checks whether the given
4166 /// declarator needs to be rebuilt in the current instantiation.
4167 /// Any bits of declarator which appear before the name are valid for
4168 /// consideration here.  That's specifically the type in the decl spec
4169 /// and the base type in any member-pointer chunks.
4170 static bool RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(Sema &S, Declarator &D,
4171                                                     DeclarationName Name) {
4172   // The types we specifically need to rebuild are:
4173   //   - typenames, typeofs, and decltypes
4174   //   - types which will become injected class names
4175   // Of course, we also need to rebuild any type referencing such a
4176   // type.  It's safest to just say "dependent", but we call out a
4177   // few cases here.
4178 
4179   DeclSpec &DS = D.getMutableDeclSpec();
4180   switch (DS.getTypeSpecType()) {
4181   case DeclSpec::TST_typename:
4182   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofType:
4183   case DeclSpec::TST_underlyingType:
4184   case DeclSpec::TST_atomic: {
4185     // Grab the type from the parser.
4186     TypeSourceInfo *TSI = nullptr;
4187     QualType T = S.GetTypeFromParser(DS.getRepAsType(), &TSI);
4188     if (T.isNull() || !T->isDependentType()) break;
4189 
4190     // Make sure there's a type source info.  This isn't really much
4191     // of a waste; most dependent types should have type source info
4192     // attached already.
4193     if (!TSI)
4194       TSI = S.Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, DS.getTypeSpecTypeLoc());
4195 
4196     // Rebuild the type in the current instantiation.
4197     TSI = S.RebuildTypeInCurrentInstantiation(TSI, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name);
4198     if (!TSI) return true;
4199 
4200     // Store the new type back in the decl spec.
4201     ParsedType LocType = S.CreateParsedType(TSI->getType(), TSI);
4202     DS.UpdateTypeRep(LocType);
4203     break;
4204   }
4205 
4206   case DeclSpec::TST_decltype:
4207   case DeclSpec::TST_typeofExpr: {
4208     Expr *E = DS.getRepAsExpr();
4209     ExprResult Result = S.RebuildExprInCurrentInstantiation(E);
4210     if (Result.isInvalid()) return true;
4211     DS.UpdateExprRep(Result.get());
4212     break;
4213   }
4214 
4215   default:
4216     // Nothing to do for these decl specs.
4217     break;
4218   }
4219 
4220   // It doesn't matter what order we do this in.
4221   for (unsigned I = 0, E = D.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
4222     DeclaratorChunk &Chunk = D.getTypeObject(I);
4223 
4224     // The only type information in the declarator which can come
4225     // before the declaration name is the base type of a member
4226     // pointer.
4227     if (Chunk.Kind != DeclaratorChunk::MemberPointer)
4228       continue;
4229 
4230     // Rebuild the scope specifier in-place.
4231     CXXScopeSpec &SS = Chunk.Mem.Scope();
4232     if (S.RebuildNestedNameSpecifierInCurrentInstantiation(SS))
4233       return true;
4234   }
4235 
4236   return false;
4237 }
4238 
4239 Decl *Sema::ActOnDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
4240   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Declaration);
4241   Decl *Dcl = HandleDeclarator(S, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
4242 
4243   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer() &&
4244       Dcl && Dcl->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
4245     Dcl->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
4246 
4247   return Dcl;
4248 }
4249 
4250 /// DiagnoseClassNameShadow - Implement C++ [class.mem]p13:
4251 ///   If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a
4252 ///   name different from T:
4253 ///     - every static data member of class T;
4254 ///     - every member function of class T
4255 ///     - every member of class T that is itself a type;
4256 /// \returns true if the declaration name violates these rules.
4257 bool Sema::DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DeclContext *DC,
4258                                    DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo) {
4259   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4260 
4261   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC))
4262     if (Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getDeclName() == Name) {
4263       Diag(NameInfo.getLoc(), diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Name;
4264       return true;
4265     }
4266 
4267   return false;
4268 }
4269 
4270 /// \brief Diagnose a declaration whose declarator-id has the given
4271 /// nested-name-specifier.
4272 ///
4273 /// \param SS The nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4274 ///
4275 /// \param DC The declaration context to which the nested-name-specifier
4276 /// resolves.
4277 ///
4278 /// \param Name The name of the entity being declared.
4279 ///
4280 /// \param Loc The location of the name of the entity being declared.
4281 ///
4282 /// \returns true if we cannot safely recover from this error, false otherwise.
4283 bool Sema::diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(CXXScopeSpec &SS, DeclContext *DC,
4284                                         DeclarationName Name,
4285                                         SourceLocation Loc) {
4286   DeclContext *Cur = CurContext;
4287   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(Cur) || isa<CapturedDecl>(Cur))
4288     Cur = Cur->getParent();
4289 
4290   // If the user provided a superfluous scope specifier that refers back to the
4291   // class in which the entity is already declared, diagnose and ignore it.
4292   //
4293   // class X {
4294   //   void X::f();
4295   // };
4296   //
4297   // Note, it was once ill-formed to give redundant qualification in all
4298   // contexts, but that rule was removed by DR482.
4299   if (Cur->Equals(DC)) {
4300     if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4301       Diag(Loc, LangOpts.MicrosoftExt ? diag::warn_member_extra_qualification
4302                                       : diag::err_member_extra_qualification)
4303         << Name << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(SS.getRange());
4304       SS.clear();
4305     } else {
4306       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_namespace_member_extra_qualification) << Name;
4307     }
4308     return false;
4309   }
4310 
4311   // Check whether the qualifying scope encloses the scope of the original
4312   // declaration.
4313   if (!Cur->Encloses(DC)) {
4314     if (Cur->isRecord())
4315       Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4316         << Name << SS.getRange();
4317     else if (isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC))
4318       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_global_scope)
4319         << Name << SS.getRange();
4320     else if (isa<FunctionDecl>(Cur))
4321       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_function)
4322         << Name << SS.getRange();
4323     else if (isa<BlockDecl>(Cur))
4324       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_in_block)
4325         << Name << SS.getRange();
4326     else
4327       Diag(Loc, diag::err_invalid_declarator_scope)
4328       << Name << cast<NamedDecl>(Cur) << cast<NamedDecl>(DC) << SS.getRange();
4329 
4330     return true;
4331   }
4332 
4333   if (Cur->isRecord()) {
4334     // Cannot qualify members within a class.
4335     Diag(Loc, diag::err_member_qualification)
4336       << Name << SS.getRange();
4337     SS.clear();
4338 
4339     // C++ constructors and destructors with incorrect scopes can break
4340     // our AST invariants by having the wrong underlying types. If
4341     // that's the case, then drop this declaration entirely.
4342     if ((Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName ||
4343          Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) &&
4344         !Context.hasSameType(Name.getCXXNameType(),
4345                              Context.getTypeDeclType(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Cur))))
4346       return true;
4347 
4348     return false;
4349   }
4350 
4351   // C++11 [dcl.meaning]p1:
4352   //   [...] "The nested-name-specifier of the qualified declarator-id shall
4353   //   not begin with a decltype-specifer"
4354   NestedNameSpecifierLoc SpecLoc(SS.getScopeRep(), SS.location_data());
4355   while (SpecLoc.getPrefix())
4356     SpecLoc = SpecLoc.getPrefix();
4357   if (dyn_cast_or_null<DecltypeType>(
4358         SpecLoc.getNestedNameSpecifier()->getAsType()))
4359     Diag(Loc, diag::err_decltype_in_declarator)
4360       << SpecLoc.getTypeLoc().getSourceRange();
4361 
4362   return false;
4363 }
4364 
4365 NamedDecl *Sema::HandleDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
4366                                   MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists) {
4367   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
4368   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
4369   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
4370 
4371   // All of these full declarators require an identifier.  If it doesn't have
4372   // one, the ParsedFreeStandingDeclSpec action should be used.
4373   if (!Name) {
4374     if (!D.isInvalidType())  // Reject this if we think it is valid.
4375       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(),
4376            diag::err_declarator_need_ident)
4377         << D.getDeclSpec().getSourceRange() << D.getSourceRange();
4378     return nullptr;
4379   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(NameInfo, UPPC_DeclarationType))
4380     return nullptr;
4381 
4382   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
4383   // we find one that is.
4384   while ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0 ||
4385          (S->getFlags() & Scope::TemplateParamScope) != 0)
4386     S = S->getParent();
4387 
4388   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
4389   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isInvalid())
4390     D.setInvalidType();
4391   else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4392     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
4393                                         UPPC_DeclarationQualifier))
4394       return nullptr;
4395 
4396     bool EnteringContext = !D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
4397     DC = computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), EnteringContext);
4398     if (!DC || isa<EnumDecl>(DC)) {
4399       // If we could not compute the declaration context, it's because the
4400       // declaration context is dependent but does not refer to a class,
4401       // class template, or class template partial specialization. Complain
4402       // and return early, to avoid the coming semantic disaster.
4403       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4404            diag::err_template_qualified_declarator_no_match)
4405         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()
4406         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4407       return nullptr;
4408     }
4409     bool IsDependentContext = DC->isDependentContext();
4410 
4411     if (!IsDependentContext &&
4412         RequireCompleteDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC))
4413       return nullptr;
4414 
4415     if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(DC) && !cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->hasDefinition()) {
4416       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4417            diag::err_member_def_undefined_record)
4418         << Name << DC << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4419       D.setInvalidType();
4420     } else if (!D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) {
4421       if (diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), DC,
4422                                       Name, D.getIdentifierLoc())) {
4423         if (DC->isRecord())
4424           return nullptr;
4425 
4426         D.setInvalidType();
4427       }
4428     }
4429 
4430     // Check whether we need to rebuild the type of the given
4431     // declaration in the current instantiation.
4432     if (EnteringContext && IsDependentContext &&
4433         TemplateParamLists.size() != 0) {
4434       ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
4435       if (RebuildDeclaratorInCurrentInstantiation(*this, D, Name))
4436         D.setInvalidType();
4437     }
4438   }
4439 
4440   if (DiagnoseClassNameShadow(DC, NameInfo))
4441     // If this is a typedef, we'll end up spewing multiple diagnostics.
4442     // Just return early; it's safer.
4443     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4444       return nullptr;
4445 
4446   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
4447   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
4448 
4449   if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
4450                                       UPPC_DeclarationType))
4451     D.setInvalidType();
4452 
4453   LookupResult Previous(*this, NameInfo, LookupOrdinaryName,
4454                         ForRedeclaration);
4455 
4456   // See if this is a redefinition of a variable in the same scope.
4457   if (!D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4458     bool IsLinkageLookup = false;
4459     bool CreateBuiltins = false;
4460 
4461     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be a function
4462     // or object with linkage, then look for another declaration with
4463     // linkage (C99 6.2.2p4-5 and C++ [basic.link]p6).
4464     //
4465     // If the declaration we're planning to build will be declared with
4466     // external linkage in the translation unit, create any builtin with
4467     // the same name.
4468     if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4469       /* Do nothing*/;
4470     else if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod() &&
4471              (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_extern ||
4472               R->isFunctionType())) {
4473       IsLinkageLookup = true;
4474       CreateBuiltins =
4475           CurContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext()->isTranslationUnit();
4476     } else if (CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
4477                D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_static)
4478       CreateBuiltins = true;
4479 
4480     if (IsLinkageLookup)
4481       Previous.clear(LookupRedeclarationWithLinkage);
4482 
4483     LookupName(Previous, S, CreateBuiltins);
4484   } else { // Something like "int foo::x;"
4485     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
4486 
4487     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4488     //   When the declarator-id is qualified, the declaration shall refer to a
4489     //  previously declared member of the class or namespace to which the
4490     //  qualifier refers (or, in the case of a namespace, of an element of the
4491     //  inline namespace set of that namespace (7.3.1)) or to a specialization
4492     //  thereof; [...]
4493     //
4494     // Note that we already checked the context above, and that we do not have
4495     // enough information to make sure that Previous contains the declaration
4496     // we want to match. For example, given:
4497     //
4498     //   class X {
4499     //     void f();
4500     //     void f(float);
4501     //   };
4502     //
4503     //   void X::f(int) { } // ill-formed
4504     //
4505     // In this case, Previous will point to the overload set
4506     // containing the two f's declared in X, but neither of them
4507     // matches.
4508 
4509     // C++ [dcl.meaning]p1:
4510     //   [...] the member shall not merely have been introduced by a
4511     //   using-declaration in the scope of the class or namespace nominated by
4512     //   the nested-name-specifier of the declarator-id.
4513     RemoveUsingDecls(Previous);
4514   }
4515 
4516   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
4517       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
4518     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
4519     if (!D.isInvalidType())
4520       DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
4521                                       Previous.getFoundDecl());
4522 
4523     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
4524     Previous.clear();
4525   }
4526 
4527   // In C++, the previous declaration we find might be a tag type
4528   // (class or enum). In this case, the new declaration will hide the
4529   // tag type. Note that this does does not apply if we're declaring a
4530   // typedef (C++ [dcl.typedef]p4).
4531   if (Previous.isSingleTagDecl() &&
4532       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_typedef)
4533     Previous.clear();
4534 
4535   // Check that there are no default arguments other than in the parameters
4536   // of a function declaration (C++ only).
4537   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
4538     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
4539 
4540   NamedDecl *New;
4541 
4542   bool AddToScope = true;
4543   if (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_typedef) {
4544     if (TemplateParamLists.size()) {
4545       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_typedef);
4546       return nullptr;
4547     }
4548 
4549     New = ActOnTypedefDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous);
4550   } else if (R->isFunctionType()) {
4551     New = ActOnFunctionDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous,
4552                                   TemplateParamLists,
4553                                   AddToScope);
4554   } else {
4555     New = ActOnVariableDeclarator(S, D, DC, TInfo, Previous, TemplateParamLists,
4556                                   AddToScope);
4557   }
4558 
4559   if (!New)
4560     return nullptr;
4561 
4562   // If this has an identifier and is not an invalid redeclaration or
4563   // function template specialization, add it to the scope stack.
4564   if (New->getDeclName() && AddToScope &&
4565        !(D.isRedeclaration() && New->isInvalidDecl())) {
4566     // Only make a locally-scoped extern declaration visible if it is the first
4567     // declaration of this entity. Qualified lookup for such an entity should
4568     // only find this declaration if there is no visible declaration of it.
4569     bool AddToContext = !D.isRedeclaration() || !New->isLocalExternDecl();
4570     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, AddToContext);
4571     if (!AddToContext)
4572       CurContext->addHiddenDecl(New);
4573   }
4574 
4575   return New;
4576 }
4577 
4578 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4579 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4580 /// GCC compatibility).
4581 static QualType TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(QualType T,
4582                                                     ASTContext &Context,
4583                                                     bool &SizeIsNegative,
4584                                                     llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4585   // This method tries to turn a variable array into a constant
4586   // array even when the size isn't an ICE.  This is necessary
4587   // for compatibility with code that depends on gcc's buggy
4588   // constant expression folding, like struct {char x[(int)(char*)2];}
4589   SizeIsNegative = false;
4590   Oversized = 0;
4591 
4592   if (T->isDependentType())
4593     return QualType();
4594 
4595   QualifierCollector Qs;
4596   const Type *Ty = Qs.strip(T);
4597 
4598   if (const PointerType* PTy = dyn_cast<PointerType>(Ty)) {
4599     QualType Pointee = PTy->getPointeeType();
4600     QualType FixedType =
4601         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Pointee, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4602                                             Oversized);
4603     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4604     FixedType = Context.getPointerType(FixedType);
4605     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4606   }
4607   if (const ParenType* PTy = dyn_cast<ParenType>(Ty)) {
4608     QualType Inner = PTy->getInnerType();
4609     QualType FixedType =
4610         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(Inner, Context, SizeIsNegative,
4611                                             Oversized);
4612     if (FixedType.isNull()) return FixedType;
4613     FixedType = Context.getParenType(FixedType);
4614     return Qs.apply(Context, FixedType);
4615   }
4616 
4617   const VariableArrayType* VLATy = dyn_cast<VariableArrayType>(T);
4618   if (!VLATy)
4619     return QualType();
4620   // FIXME: We should probably handle this case
4621   if (VLATy->getElementType()->isVariablyModifiedType())
4622     return QualType();
4623 
4624   llvm::APSInt Res;
4625   if (!VLATy->getSizeExpr() ||
4626       !VLATy->getSizeExpr()->EvaluateAsInt(Res, Context))
4627     return QualType();
4628 
4629   // Check whether the array size is negative.
4630   if (Res.isSigned() && Res.isNegative()) {
4631     SizeIsNegative = true;
4632     return QualType();
4633   }
4634 
4635   // Check whether the array is too large to be addressed.
4636   unsigned ActiveSizeBits
4637     = ConstantArrayType::getNumAddressingBits(Context, VLATy->getElementType(),
4638                                               Res);
4639   if (ActiveSizeBits > ConstantArrayType::getMaxSizeBits(Context)) {
4640     Oversized = Res;
4641     return QualType();
4642   }
4643 
4644   return Context.getConstantArrayType(VLATy->getElementType(),
4645                                       Res, ArrayType::Normal, 0);
4646 }
4647 
4648 static void
4649 FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TypeLoc SrcTL, TypeLoc DstTL) {
4650   if (PointerTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<PointerTypeLoc>()) {
4651     PointerTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<PointerTypeLoc>();
4652     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getPointeeLoc(),
4653                                       DstPTL.getPointeeLoc());
4654     DstPTL.setStarLoc(SrcPTL.getStarLoc());
4655     return;
4656   }
4657   if (ParenTypeLoc SrcPTL = SrcTL.getAs<ParenTypeLoc>()) {
4658     ParenTypeLoc DstPTL = DstTL.castAs<ParenTypeLoc>();
4659     FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(SrcPTL.getInnerLoc(),
4660                                       DstPTL.getInnerLoc());
4661     DstPTL.setLParenLoc(SrcPTL.getLParenLoc());
4662     DstPTL.setRParenLoc(SrcPTL.getRParenLoc());
4663     return;
4664   }
4665   ArrayTypeLoc SrcATL = SrcTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4666   ArrayTypeLoc DstATL = DstTL.castAs<ArrayTypeLoc>();
4667   TypeLoc SrcElemTL = SrcATL.getElementLoc();
4668   TypeLoc DstElemTL = DstATL.getElementLoc();
4669   DstElemTL.initializeFullCopy(SrcElemTL);
4670   DstATL.setLBracketLoc(SrcATL.getLBracketLoc());
4671   DstATL.setSizeExpr(SrcATL.getSizeExpr());
4672   DstATL.setRBracketLoc(SrcATL.getRBracketLoc());
4673 }
4674 
4675 /// Helper method to turn variable array types into constant array
4676 /// types in certain situations which would otherwise be errors (for
4677 /// GCC compatibility).
4678 static TypeSourceInfo*
4679 TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
4680                                               ASTContext &Context,
4681                                               bool &SizeIsNegative,
4682                                               llvm::APSInt &Oversized) {
4683   QualType FixedTy
4684     = TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedType(TInfo->getType(), Context,
4685                                           SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
4686   if (FixedTy.isNull())
4687     return nullptr;
4688   TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(FixedTy);
4689   FixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeLoc(TInfo->getTypeLoc(),
4690                                     FixedTInfo->getTypeLoc());
4691   return FixedTInfo;
4692 }
4693 
4694 /// \brief Register the given locally-scoped extern "C" declaration so
4695 /// that it can be found later for redeclarations. We include any extern "C"
4696 /// declaration that is not visible in the translation unit here, not just
4697 /// function-scope declarations.
4698 void
4699 Sema::RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S) {
4700   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
4701       ND->getLexicalDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
4702     // Don't need to track declarations in the TU in C.
4703     return;
4704 
4705   // Note that we have a locally-scoped external with this name.
4706   // FIXME: There can be multiple such declarations if they are functions marked
4707   // __attribute__((overloadable)) declared in function scope in C.
4708   LocallyScopedExternCDecls[ND->getDeclName()] = ND;
4709 }
4710 
4711 NamedDecl *Sema::findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(DeclarationName Name) {
4712   if (ExternalSource) {
4713     // Load locally-scoped external decls from the external source.
4714     // FIXME: This is inefficient. Maybe add a DeclContext for extern "C" decls?
4715     SmallVector<NamedDecl *, 4> Decls;
4716     ExternalSource->ReadLocallyScopedExternCDecls(Decls);
4717     for (unsigned I = 0, N = Decls.size(); I != N; ++I) {
4718       llvm::DenseMap<DeclarationName, NamedDecl *>::iterator Pos
4719         = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.find(Decls[I]->getDeclName());
4720       if (Pos == LocallyScopedExternCDecls.end())
4721         LocallyScopedExternCDecls[Decls[I]->getDeclName()] = Decls[I];
4722     }
4723   }
4724 
4725   NamedDecl *D = LocallyScopedExternCDecls.lookup(Name);
4726   return D ? D->getMostRecentDecl() : nullptr;
4727 }
4728 
4729 /// \brief Diagnose function specifiers on a declaration of an identifier that
4730 /// does not identify a function.
4731 void Sema::DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(const DeclSpec &DS) {
4732   // FIXME: We should probably indicate the identifier in question to avoid
4733   // confusion for constructs like "inline int a(), b;"
4734   if (DS.isInlineSpecified())
4735     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(),
4736          diag::err_inline_non_function);
4737 
4738   if (DS.isVirtualSpecified())
4739     Diag(DS.getVirtualSpecLoc(),
4740          diag::err_virtual_non_function);
4741 
4742   if (DS.isExplicitSpecified())
4743     Diag(DS.getExplicitSpecLoc(),
4744          diag::err_explicit_non_function);
4745 
4746   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified())
4747     Diag(DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
4748          diag::err_noreturn_non_function);
4749 }
4750 
4751 NamedDecl*
4752 Sema::ActOnTypedefDeclarator(Scope* S, Declarator& D, DeclContext* DC,
4753                              TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous) {
4754   // Typedef declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
4755   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
4756     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_typedef_declarator)
4757       << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
4758     D.setInvalidType();
4759     // Pretend we didn't see the scope specifier.
4760     DC = CurContext;
4761     Previous.clear();
4762   }
4763 
4764   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
4765 
4766   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
4767     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
4768       << 1;
4769 
4770   if (D.getName().Kind != UnqualifiedId::IK_Identifier) {
4771     Diag(D.getName().StartLocation, diag::err_typedef_not_identifier)
4772       << D.getName().getSourceRange();
4773     return nullptr;
4774   }
4775 
4776   TypedefDecl *NewTD = ParseTypedefDecl(S, D, TInfo->getType(), TInfo);
4777   if (!NewTD) return nullptr;
4778 
4779   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
4780   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewTD, D);
4781 
4782   CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(S, NewTD);
4783 
4784   bool Redeclaration = D.isRedeclaration();
4785   NamedDecl *ND = ActOnTypedefNameDecl(S, DC, NewTD, Previous, Redeclaration);
4786   D.setRedeclaration(Redeclaration);
4787   return ND;
4788 }
4789 
4790 void
4791 Sema::CheckTypedefForVariablyModifiedType(Scope *S, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD) {
4792   // C99 6.7.7p2: If a typedef name specifies a variably modified type
4793   // then it shall have block scope.
4794   // Note that variably modified types must be fixed before merging the decl so
4795   // that redeclarations will match.
4796   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewTD->getTypeSourceInfo();
4797   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
4798   if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
4799     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
4800 
4801     if (S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
4802       bool SizeIsNegative;
4803       llvm::APSInt Oversized;
4804       TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
4805         TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
4806                                                       SizeIsNegative,
4807                                                       Oversized);
4808       if (FixedTInfo) {
4809         Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
4810         NewTD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
4811       } else {
4812         if (SizeIsNegative)
4813           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
4814         else if (T->isVariableArrayType())
4815           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope);
4816         else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
4817           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_array_too_large)
4818             << Oversized.toString(10);
4819         else
4820           Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
4821         NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
4822       }
4823     }
4824   }
4825 }
4826 
4827 
4828 /// ActOnTypedefNameDecl - Perform semantic checking for a declaration which
4829 /// declares a typedef-name, either using the 'typedef' type specifier or via
4830 /// a C++0x [dcl.typedef]p2 alias-declaration: 'using T = A;'.
4831 NamedDecl*
4832 Sema::ActOnTypedefNameDecl(Scope *S, DeclContext *DC, TypedefNameDecl *NewTD,
4833                            LookupResult &Previous, bool &Redeclaration) {
4834   // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate. If the decl is
4835   // in an outer scope, it isn't the same thing.
4836   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, DC, S, /*ConsiderLinkage*/false,
4837                        /*AllowInlineNamespace*/false);
4838   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewTD, Previous);
4839   if (!Previous.empty()) {
4840     Redeclaration = true;
4841     MergeTypedefNameDecl(NewTD, Previous);
4842   }
4843 
4844   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
4845   if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewTD->getIdentifier())
4846     if (!NewTD->isInvalidDecl() &&
4847         NewTD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
4848       if (II->isStr("FILE"))
4849         Context.setFILEDecl(NewTD);
4850       else if (II->isStr("jmp_buf"))
4851         Context.setjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4852       else if (II->isStr("sigjmp_buf"))
4853         Context.setsigjmp_bufDecl(NewTD);
4854       else if (II->isStr("ucontext_t"))
4855         Context.setucontext_tDecl(NewTD);
4856     }
4857 
4858   return NewTD;
4859 }
4860 
4861 /// \brief Determines whether the given declaration is an out-of-scope
4862 /// previous declaration.
4863 ///
4864 /// This routine should be invoked when name lookup has found a
4865 /// previous declaration (PrevDecl) that is not in the scope where a
4866 /// new declaration by the same name is being introduced. If the new
4867 /// declaration occurs in a local scope, previous declarations with
4868 /// linkage may still be considered previous declarations (C99
4869 /// 6.2.2p4-5, C++ [basic.link]p6).
4870 ///
4871 /// \param PrevDecl the previous declaration found by name
4872 /// lookup
4873 ///
4874 /// \param DC the context in which the new declaration is being
4875 /// declared.
4876 ///
4877 /// \returns true if PrevDecl is an out-of-scope previous declaration
4878 /// for a new delcaration with the same name.
4879 static bool
4880 isOutOfScopePreviousDeclaration(NamedDecl *PrevDecl, DeclContext *DC,
4881                                 ASTContext &Context) {
4882   if (!PrevDecl)
4883     return false;
4884 
4885   if (!PrevDecl->hasLinkage())
4886     return false;
4887 
4888   if (Context.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
4889     // C++ [basic.link]p6:
4890     //   If there is a visible declaration of an entity with linkage
4891     //   having the same name and type, ignoring entities declared
4892     //   outside the innermost enclosing namespace scope, the block
4893     //   scope declaration declares that same entity and receives the
4894     //   linkage of the previous declaration.
4895     DeclContext *OuterContext = DC->getRedeclContext();
4896     if (!OuterContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
4897       // This rule only applies to block-scope declarations.
4898       return false;
4899 
4900     DeclContext *PrevOuterContext = PrevDecl->getDeclContext();
4901     if (PrevOuterContext->isRecord())
4902       // We found a member function: ignore it.
4903       return false;
4904 
4905     // Find the innermost enclosing namespace for the new and
4906     // previous declarations.
4907     OuterContext = OuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4908     PrevOuterContext = PrevOuterContext->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
4909 
4910     // The previous declaration is in a different namespace, so it
4911     // isn't the same function.
4912     if (!OuterContext->Equals(PrevOuterContext))
4913       return false;
4914   }
4915 
4916   return true;
4917 }
4918 
4919 static void SetNestedNameSpecifier(DeclaratorDecl *DD, Declarator &D) {
4920   CXXScopeSpec &SS = D.getCXXScopeSpec();
4921   if (!SS.isSet()) return;
4922   DD->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(DD->getASTContext()));
4923 }
4924 
4925 bool Sema::inferObjCARCLifetime(ValueDecl *decl) {
4926   QualType type = decl->getType();
4927   Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = type.getObjCLifetime();
4928   if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing) {
4929     // Various kinds of declaration aren't allowed to be __autoreleasing.
4930     unsigned kind = -1U;
4931     if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4932       if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
4933         kind = 0; // __block
4934       else if (!var->hasLocalStorage())
4935         kind = 1; // global
4936     } else if (isa<ObjCIvarDecl>(decl)) {
4937       kind = 3; // ivar
4938     } else if (isa<FieldDecl>(decl)) {
4939       kind = 2; // field
4940     }
4941 
4942     if (kind != -1U) {
4943       Diag(decl->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_autoreleasing_var)
4944         << kind;
4945     }
4946   } else if (lifetime == Qualifiers::OCL_None) {
4947     // Try to infer lifetime.
4948     if (!type->isObjCLifetimeType())
4949       return false;
4950 
4951     lifetime = type->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
4952     type = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(type, lifetime);
4953     decl->setType(type);
4954   }
4955 
4956   if (VarDecl *var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(decl)) {
4957     // Thread-local variables cannot have lifetime.
4958     if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone &&
4959         var->getTLSKind()) {
4960       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_thread_ownership)
4961         << var->getType();
4962       return true;
4963     }
4964   }
4965 
4966   return false;
4967 }
4968 
4969 static void checkAttributesAfterMerging(Sema &S, NamedDecl &ND) {
4970   // Ensure that an auto decl is deduced otherwise the checks below might cache
4971   // the wrong linkage.
4972   assert(S.ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(&ND) == 0);
4973 
4974   // 'weak' only applies to declarations with external linkage.
4975   if (WeakAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakAttr>()) {
4976     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4977       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weak_static);
4978       ND.dropAttr<WeakAttr>();
4979     }
4980   }
4981   if (WeakRefAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<WeakRefAttr>()) {
4982     if (ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4983       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_weakref_not_static);
4984       ND.dropAttr<WeakRefAttr>();
4985     }
4986   }
4987 
4988   // 'selectany' only applies to externally visible varable declarations.
4989   // It does not apply to functions.
4990   if (SelectAnyAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<SelectAnyAttr>()) {
4991     if (isa<FunctionDecl>(ND) || !ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
4992       S.Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_selectany_non_extern_data);
4993       ND.dropAttr<SelectAnyAttr>();
4994     }
4995   }
4996 
4997   // dll attributes require external linkage.
4998   if (const DLLImportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
4999     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5000       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5001         << &ND << Attr;
5002       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5003     }
5004   }
5005   if (const DLLExportAttr *Attr = ND.getAttr<DLLExportAttr>()) {
5006     if (!ND.isExternallyVisible()) {
5007       S.Diag(ND.getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_not_extern)
5008         << &ND << Attr;
5009       ND.setInvalidDecl();
5010     }
5011   }
5012 }
5013 
5014 static void checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(Sema &S, NamedDecl *OldDecl,
5015                                            NamedDecl *NewDecl,
5016                                            bool IsSpecialization) {
5017   if (TemplateDecl *OldTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(OldDecl))
5018     OldDecl = OldTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5019   if (TemplateDecl *NewTD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(NewDecl))
5020     NewDecl = NewTD->getTemplatedDecl();
5021 
5022   if (!OldDecl || !NewDecl)
5023       return;
5024 
5025   const DLLImportAttr *OldImportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5026   const DLLExportAttr *OldExportAttr = OldDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5027   const DLLImportAttr *NewImportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5028   const DLLExportAttr *NewExportAttr = NewDecl->getAttr<DLLExportAttr>();
5029 
5030   // dllimport and dllexport are inheritable attributes so we have to exclude
5031   // inherited attribute instances.
5032   bool HasNewAttr = (NewImportAttr && !NewImportAttr->isInherited()) ||
5033                     (NewExportAttr && !NewExportAttr->isInherited());
5034 
5035   // A redeclaration is not allowed to add a dllimport or dllexport attribute,
5036   // the only exception being explicit specializations.
5037   // Implicitly generated declarations are also excluded for now because there
5038   // is no other way to switch these to use dllimport or dllexport.
5039   bool AddsAttr = !(OldImportAttr || OldExportAttr) && HasNewAttr;
5040   if (AddsAttr && !IsSpecialization && !OldDecl->isImplicit()) {
5041     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dll_redeclaration)
5042       << NewDecl
5043       << (NewImportAttr ? (const Attr *)NewImportAttr : NewExportAttr);
5044     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5045     NewDecl->setInvalidDecl();
5046     return;
5047   }
5048 
5049   // A redeclaration is not allowed to drop a dllimport attribute, the only
5050   // exceptions being inline function definitions, local extern declarations,
5051   // and qualified friend declarations.
5052   // NB: MSVC converts such a declaration to dllexport.
5053   bool IsInline = false, IsStaticDataMember = false, IsQualifiedFriend = false;
5054   if (const auto *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(NewDecl))
5055     // Ignore static data because out-of-line definitions are diagnosed
5056     // separately.
5057     IsStaticDataMember = VD->isStaticDataMember();
5058   else if (const auto *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(NewDecl)) {
5059     IsInline = FD->isInlined();
5060     IsQualifiedFriend = FD->getQualifier() &&
5061                         FD->getFriendObjectKind() == Decl::FOK_Declared;
5062   }
5063 
5064   if (OldImportAttr && !HasNewAttr && !IsInline && !IsStaticDataMember &&
5065       !NewDecl->isLocalExternDecl() && !IsQualifiedFriend) {
5066     S.Diag(NewDecl->getLocation(),
5067            diag::warn_redeclaration_without_attribute_prev_attribute_ignored)
5068       << NewDecl << OldImportAttr;
5069     S.Diag(OldDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5070     S.Diag(OldImportAttr->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_attribute);
5071     OldDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5072     NewDecl->dropAttr<DLLImportAttr>();
5073   }
5074 }
5075 
5076 /// Given that we are within the definition of the given function,
5077 /// will that definition behave like C99's 'inline', where the
5078 /// definition is discarded except for optimization purposes?
5079 static bool isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(Sema &S, FunctionDecl *FD) {
5080   // Try to avoid calling GetGVALinkageForFunction.
5081 
5082   // All cases of this require the 'inline' keyword.
5083   if (!FD->isInlined()) return false;
5084 
5085   // This is only possible in C++ with the gnu_inline attribute.
5086   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !FD->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>())
5087     return false;
5088 
5089   // Okay, go ahead and call the relatively-more-expensive function.
5090 
5091 #ifndef NDEBUG
5092   // AST quite reasonably asserts that it's working on a function
5093   // definition.  We don't really have a way to tell it that we're
5094   // currently defining the function, so just lie to it in +Asserts
5095   // builds.  This is an awful hack.
5096   FD->setLazyBody(1);
5097 #endif
5098 
5099   bool isC99Inline =
5100       S.Context.GetGVALinkageForFunction(FD) == GVA_AvailableExternally;
5101 
5102 #ifndef NDEBUG
5103   FD->setLazyBody(0);
5104 #endif
5105 
5106   return isC99Inline;
5107 }
5108 
5109 /// Determine whether a variable is extern "C" prior to attaching
5110 /// an initializer. We can't just call isExternC() here, because that
5111 /// will also compute and cache whether the declaration is externally
5112 /// visible, which might change when we attach the initializer.
5113 ///
5114 /// This can only be used if the declaration is known to not be a
5115 /// redeclaration of an internal linkage declaration.
5116 ///
5117 /// For instance:
5118 ///
5119 ///   auto x = []{};
5120 ///
5121 /// Attaching the initializer here makes this declaration not externally
5122 /// visible, because its type has internal linkage.
5123 ///
5124 /// FIXME: This is a hack.
5125 template<typename T>
5126 static bool isIncompleteDeclExternC(Sema &S, const T *D) {
5127   if (S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5128     // In C++, the overloadable attribute negates the effects of extern "C".
5129     if (!D->isInExternCContext() || D->template hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>())
5130       return false;
5131   }
5132   return D->isExternC();
5133 }
5134 
5135 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const VarDecl *VD) {
5136   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5137   if (DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5138     return VD->hasExternalStorage();
5139   if (DC->isFileContext())
5140     return true;
5141   if (DC->isRecord())
5142     return false;
5143   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5144 }
5145 
5146 static bool shouldConsiderLinkage(const FunctionDecl *FD) {
5147   const DeclContext *DC = FD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
5148   if (DC->isFileContext() || DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5149     return true;
5150   if (DC->isRecord())
5151     return false;
5152   llvm_unreachable("Unexpected context");
5153 }
5154 
5155 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const AttributeList *AttrList,
5156                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5157   for (const AttributeList *L = AttrList; L; L = L->getNext())
5158     if (L->getKind() == Kind)
5159       return true;
5160   return false;
5161 }
5162 
5163 static bool hasParsedAttr(Scope *S, const Declarator &PD,
5164                           AttributeList::Kind Kind) {
5165   // Check decl attributes on the DeclSpec.
5166   if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getDeclSpec().getAttributes().getList(), Kind))
5167     return true;
5168 
5169   // Walk the declarator structure, checking decl attributes that were in a type
5170   // position to the decl itself.
5171   for (unsigned I = 0, E = PD.getNumTypeObjects(); I != E; ++I) {
5172     if (hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getTypeObject(I).getAttrs(), Kind))
5173       return true;
5174   }
5175 
5176   // Finally, check attributes on the decl itself.
5177   return hasParsedAttr(S, PD.getAttributes(), Kind);
5178 }
5179 
5180 /// Adjust the \c DeclContext for a function or variable that might be a
5181 /// function-local external declaration.
5182 bool Sema::adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DeclContext *&DC) {
5183   if (!DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5184     return false;
5185 
5186   // If this is a local extern function or variable declared within a function
5187   // template, don't add it into the enclosing namespace scope until it is
5188   // instantiated; it might have a dependent type right now.
5189   if (DC->isDependentContext())
5190     return true;
5191 
5192   // C++11 [basic.link]p7:
5193   //   When a block scope declaration of an entity with linkage is not found to
5194   //   refer to some other declaration, then that entity is a member of the
5195   //   innermost enclosing namespace.
5196   //
5197   // Per C++11 [namespace.def]p6, the innermost enclosing namespace is a
5198   // semantically-enclosing namespace, not a lexically-enclosing one.
5199   while (!DC->isFileContext() && !isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
5200     DC = DC->getParent();
5201   return true;
5202 }
5203 
5204 NamedDecl *
5205 Sema::ActOnVariableDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
5206                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
5207                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
5208                               bool &AddToScope) {
5209   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
5210   DeclarationName Name = GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
5211 
5212   DeclSpec::SCS SCSpec = D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec();
5213   VarDecl::StorageClass SC =
5214     StorageClassSpecToVarDeclStorageClass(D.getDeclSpec());
5215 
5216   // dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as extern. We
5217   // have to change the storage class this early to get the right DeclContext.
5218   if (SC == SC_None && !DC->isRecord() &&
5219       hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLImport) &&
5220       !hasParsedAttr(S, D, AttributeList::AT_DLLExport))
5221     SC = SC_Extern;
5222 
5223   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
5224   bool IsLocalExternDecl = SC == SC_Extern &&
5225                            adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
5226 
5227   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5228     // OpenCL v1.0 s6.8.a.3: Pointers to functions are not allowed.
5229     QualType NR = R;
5230     while (NR->isPointerType()) {
5231       if (NR->isFunctionPointerType()) {
5232         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_function_pointer_variable);
5233         D.setInvalidType();
5234         break;
5235       }
5236       NR = NR->getPointeeType();
5237     }
5238 
5239     if (!getOpenCLOptions().cl_khr_fp16) {
5240       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.1.1.1: reject declaring variables of the half and
5241       // half array type (unless the cl_khr_fp16 extension is enabled).
5242       if (Context.getBaseElementType(R)->isHalfType()) {
5243         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_opencl_half_declaration) << R;
5244         D.setInvalidType();
5245       }
5246     }
5247   }
5248 
5249   if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable) {
5250     // mutable can only appear on non-static class members, so it's always
5251     // an error here
5252     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_mutable_nonmember);
5253     D.setInvalidType();
5254     SC = SC_None;
5255   }
5256 
5257   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_register &&
5258       !D.getAsmLabel() && !getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(
5259                               D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc())) {
5260     // In C++11, the 'register' storage class specifier is deprecated.
5261     // Suppress the warning in system macros, it's used in macros in some
5262     // popular C system headers, such as in glibc's htonl() macro.
5263     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5264          diag::warn_deprecated_register)
5265       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5266   }
5267 
5268   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
5269   if (!II) {
5270     Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_variable_name)
5271       << Name;
5272     return nullptr;
5273   }
5274 
5275   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
5276 
5277   if (!DC->isRecord() && S->getFnParent() == nullptr) {
5278     // C99 6.9p2: The storage-class specifiers auto and register shall not
5279     // appear in the declaration specifiers in an external declaration.
5280     // Global Register+Asm is a GNU extension we support.
5281     if (SC == SC_Auto || (SC == SC_Register && !D.getAsmLabel())) {
5282       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typecheck_sclass_fscope);
5283       D.setInvalidType();
5284     }
5285   }
5286 
5287   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
5288     // Set up the special work-group-local storage class for variables in the
5289     // OpenCL __local address space.
5290     if (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local) {
5291       SC = SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal;
5292     }
5293 
5294     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.b p4:
5295     // The sampler type cannot be used with the __local and __global address
5296     // space qualifiers.
5297     if (R->isSamplerT() && (R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_local ||
5298       R.getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_global)) {
5299       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_wrong_sampler_addressspace);
5300     }
5301 
5302     // OpenCL 1.2 spec, p6.9 r:
5303     // The event type cannot be used to declare a program scope variable.
5304     // The event type cannot be used with the __local, __constant and __global
5305     // address space qualifiers.
5306     if (R->isEventT()) {
5307       if (S->getParent() == nullptr) {
5308         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_global_var);
5309         D.setInvalidType();
5310       }
5311 
5312       if (R.getAddressSpace()) {
5313         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_event_t_addr_space_qual);
5314         D.setInvalidType();
5315       }
5316     }
5317   }
5318 
5319   bool IsExplicitSpecialization = false;
5320   bool IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = false;
5321   bool IsPartialSpecialization = false;
5322   bool IsVariableTemplate = false;
5323   VarDecl *NewVD = nullptr;
5324   VarTemplateDecl *NewTemplate = nullptr;
5325   TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams = nullptr;
5326   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5327     NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5328                             D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
5329                             R, TInfo, SC);
5330 
5331     if (D.isInvalidType())
5332       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5333   } else {
5334     bool Invalid = false;
5335 
5336     if (DC->isRecord() && !CurContext->isRecord()) {
5337       // This is an out-of-line definition of a static data member.
5338       switch (SC) {
5339       case SC_None:
5340         break;
5341       case SC_Static:
5342         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5343              diag::err_static_out_of_line)
5344           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5345         break;
5346       case SC_Auto:
5347       case SC_Register:
5348       case SC_Extern:
5349         // [dcl.stc] p2: The auto or register specifiers shall be applied only
5350         // to names of variables declared in a block or to function parameters.
5351         // [dcl.stc] p6: The extern specifier cannot be used in the declaration
5352         // of class members
5353 
5354         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5355              diag::err_storage_class_for_static_member)
5356           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
5357         break;
5358       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5359         llvm_unreachable("C storage class in c++!");
5360       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5361         llvm_unreachable("OpenCL storage class in c++!");
5362       }
5363     }
5364 
5365     if (SC == SC_Static && CurContext->isRecord()) {
5366       if (const CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)) {
5367         if (RD->isLocalClass())
5368           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5369                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_local_class)
5370             << Name << RD->getDeclName();
5371 
5372         // C++98 [class.union]p1: If a union contains a static data member,
5373         // the program is ill-formed. C++11 drops this restriction.
5374         if (RD->isUnion())
5375           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5376                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11
5377                  ? diag::warn_cxx98_compat_static_data_member_in_union
5378                  : diag::ext_static_data_member_in_union) << Name;
5379         // We conservatively disallow static data members in anonymous structs.
5380         else if (!RD->getDeclName())
5381           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5382                diag::err_static_data_member_not_allowed_in_anon_struct)
5383             << Name << RD->isUnion();
5384       }
5385     }
5386 
5387     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
5388     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
5389     TemplateParams = MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
5390         D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5391         D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
5392         D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
5393             ? D.getName().TemplateId
5394             : nullptr,
5395         TemplateParamLists,
5396         /*never a friend*/ false, IsExplicitSpecialization, Invalid);
5397 
5398     if (TemplateParams) {
5399       if (!TemplateParams->size() &&
5400           D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5401         // There is an extraneous 'template<>' for this variable. Complain
5402         // about it, but allow the declaration of the variable.
5403         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5404              diag::err_template_variable_noparams)
5405           << II
5406           << SourceRange(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(),
5407                          TemplateParams->getRAngleLoc());
5408         TemplateParams = nullptr;
5409       } else {
5410         if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
5411           // This is an explicit specialization or a partial specialization.
5412           // FIXME: Check that we can declare a specialization here.
5413           IsVariableTemplateSpecialization = true;
5414           IsPartialSpecialization = TemplateParams->size() > 0;
5415         } else { // if (TemplateParams->size() > 0)
5416           // This is a template declaration.
5417           IsVariableTemplate = true;
5418 
5419           // Check that we can declare a template here.
5420           if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
5421             return nullptr;
5422 
5423           // Only C++1y supports variable templates (N3651).
5424           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
5425                getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y
5426                    ? diag::warn_cxx11_compat_variable_template
5427                    : diag::ext_variable_template);
5428         }
5429       }
5430     } else {
5431       assert(D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId &&
5432              "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
5433     }
5434 
5435     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization) {
5436       SourceLocation TemplateKWLoc =
5437           TemplateParamLists.size() > 0
5438               ? TemplateParamLists[0]->getTemplateLoc()
5439               : SourceLocation();
5440       DeclResult Res = ActOnVarTemplateSpecialization(
5441           S, D, TInfo, TemplateKWLoc, TemplateParams, SC,
5442           IsPartialSpecialization);
5443       if (Res.isInvalid())
5444         return nullptr;
5445       NewVD = cast<VarDecl>(Res.get());
5446       AddToScope = false;
5447     } else
5448       NewVD = VarDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getLocStart(),
5449                               D.getIdentifierLoc(), II, R, TInfo, SC);
5450 
5451     // If this is supposed to be a variable template, create it as such.
5452     if (IsVariableTemplate) {
5453       NewTemplate =
5454           VarTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC, D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name,
5455                                   TemplateParams, NewVD);
5456       NewVD->setDescribedVarTemplate(NewTemplate);
5457     }
5458 
5459     // If this decl has an auto type in need of deduction, make a note of the
5460     // Decl so we can diagnose uses of it in its own initializer.
5461     if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType() && R->getContainedAutoType())
5462       ParsingInitForAutoVars.insert(NewVD);
5463 
5464     if (D.isInvalidType() || Invalid) {
5465       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5466       if (NewTemplate)
5467         NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5468     }
5469 
5470     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewVD, D);
5471 
5472     // If we have any template parameter lists that don't directly belong to
5473     // the variable (matching the scope specifier), store them.
5474     unsigned VDTemplateParamLists = TemplateParams ? 1 : 0;
5475     if (TemplateParamLists.size() > VDTemplateParamLists)
5476       NewVD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(
5477           Context, TemplateParamLists.size() - VDTemplateParamLists,
5478           TemplateParamLists.data());
5479 
5480     if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
5481       NewVD->setConstexpr(true);
5482   }
5483 
5484   // Set the lexical context. If the declarator has a C++ scope specifier, the
5485   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
5486   NewVD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5487   if (NewTemplate)
5488     NewTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
5489 
5490   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
5491     NewVD->setLocalExternDecl();
5492 
5493   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec()) {
5494     if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage()) {
5495       // C++11 [dcl.stc]p4:
5496       //   When thread_local is applied to a variable of block scope the
5497       //   storage-class-specifier static is implied if it does not appear
5498       //   explicitly.
5499       // Core issue: 'static' is not implied if the variable is declared
5500       //   'extern'.
5501       if (SCSpec == DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified &&
5502           TSCS == DeclSpec::TSCS_thread_local &&
5503           DC->isFunctionOrMethod())
5504         NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5505       else
5506         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5507              diag::err_thread_non_global)
5508           << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
5509     } else if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isTLSSupported())
5510       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5511            diag::err_thread_unsupported);
5512     else
5513       NewVD->setTSCSpec(TSCS);
5514   }
5515 
5516   // C99 6.7.4p3
5517   //   An inline definition of a function with external linkage shall
5518   //   not contain a definition of a modifiable object with static or
5519   //   thread storage duration...
5520   // We only apply this when the function is required to be defined
5521   // elsewhere, i.e. when the function is not 'extern inline'.  Note
5522   // that a local variable with thread storage duration still has to
5523   // be marked 'static'.  Also note that it's possible to get these
5524   // semantics in C++ using __attribute__((gnu_inline)).
5525   if (SC == SC_Static && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5526       !NewVD->getType().isConstQualified()) {
5527     FunctionDecl *CurFD = getCurFunctionDecl();
5528     if (CurFD && isFunctionDefinitionDiscarded(*this, CurFD)) {
5529       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
5530            diag::warn_static_local_in_extern_inline);
5531       MaybeSuggestAddingStaticToDecl(CurFD);
5532     }
5533   }
5534 
5535   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
5536     if (IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5537       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5538           << (IsPartialSpecialization ? 1 : 0)
5539           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
5540                  D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5541     else if (IsExplicitSpecialization)
5542       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
5543         << 2
5544         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5545     else if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage())
5546       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
5547         << 0 << NewVD->getDeclName()
5548         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
5549         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
5550     else {
5551       NewVD->setModulePrivate();
5552       if (NewTemplate)
5553         NewTemplate->setModulePrivate();
5554     }
5555   }
5556 
5557   // Handle attributes prior to checking for duplicates in MergeVarDecl
5558   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewVD, D);
5559 
5560   if (getLangOpts().CUDA) {
5561     // CUDA B.2.5: "__shared__ and __constant__ variables have implied static
5562     // storage [duration]."
5563     if (SC == SC_None && S->getFnParent() != nullptr &&
5564         (NewVD->hasAttr<CUDASharedAttr>() ||
5565          NewVD->hasAttr<CUDAConstantAttr>())) {
5566       NewVD->setStorageClass(SC_Static);
5567     }
5568   }
5569 
5570   // Ensure that dllimport globals without explicit storage class are treated as
5571   // extern. The storage class is set above using parsed attributes. Now we can
5572   // check the VarDecl itself.
5573   assert(!NewVD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() ||
5574          NewVD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()->isInherited() ||
5575          NewVD->isStaticDataMember() || NewVD->getStorageClass() != SC_None);
5576 
5577   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for variables of
5578   // retainable type.
5579   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewVD))
5580     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5581 
5582   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
5583   if (Expr *E = (Expr*)D.getAsmLabel()) {
5584     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
5585     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
5586     StringRef Label = SE->getString();
5587     if (S->getFnParent() != nullptr) {
5588       switch (SC) {
5589       case SC_None:
5590       case SC_Auto:
5591         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::warn_asm_label_on_auto_decl) << Label;
5592         break;
5593       case SC_Register:
5594         // Local Named register
5595         if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5596           Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5597         break;
5598       case SC_Static:
5599       case SC_Extern:
5600       case SC_PrivateExtern:
5601       case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
5602         break;
5603       }
5604     } else if (SC == SC_Register) {
5605       // Global Named register
5606       if (!Context.getTargetInfo().isValidGCCRegisterName(Label))
5607         Diag(E->getExprLoc(), diag::err_asm_unknown_register_name) << Label;
5608       if (!R->isIntegralType(Context) && !R->isPointerType()) {
5609         Diag(D.getLocStart(), diag::err_asm_bad_register_type);
5610         NewVD->setInvalidDecl(true);
5611       }
5612     }
5613 
5614     NewVD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0),
5615                                                 Context, Label, 0));
5616   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
5617     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
5618       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewVD->getIdentifier());
5619     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
5620       NewVD->addAttr(I->second);
5621       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
5622     }
5623   }
5624 
5625   // Diagnose shadowed variables before filtering for scope.
5626   if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isEmpty())
5627     CheckShadow(S, NewVD, Previous);
5628 
5629   // Don't consider existing declarations that are in a different
5630   // scope and are out-of-semantic-context declarations (if the new
5631   // declaration has linkage).
5632   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewVD),
5633                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
5634                        IsExplicitSpecialization ||
5635                        IsVariableTemplateSpecialization);
5636 
5637   // Check whether the previous declaration is in the same block scope. This
5638   // affects whether we merge types with it, per C++11 [dcl.array]p3.
5639   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
5640       NewVD->isLocalVarDecl() && NewVD->hasExternalStorage())
5641     NewVD->setPreviousDeclInSameBlockScope(
5642         Previous.isSingleResult() && !Previous.isShadowed() &&
5643         isDeclInScope(Previous.getFoundDecl(), OriginalDC, S, false));
5644 
5645   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5646     D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5647   } else {
5648     // If this is an explicit specialization of a static data member, check it.
5649     if (IsExplicitSpecialization && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5650         CheckMemberSpecialization(NewVD, Previous))
5651       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5652 
5653     // Merge the decl with the existing one if appropriate.
5654     if (!Previous.empty()) {
5655       if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
5656           isa<FieldDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl()) &&
5657           D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5658         // The user tried to define a non-static data member
5659         // out-of-line (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
5660         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_nonstatic_member_out_of_line)
5661           << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5662         Previous.clear();
5663         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5664       }
5665     } else if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
5666       // No previous declaration in the qualifying scope.
5667       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_no_member)
5668         << Name << computeDeclContext(D.getCXXScopeSpec(), true)
5669         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
5670       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5671     }
5672 
5673     if (!IsVariableTemplateSpecialization)
5674       D.setRedeclaration(CheckVariableDeclaration(NewVD, Previous));
5675 
5676     if (NewTemplate) {
5677       VarTemplateDecl *PrevVarTemplate =
5678           NewVD->getPreviousDecl()
5679               ? NewVD->getPreviousDecl()->getDescribedVarTemplate()
5680               : nullptr;
5681 
5682       // Check the template parameter list of this declaration, possibly
5683       // merging in the template parameter list from the previous variable
5684       // template declaration.
5685       if (CheckTemplateParameterList(
5686               TemplateParams,
5687               PrevVarTemplate ? PrevVarTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
5688                               : nullptr,
5689               (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() && DC && DC->isRecord() &&
5690                DC->isDependentContext())
5691                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
5692                   : TPC_VarTemplate))
5693         NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5694 
5695       // If we are providing an explicit specialization of a static variable
5696       // template, make a note of that.
5697       if (PrevVarTemplate &&
5698           PrevVarTemplate->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate())
5699         PrevVarTemplate->setMemberSpecialization();
5700     }
5701   }
5702 
5703   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewVD);
5704 
5705   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
5706   // the map of such variables.
5707   if (NewVD->isFirstDecl() && !NewVD->isInvalidDecl() &&
5708       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewVD))
5709     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewVD, S);
5710 
5711   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5712     Decl *ManglingContextDecl;
5713     if (MangleNumberingContext *MCtx =
5714             getCurrentMangleNumberContext(NewVD->getDeclContext(),
5715                                           ManglingContextDecl)) {
5716       Context.setManglingNumber(
5717           NewVD, MCtx->getManglingNumber(NewVD, S->getMSLocalManglingNumber()));
5718       Context.setStaticLocalNumber(NewVD, MCtx->getStaticLocalNumber(NewVD));
5719     }
5720   }
5721 
5722   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
5723     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
5724         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewVD,
5725         IsExplicitSpecialization);
5726   }
5727 
5728   if (NewTemplate) {
5729     if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5730       NewTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
5731     ActOnDocumentableDecl(NewTemplate);
5732     return NewTemplate;
5733   }
5734 
5735   return NewVD;
5736 }
5737 
5738 /// \brief Diagnose variable or built-in function shadowing.  Implements
5739 /// -Wshadow.
5740 ///
5741 /// This method is called whenever a VarDecl is added to a "useful"
5742 /// scope.
5743 ///
5744 /// \param S the scope in which the shadowing name is being declared
5745 /// \param R the lookup of the name
5746 ///
5747 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D, const LookupResult& R) {
5748   // Return if warning is ignored.
5749   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, R.getNameLoc()))
5750     return;
5751 
5752   // Don't diagnose declarations at file scope.
5753   if (D->hasGlobalStorage())
5754     return;
5755 
5756   DeclContext *NewDC = D->getDeclContext();
5757 
5758   // Only diagnose if we're shadowing an unambiguous field or variable.
5759   if (R.getResultKind() != LookupResult::Found)
5760     return;
5761 
5762   NamedDecl* ShadowedDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
5763   if (!isa<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl) && !isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5764     return;
5765 
5766   // Fields are not shadowed by variables in C++ static methods.
5767   if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5768     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewDC))
5769       if (MD->isStatic())
5770         return;
5771 
5772   if (VarDecl *shadowedVar = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5773     if (shadowedVar->isExternC()) {
5774       // For shadowing external vars, make sure that we point to the global
5775       // declaration, not a locally scoped extern declaration.
5776       for (auto I : shadowedVar->redecls())
5777         if (I->isFileVarDecl()) {
5778           ShadowedDecl = I;
5779           break;
5780         }
5781     }
5782 
5783   DeclContext *OldDC = ShadowedDecl->getDeclContext();
5784 
5785   // Only warn about certain kinds of shadowing for class members.
5786   if (NewDC && NewDC->isRecord()) {
5787     // In particular, don't warn about shadowing non-class members.
5788     if (!OldDC->isRecord())
5789       return;
5790 
5791     // TODO: should we warn about static data members shadowing
5792     // static data members from base classes?
5793 
5794     // TODO: don't diagnose for inaccessible shadowed members.
5795     // This is hard to do perfectly because we might friend the
5796     // shadowing context, but that's just a false negative.
5797   }
5798 
5799   // Determine what kind of declaration we're shadowing.
5800   unsigned Kind;
5801   if (isa<RecordDecl>(OldDC)) {
5802     if (isa<FieldDecl>(ShadowedDecl))
5803       Kind = 3; // field
5804     else
5805       Kind = 2; // static data member
5806   } else if (OldDC->isFileContext())
5807     Kind = 1; // global
5808   else
5809     Kind = 0; // local
5810 
5811   DeclarationName Name = R.getLookupName();
5812 
5813   // Emit warning and note.
5814   if (getSourceManager().isInSystemMacro(R.getNameLoc()))
5815     return;
5816   Diag(R.getNameLoc(), diag::warn_decl_shadow) << Name << Kind << OldDC;
5817   Diag(ShadowedDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
5818 }
5819 
5820 /// \brief Check -Wshadow without the advantage of a previous lookup.
5821 void Sema::CheckShadow(Scope *S, VarDecl *D) {
5822   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_decl_shadow, D->getLocation()))
5823     return;
5824 
5825   LookupResult R(*this, D->getDeclName(), D->getLocation(),
5826                  Sema::LookupOrdinaryName, Sema::ForRedeclaration);
5827   LookupName(R, S);
5828   CheckShadow(S, D, R);
5829 }
5830 
5831 /// Check for conflict between this global or extern "C" declaration and
5832 /// previous global or extern "C" declarations. This is only used in C++.
5833 template<typename T>
5834 static bool checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(
5835     Sema &S, const T *ND, bool IsGlobal, LookupResult &Previous) {
5836   assert(S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "only C++ has extern \"C\"");
5837   NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName());
5838 
5839   if (!Prev && IsGlobal && !isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5840     // The common case: this global doesn't conflict with any extern "C"
5841     // declaration.
5842     return false;
5843   }
5844 
5845   if (Prev) {
5846     if (!IsGlobal || isIncompleteDeclExternC(S, ND)) {
5847       // Both the old and new declarations have C language linkage. This is a
5848       // redeclaration.
5849       Previous.clear();
5850       Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5851       return true;
5852     }
5853 
5854     // This is a global, non-extern "C" declaration, and there is a previous
5855     // non-global extern "C" declaration. Diagnose if this is a variable
5856     // declaration.
5857     if (!isa<VarDecl>(ND))
5858       return false;
5859   } else {
5860     // The declaration is extern "C". Check for any declaration in the
5861     // translation unit which might conflict.
5862     if (IsGlobal) {
5863       // We have already performed the lookup into the translation unit.
5864       IsGlobal = false;
5865       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
5866            I != E; ++I) {
5867         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5868           Prev = *I;
5869           break;
5870         }
5871       }
5872     } else {
5873       DeclContext::lookup_result R =
5874           S.Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->lookup(ND->getDeclName());
5875       for (DeclContext::lookup_result::iterator I = R.begin(), E = R.end();
5876            I != E; ++I) {
5877         if (isa<VarDecl>(*I)) {
5878           Prev = *I;
5879           break;
5880         }
5881         // FIXME: If we have any other entity with this name in global scope,
5882         // the declaration is ill-formed, but that is a defect: it breaks the
5883         // 'stat' hack, for instance. Only variables can have mangled name
5884         // clashes with extern "C" declarations, so only they deserve a
5885         // diagnostic.
5886       }
5887     }
5888 
5889     if (!Prev)
5890       return false;
5891   }
5892 
5893   // Use the first declaration's location to ensure we point at something which
5894   // is lexically inside an extern "C" linkage-spec.
5895   assert(Prev && "should have found a previous declaration to diagnose");
5896   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(Prev))
5897     Prev = FD->getFirstDecl();
5898   else
5899     Prev = cast<VarDecl>(Prev)->getFirstDecl();
5900 
5901   S.Diag(ND->getLocation(), diag::err_extern_c_global_conflict)
5902     << IsGlobal << ND;
5903   S.Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_extern_c_global_conflict)
5904     << IsGlobal;
5905   return false;
5906 }
5907 
5908 /// Apply special rules for handling extern "C" declarations. Returns \c true
5909 /// if we have found that this is a redeclaration of some prior entity.
5910 ///
5911 /// Per C++ [dcl.link]p6:
5912 ///   Two declarations [for a function or variable] with C language linkage
5913 ///   with the same name that appear in different scopes refer to the same
5914 ///   [entity]. An entity with C language linkage shall not be declared with
5915 ///   the same name as an entity in global scope.
5916 template<typename T>
5917 static bool checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(Sema &S, const T *ND,
5918                                                   LookupResult &Previous) {
5919   if (!S.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
5920     // In C, when declaring a global variable, look for a corresponding 'extern'
5921     // variable declared in function scope. We don't need this in C++, because
5922     // we find local extern decls in the surrounding file-scope DeclContext.
5923     if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
5924       if (NamedDecl *Prev = S.findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(ND->getDeclName())) {
5925         Previous.clear();
5926         Previous.addDecl(Prev);
5927         return true;
5928       }
5929     }
5930     return false;
5931   }
5932 
5933   // A declaration in the translation unit can conflict with an extern "C"
5934   // declaration.
5935   if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit())
5936     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/true, Previous);
5937 
5938   // An extern "C" declaration can conflict with a declaration in the
5939   // translation unit or can be a redeclaration of an extern "C" declaration
5940   // in another scope.
5941   if (isIncompleteDeclExternC(S,ND))
5942     return checkGlobalOrExternCConflict(S, ND, /*IsGlobal*/false, Previous);
5943 
5944   // Neither global nor extern "C": nothing to do.
5945   return false;
5946 }
5947 
5948 void Sema::CheckVariableDeclarationType(VarDecl *NewVD) {
5949   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
5950   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
5951     return;
5952 
5953   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = NewVD->getTypeSourceInfo();
5954   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
5955 
5956   // Defer checking an 'auto' type until its initializer is attached.
5957   if (T->isUndeducedType())
5958     return;
5959 
5960   if (NewVD->hasAttrs())
5961     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewVD);
5962 
5963   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
5964     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
5965       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NewVD->getLocation(), "*");
5966     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
5967     NewVD->setType(T);
5968   }
5969 
5970   // Emit an error if an address space was applied to decl with local storage.
5971   // This includes arrays of objects with address space qualifiers, but not
5972   // automatic variables that point to other address spaces.
5973   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S5.1.2
5974   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
5975     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_as_qualified_auto_decl);
5976     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5977     return;
5978   }
5979 
5980   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.5 - All program scope variables must be declared in the
5981   // __constant address space.
5982   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL && NewVD->isFileVarDecl()
5983       && T.getAddressSpace() != LangAS::opencl_constant
5984       && !T->isSamplerT()){
5985     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_global_invalid_addr_space);
5986     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5987     return;
5988   }
5989 
5990   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 -- The static qualifier is valid only in program
5991   // scope.
5992   if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
5993       && NewVD->isStaticLocal()) {
5994     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_static_function_scope);
5995     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
5996     return;
5997   }
5998 
5999   if (NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && T.isObjCGCWeak()
6000       && !NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6001     if (getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC)
6002       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_gc_attribute_weak_on_local);
6003     else {
6004       assert(!getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount);
6005       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_local);
6006     }
6007   }
6008 
6009   bool isVM = T->isVariablyModifiedType();
6010   if (isVM || NewVD->hasAttr<CleanupAttr>() ||
6011       NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
6012     getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
6013 
6014   if ((isVM && NewVD->hasLinkage()) ||
6015       (T->isVariableArrayType() && NewVD->hasGlobalStorage())) {
6016     bool SizeIsNegative;
6017     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
6018     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
6019       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
6020                                                     SizeIsNegative, Oversized);
6021     if (!FixedTInfo && T->isVariableArrayType()) {
6022       const VariableArrayType *VAT = Context.getAsVariableArrayType(T);
6023       // FIXME: This won't give the correct result for
6024       // int a[10][n];
6025       SourceRange SizeRange = VAT->getSizeExpr()->getSourceRange();
6026 
6027       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6028         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_in_file_scope)
6029         << SizeRange;
6030       else if (NewVD->isStaticLocal())
6031         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_static_storage)
6032         << SizeRange;
6033       else
6034         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vla_decl_has_extern_linkage)
6035         << SizeRange;
6036       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6037       return;
6038     }
6039 
6040     if (!FixedTInfo) {
6041       if (NewVD->isFileVarDecl())
6042         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_in_file_scope);
6043       else
6044         Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_decl_has_extern_linkage);
6045       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6046       return;
6047     }
6048 
6049     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
6050     NewVD->setType(FixedTInfo->getType());
6051     NewVD->setTypeSourceInfo(FixedTInfo);
6052   }
6053 
6054   if (T->isVoidType()) {
6055     // C++98 [dcl.stc]p5: The extern specifier can be applied only to the names
6056     //                    of objects and functions.
6057     if (NewVD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() || getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6058       Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)
6059         << T;
6060       NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6061       return;
6062     }
6063   }
6064 
6065   if (!NewVD->hasLocalStorage() && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6066     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
6067     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6068     return;
6069   }
6070 
6071   if (isVM && NewVD->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
6072     Diag(NewVD->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_vm);
6073     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6074     return;
6075   }
6076 
6077   if (NewVD->isConstexpr() && !T->isDependentType() &&
6078       RequireLiteralType(NewVD->getLocation(), T,
6079                          diag::err_constexpr_var_non_literal)) {
6080     NewVD->setInvalidDecl();
6081     return;
6082   }
6083 }
6084 
6085 /// \brief Perform semantic checking on a newly-created variable
6086 /// declaration.
6087 ///
6088 /// This routine performs all of the type-checking required for a
6089 /// variable declaration once it has been built. It is used both to
6090 /// check variables after they have been parsed and their declarators
6091 /// have been translated into a declaration, and to check variables
6092 /// that have been instantiated from a template.
6093 ///
6094 /// Sets NewVD->isInvalidDecl() if an error was encountered.
6095 ///
6096 /// Returns true if the variable declaration is a redeclaration.
6097 bool Sema::CheckVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *NewVD, LookupResult &Previous) {
6098   CheckVariableDeclarationType(NewVD);
6099 
6100   // If the decl is already known invalid, don't check it.
6101   if (NewVD->isInvalidDecl())
6102     return false;
6103 
6104   // If we did not find anything by this name, look for a non-visible
6105   // extern "C" declaration with the same name.
6106   if (Previous.empty() &&
6107       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewVD, Previous))
6108     Previous.setShadowed();
6109 
6110   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
6111   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewVD, Previous);
6112 
6113   if (!Previous.empty()) {
6114     MergeVarDecl(NewVD, Previous);
6115     return true;
6116   }
6117   return false;
6118 }
6119 
6120 /// \brief Data used with FindOverriddenMethod
6121 struct FindOverriddenMethodData {
6122   Sema *S;
6123   CXXMethodDecl *Method;
6124 };
6125 
6126 /// \brief Member lookup function that determines whether a given C++
6127 /// method overrides a method in a base class, to be used with
6128 /// CXXRecordDecl::lookupInBases().
6129 static bool FindOverriddenMethod(const CXXBaseSpecifier *Specifier,
6130                                  CXXBasePath &Path,
6131                                  void *UserData) {
6132   RecordDecl *BaseRecord = Specifier->getType()->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6133 
6134   FindOverriddenMethodData *Data
6135     = reinterpret_cast<FindOverriddenMethodData*>(UserData);
6136 
6137   DeclarationName Name = Data->Method->getDeclName();
6138 
6139   // FIXME: Do we care about other names here too?
6140   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6141     // We really want to find the base class destructor here.
6142     QualType T = Data->S->Context.getTypeDeclType(BaseRecord);
6143     CanQualType CT = Data->S->Context.getCanonicalType(T);
6144 
6145     Name = Data->S->Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(CT);
6146   }
6147 
6148   for (Path.Decls = BaseRecord->lookup(Name);
6149        !Path.Decls.empty();
6150        Path.Decls = Path.Decls.slice(1)) {
6151     NamedDecl *D = Path.Decls.front();
6152     if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D)) {
6153       if (MD->isVirtual() && !Data->S->IsOverload(Data->Method, MD, false))
6154         return true;
6155     }
6156   }
6157 
6158   return false;
6159 }
6160 
6161 namespace {
6162   enum OverrideErrorKind { OEK_All, OEK_NonDeleted, OEK_Deleted };
6163 }
6164 /// \brief Report an error regarding overriding, along with any relevant
6165 /// overriden methods.
6166 ///
6167 /// \param DiagID the primary error to report.
6168 /// \param MD the overriding method.
6169 /// \param OEK which overrides to include as notes.
6170 static void ReportOverrides(Sema& S, unsigned DiagID, const CXXMethodDecl *MD,
6171                             OverrideErrorKind OEK = OEK_All) {
6172   S.Diag(MD->getLocation(), DiagID) << MD->getDeclName();
6173   for (CXXMethodDecl::method_iterator I = MD->begin_overridden_methods(),
6174                                       E = MD->end_overridden_methods();
6175        I != E; ++I) {
6176     // This check (& the OEK parameter) could be replaced by a predicate, but
6177     // without lambdas that would be overkill. This is still nicer than writing
6178     // out the diag loop 3 times.
6179     if ((OEK == OEK_All) ||
6180         (OEK == OEK_NonDeleted && !(*I)->isDeleted()) ||
6181         (OEK == OEK_Deleted && (*I)->isDeleted()))
6182       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
6183   }
6184 }
6185 
6186 /// AddOverriddenMethods - See if a method overrides any in the base classes,
6187 /// and if so, check that it's a valid override and remember it.
6188 bool Sema::AddOverriddenMethods(CXXRecordDecl *DC, CXXMethodDecl *MD) {
6189   // Look for virtual methods in base classes that this method might override.
6190   CXXBasePaths Paths;
6191   FindOverriddenMethodData Data;
6192   Data.Method = MD;
6193   Data.S = this;
6194   bool hasDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6195   bool hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods = false;
6196   bool AddedAny = false;
6197   if (DC->lookupInBases(&FindOverriddenMethod, &Data, Paths)) {
6198     for (auto *I : Paths.found_decls()) {
6199       if (CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(I)) {
6200         MD->addOverriddenMethod(OldMD->getCanonicalDecl());
6201         if (!CheckOverridingFunctionReturnType(MD, OldMD) &&
6202             !CheckOverridingFunctionAttributes(MD, OldMD) &&
6203             !CheckOverridingFunctionExceptionSpec(MD, OldMD) &&
6204             !CheckIfOverriddenFunctionIsMarkedFinal(MD, OldMD)) {
6205           hasDeletedOverridenMethods |= OldMD->isDeleted();
6206           hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods |= !OldMD->isDeleted();
6207           AddedAny = true;
6208         }
6209       }
6210     }
6211   }
6212 
6213   if (hasDeletedOverridenMethods && !MD->isDeleted()) {
6214     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_non_deleted_override, MD, OEK_Deleted);
6215   }
6216   if (hasNonDeletedOverridenMethods && MD->isDeleted()) {
6217     ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_deleted_override, MD, OEK_NonDeleted);
6218   }
6219 
6220   return AddedAny;
6221 }
6222 
6223 namespace {
6224   // Struct for holding all of the extra arguments needed by
6225   // DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration to call Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator.
6226   struct ActOnFDArgs {
6227     Scope *S;
6228     Declarator &D;
6229     MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists;
6230     bool AddToScope;
6231   };
6232 }
6233 
6234 namespace {
6235 
6236 // Callback to only accept typo corrections that have a non-zero edit distance.
6237 // Also only accept corrections that have the same parent decl.
6238 class DifferentNameValidatorCCC : public CorrectionCandidateCallback {
6239  public:
6240   DifferentNameValidatorCCC(ASTContext &Context, FunctionDecl *TypoFD,
6241                             CXXRecordDecl *Parent)
6242       : Context(Context), OriginalFD(TypoFD),
6243         ExpectedParent(Parent ? Parent->getCanonicalDecl() : nullptr) {}
6244 
6245   bool ValidateCandidate(const TypoCorrection &candidate) override {
6246     if (candidate.getEditDistance() == 0)
6247       return false;
6248 
6249     SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6250     for (TypoCorrection::const_decl_iterator CDecl = candidate.begin(),
6251                                           CDeclEnd = candidate.end();
6252          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6253       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6254 
6255       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6256           hasSimilarParameters(Context, FD, OriginalFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6257         if (CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD)) {
6258           CXXRecordDecl *Parent = MD->getParent();
6259           if (Parent && Parent->getCanonicalDecl() == ExpectedParent)
6260             return true;
6261         } else if (!ExpectedParent) {
6262           return true;
6263         }
6264       }
6265     }
6266 
6267     return false;
6268   }
6269 
6270  private:
6271   ASTContext &Context;
6272   FunctionDecl *OriginalFD;
6273   CXXRecordDecl *ExpectedParent;
6274 };
6275 
6276 }
6277 
6278 /// \brief Generate diagnostics for an invalid function redeclaration.
6279 ///
6280 /// This routine handles generating the diagnostic messages for an invalid
6281 /// function redeclaration, including finding possible similar declarations
6282 /// or performing typo correction if there are no previous declarations with
6283 /// the same name.
6284 ///
6285 /// Returns a NamedDecl iff typo correction was performed and substituting in
6286 /// the new declaration name does not cause new errors.
6287 static NamedDecl *DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
6288     Sema &SemaRef, LookupResult &Previous, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
6289     ActOnFDArgs &ExtraArgs, bool IsLocalFriend, Scope *S) {
6290   DeclarationName Name = NewFD->getDeclName();
6291   DeclContext *NewDC = NewFD->getDeclContext();
6292   SmallVector<unsigned, 1> MismatchedParams;
6293   SmallVector<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned>, 1> NearMatches;
6294   TypoCorrection Correction;
6295   bool IsDefinition = ExtraArgs.D.isFunctionDefinition();
6296   unsigned DiagMsg = IsLocalFriend ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend
6297                                    : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match;
6298   LookupResult Prev(SemaRef, Name, NewFD->getLocation(),
6299                     IsLocalFriend ? Sema::LookupLocalFriendName
6300                                   : Sema::LookupOrdinaryName,
6301                     Sema::ForRedeclaration);
6302 
6303   NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6304   if (IsLocalFriend)
6305     SemaRef.LookupName(Prev, S);
6306   else
6307     SemaRef.LookupQualifiedName(Prev, NewDC);
6308   assert(!Prev.isAmbiguous() &&
6309          "Cannot have an ambiguity in previous-declaration lookup");
6310   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
6311   DifferentNameValidatorCCC Validator(SemaRef.Context, NewFD,
6312                                       MD ? MD->getParent() : nullptr);
6313   if (!Prev.empty()) {
6314     for (LookupResult::iterator Func = Prev.begin(), FuncEnd = Prev.end();
6315          Func != FuncEnd; ++Func) {
6316       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*Func);
6317       if (FD &&
6318           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6319         // Add 1 to the index so that 0 can mean the mismatch didn't
6320         // involve a parameter
6321         unsigned ParamNum =
6322             MismatchedParams.empty() ? 0 : MismatchedParams.front() + 1;
6323         NearMatches.push_back(std::make_pair(FD, ParamNum));
6324       }
6325     }
6326   // If the qualified name lookup yielded nothing, try typo correction
6327   } else if ((Correction = SemaRef.CorrectTypo(
6328                  Prev.getLookupNameInfo(), Prev.getLookupKind(), S,
6329                  &ExtraArgs.D.getCXXScopeSpec(), Validator,
6330                  Sema::CTK_ErrorRecovery, IsLocalFriend ? nullptr : NewDC))) {
6331     // Set up everything for the call to ActOnFunctionDeclarator
6332     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Correction.getCorrectionAsIdentifierInfo(),
6333                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6334     Previous.clear();
6335     Previous.setLookupName(Correction.getCorrection());
6336     for (TypoCorrection::decl_iterator CDecl = Correction.begin(),
6337                                     CDeclEnd = Correction.end();
6338          CDecl != CDeclEnd; ++CDecl) {
6339       FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(*CDecl);
6340       if (FD && !FD->hasBody() &&
6341           hasSimilarParameters(SemaRef.Context, FD, NewFD, MismatchedParams)) {
6342         Previous.addDecl(FD);
6343       }
6344     }
6345     bool wasRedeclaration = ExtraArgs.D.isRedeclaration();
6346 
6347     NamedDecl *Result;
6348     // Retry building the function declaration with the new previous
6349     // declarations, and with errors suppressed.
6350     {
6351       // Trap errors.
6352       Sema::SFINAETrap Trap(SemaRef);
6353 
6354       // TODO: Refactor ActOnFunctionDeclarator so that we can call only the
6355       // pieces need to verify the typo-corrected C++ declaration and hopefully
6356       // eliminate the need for the parameter pack ExtraArgs.
6357       Result = SemaRef.ActOnFunctionDeclarator(
6358           ExtraArgs.S, ExtraArgs.D,
6359           Correction.getCorrectionDecl()->getDeclContext(),
6360           NewFD->getTypeSourceInfo(), Previous, ExtraArgs.TemplateParamLists,
6361           ExtraArgs.AddToScope);
6362 
6363       if (Trap.hasErrorOccurred())
6364         Result = nullptr;
6365     }
6366 
6367     if (Result) {
6368       // Determine which correction we picked.
6369       Decl *Canonical = Result->getCanonicalDecl();
6370       for (LookupResult::iterator I = Previous.begin(), E = Previous.end();
6371            I != E; ++I)
6372         if ((*I)->getCanonicalDecl() == Canonical)
6373           Correction.setCorrectionDecl(*I);
6374 
6375       SemaRef.diagnoseTypo(
6376           Correction,
6377           SemaRef.PDiag(IsLocalFriend
6378                           ? diag::err_no_matching_local_friend_suggest
6379                           : diag::err_member_decl_does_not_match_suggest)
6380             << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition);
6381       return Result;
6382     }
6383 
6384     // Pretend the typo correction never occurred
6385     ExtraArgs.D.SetIdentifier(Name.getAsIdentifierInfo(),
6386                               ExtraArgs.D.getIdentifierLoc());
6387     ExtraArgs.D.setRedeclaration(wasRedeclaration);
6388     Previous.clear();
6389     Previous.setLookupName(Name);
6390   }
6391 
6392   SemaRef.Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), DiagMsg)
6393       << Name << NewDC << IsDefinition << NewFD->getLocation();
6394 
6395   bool NewFDisConst = false;
6396   if (CXXMethodDecl *NewMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD))
6397     NewFDisConst = NewMD->isConst();
6398 
6399   for (SmallVectorImpl<std::pair<FunctionDecl *, unsigned> >::iterator
6400        NearMatch = NearMatches.begin(), NearMatchEnd = NearMatches.end();
6401        NearMatch != NearMatchEnd; ++NearMatch) {
6402     FunctionDecl *FD = NearMatch->first;
6403     CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(FD);
6404     bool FDisConst = MD && MD->isConst();
6405     bool IsMember = MD || !IsLocalFriend;
6406 
6407     // FIXME: These notes are poorly worded for the local friend case.
6408     if (unsigned Idx = NearMatch->second) {
6409       ParmVarDecl *FDParam = FD->getParamDecl(Idx-1);
6410       SourceLocation Loc = FDParam->getTypeSpecStartLoc();
6411       if (Loc.isInvalid()) Loc = FD->getLocation();
6412       SemaRef.Diag(Loc, IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_param_match
6413                                  : diag::note_local_decl_close_param_match)
6414         << Idx << FDParam->getType()
6415         << NewFD->getParamDecl(Idx - 1)->getType();
6416     } else if (FDisConst != NewFDisConst) {
6417       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_member_def_close_const_match)
6418           << NewFDisConst << FD->getSourceRange().getEnd();
6419     } else
6420       SemaRef.Diag(FD->getLocation(),
6421                    IsMember ? diag::note_member_def_close_match
6422                             : diag::note_local_decl_close_match);
6423   }
6424   return nullptr;
6425 }
6426 
6427 static FunctionDecl::StorageClass getFunctionStorageClass(Sema &SemaRef,
6428                                                           Declarator &D) {
6429   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec()) {
6430   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown storage class!");
6431   case DeclSpec::SCS_auto:
6432   case DeclSpec::SCS_register:
6433   case DeclSpec::SCS_mutable:
6434     SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6435                  diag::err_typecheck_sclass_func);
6436     D.setInvalidType();
6437     break;
6438   case DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified: break;
6439   case DeclSpec::SCS_extern:
6440     if (D.getDeclSpec().isExternInLinkageSpec())
6441       return SC_None;
6442     return SC_Extern;
6443   case DeclSpec::SCS_static: {
6444     if (SemaRef.CurContext->getRedeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
6445       // C99 6.7.1p5:
6446       //   The declaration of an identifier for a function that has
6447       //   block scope shall have no explicit storage-class specifier
6448       //   other than extern
6449       // See also (C++ [dcl.stc]p4).
6450       SemaRef.Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6451                    diag::err_static_block_func);
6452       break;
6453     } else
6454       return SC_Static;
6455   }
6456   case DeclSpec::SCS_private_extern: return SC_PrivateExtern;
6457   }
6458 
6459   // No explicit storage class has already been returned
6460   return SC_None;
6461 }
6462 
6463 static FunctionDecl* CreateNewFunctionDecl(Sema &SemaRef, Declarator &D,
6464                                            DeclContext *DC, QualType &R,
6465                                            TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
6466                                            FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC,
6467                                            bool &IsVirtualOkay) {
6468   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = SemaRef.GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6469   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6470 
6471   FunctionDecl *NewFD = nullptr;
6472   bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6473 
6474   if (!SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6475     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6476     // prototype. This true when:
6477     //   - there is a prototype in the declarator, or
6478     //   - the type R of the function is some kind of typedef or other reference
6479     //     to a type name (which eventually refers to a function type).
6480     bool HasPrototype =
6481       (D.isFunctionDeclarator() && D.getFunctionTypeInfo().hasPrototype) ||
6482       (!isa<FunctionType>(R.getTypePtr()) && R->isFunctionProtoType());
6483 
6484     NewFD = FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6485                                  D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6486                                  TInfo, SC, isInline,
6487                                  HasPrototype, false);
6488     if (D.isInvalidType())
6489       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6490 
6491     // Set the lexical context.
6492     NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(SemaRef.CurContext);
6493 
6494     return NewFD;
6495   }
6496 
6497   bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6498   bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6499 
6500   // Check that the return type is not an abstract class type.
6501   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
6502   // the class has been completely parsed.
6503   if (!DC->isRecord() &&
6504       SemaRef.RequireNonAbstractType(
6505           D.getIdentifierLoc(), R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType(),
6506           diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl, SemaRef.AbstractReturnType))
6507     D.setInvalidType();
6508 
6509   if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConstructorName) {
6510     // This is a C++ constructor declaration.
6511     assert(DC->isRecord() &&
6512            "Constructors can only be declared in a member context");
6513 
6514     R = SemaRef.CheckConstructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6515     return CXXConstructorDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6516                                       D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6517                                       R, TInfo, isExplicit, isInline,
6518                                       /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false,
6519                                       isConstexpr);
6520 
6521   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6522     // This is a C++ destructor declaration.
6523     if (DC->isRecord()) {
6524       R = SemaRef.CheckDestructorDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6525       CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC);
6526       CXXDestructorDecl *NewDD = CXXDestructorDecl::Create(
6527                                         SemaRef.Context, Record,
6528                                         D.getLocStart(),
6529                                         NameInfo, R, TInfo, isInline,
6530                                         /*isImplicitlyDeclared=*/false);
6531 
6532       // If the class is complete, then we now create the implicit exception
6533       // specification. If the class is incomplete or dependent, we can't do
6534       // it yet.
6535       if (SemaRef.getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && !Record->isDependentType() &&
6536           Record->getDefinition() && !Record->isBeingDefined() &&
6537           R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()->getExceptionSpecType() == EST_None) {
6538         SemaRef.AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(Record, NewDD);
6539       }
6540 
6541       IsVirtualOkay = true;
6542       return NewDD;
6543 
6544     } else {
6545       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_destructor_not_member);
6546       D.setInvalidType();
6547 
6548       // Create a FunctionDecl to satisfy the function definition parsing
6549       // code path.
6550       return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6551                                   D.getLocStart(),
6552                                   D.getIdentifierLoc(), Name, R, TInfo,
6553                                   SC, isInline,
6554                                   /*hasPrototype=*/true, isConstexpr);
6555     }
6556 
6557   } else if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXConversionFunctionName) {
6558     if (!DC->isRecord()) {
6559       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6560            diag::err_conv_function_not_member);
6561       return nullptr;
6562     }
6563 
6564     SemaRef.CheckConversionDeclarator(D, R, SC);
6565     IsVirtualOkay = true;
6566     return CXXConversionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6567                                      D.getLocStart(), NameInfo,
6568                                      R, TInfo, isInline, isExplicit,
6569                                      isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6570 
6571   } else if (DC->isRecord()) {
6572     // If the name of the function is the same as the name of the record,
6573     // then this must be an invalid constructor that has a return type.
6574     // (The parser checks for a return type and makes the declarator a
6575     // constructor if it has no return type).
6576     if (Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() &&
6577         Name.getAsIdentifierInfo() == cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC)->getIdentifier()){
6578       SemaRef.Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_constructor_return_type)
6579         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc())
6580         << SourceRange(D.getIdentifierLoc());
6581       return nullptr;
6582     }
6583 
6584     // This is a C++ method declaration.
6585     CXXMethodDecl *Ret = CXXMethodDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context,
6586                                                cast<CXXRecordDecl>(DC),
6587                                                D.getLocStart(), NameInfo, R,
6588                                                TInfo, SC, isInline,
6589                                                isConstexpr, SourceLocation());
6590     IsVirtualOkay = !Ret->isStatic();
6591     return Ret;
6592   } else {
6593     // Determine whether the function was written with a
6594     // prototype. This true when:
6595     //   - we're in C++ (where every function has a prototype),
6596     return FunctionDecl::Create(SemaRef.Context, DC,
6597                                 D.getLocStart(),
6598                                 NameInfo, R, TInfo, SC, isInline,
6599                                 true/*HasPrototype*/, isConstexpr);
6600   }
6601 }
6602 
6603 enum OpenCLParamType {
6604   ValidKernelParam,
6605   PtrPtrKernelParam,
6606   PtrKernelParam,
6607   PrivatePtrKernelParam,
6608   InvalidKernelParam,
6609   RecordKernelParam
6610 };
6611 
6612 static OpenCLParamType getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QualType PT) {
6613   if (PT->isPointerType()) {
6614     QualType PointeeType = PT->getPointeeType();
6615     if (PointeeType->isPointerType())
6616       return PtrPtrKernelParam;
6617     return PointeeType.getAddressSpace() == 0 ? PrivatePtrKernelParam
6618                                               : PtrKernelParam;
6619   }
6620 
6621   // TODO: Forbid the other integer types (size_t, ptrdiff_t...) when they can
6622   // be used as builtin types.
6623 
6624   if (PT->isImageType())
6625     return PtrKernelParam;
6626 
6627   if (PT->isBooleanType())
6628     return InvalidKernelParam;
6629 
6630   if (PT->isEventT())
6631     return InvalidKernelParam;
6632 
6633   if (PT->isHalfType())
6634     return InvalidKernelParam;
6635 
6636   if (PT->isRecordType())
6637     return RecordKernelParam;
6638 
6639   return ValidKernelParam;
6640 }
6641 
6642 static void checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(
6643   Sema &S,
6644   Declarator &D,
6645   ParmVarDecl *Param,
6646   llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> &ValidTypes) {
6647   QualType PT = Param->getType();
6648 
6649   // Cache the valid types we encounter to avoid rechecking structs that are
6650   // used again
6651   if (ValidTypes.count(PT.getTypePtr()))
6652     return;
6653 
6654   switch (getOpenCLKernelParameterType(PT)) {
6655   case PtrPtrKernelParam:
6656     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6657     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6658     // pointer to a pointer type.
6659     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_ptrptr_kernel_param);
6660     D.setInvalidType();
6661     return;
6662 
6663   case PrivatePtrKernelParam:
6664     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.a:
6665     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared as a
6666     // pointer to the private address space.
6667     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_private_ptr_kernel_param);
6668     D.setInvalidType();
6669     return;
6670 
6671     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.k:
6672     // Arguments to kernel functions in a program cannot be declared with the
6673     // built-in scalar types bool, half, size_t, ptrdiff_t, intptr_t, and
6674     // uintptr_t or a struct and/or union that contain fields declared to be
6675     // one of these built-in scalar types.
6676 
6677   case InvalidKernelParam:
6678     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 n:
6679     // A kernel function argument cannot be declared
6680     // of event_t type.
6681     S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6682     D.setInvalidType();
6683     return;
6684 
6685   case PtrKernelParam:
6686   case ValidKernelParam:
6687     ValidTypes.insert(PT.getTypePtr());
6688     return;
6689 
6690   case RecordKernelParam:
6691     break;
6692   }
6693 
6694   // Track nested structs we will inspect
6695   SmallVector<const Decl *, 4> VisitStack;
6696 
6697   // Track where we are in the nested structs. Items will migrate from
6698   // VisitStack to HistoryStack as we do the DFS for bad field.
6699   SmallVector<const FieldDecl *, 4> HistoryStack;
6700   HistoryStack.push_back(nullptr);
6701 
6702   const RecordDecl *PD = PT->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6703   VisitStack.push_back(PD);
6704 
6705   assert(VisitStack.back() && "First decl null?");
6706 
6707   do {
6708     const Decl *Next = VisitStack.pop_back_val();
6709     if (!Next) {
6710       assert(!HistoryStack.empty());
6711       // Found a marker, we have gone up a level
6712       if (const FieldDecl *Hist = HistoryStack.pop_back_val())
6713         ValidTypes.insert(Hist->getType().getTypePtr());
6714 
6715       continue;
6716     }
6717 
6718     // Adds everything except the original parameter declaration (which is not a
6719     // field itself) to the history stack.
6720     const RecordDecl *RD;
6721     if (const FieldDecl *Field = dyn_cast<FieldDecl>(Next)) {
6722       HistoryStack.push_back(Field);
6723       RD = Field->getType()->castAs<RecordType>()->getDecl();
6724     } else {
6725       RD = cast<RecordDecl>(Next);
6726     }
6727 
6728     // Add a null marker so we know when we've gone back up a level
6729     VisitStack.push_back(nullptr);
6730 
6731     for (const auto *FD : RD->fields()) {
6732       QualType QT = FD->getType();
6733 
6734       if (ValidTypes.count(QT.getTypePtr()))
6735         continue;
6736 
6737       OpenCLParamType ParamType = getOpenCLKernelParameterType(QT);
6738       if (ParamType == ValidKernelParam)
6739         continue;
6740 
6741       if (ParamType == RecordKernelParam) {
6742         VisitStack.push_back(FD);
6743         continue;
6744       }
6745 
6746       // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.p:
6747       // Arguments to kernel functions that are declared to be a struct or union
6748       // do not allow OpenCL objects to be passed as elements of the struct or
6749       // union.
6750       if (ParamType == PtrKernelParam || ParamType == PtrPtrKernelParam ||
6751           ParamType == PrivatePtrKernelParam) {
6752         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(),
6753                diag::err_record_with_pointers_kernel_param)
6754           << PT->isUnionType()
6755           << PT;
6756       } else {
6757         S.Diag(Param->getLocation(), diag::err_bad_kernel_param_type) << PT;
6758       }
6759 
6760       S.Diag(PD->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6761         << PD->getDeclName();
6762 
6763       // We have an error, now let's go back up through history and show where
6764       // the offending field came from
6765       for (ArrayRef<const FieldDecl *>::const_iterator I = HistoryStack.begin() + 1,
6766              E = HistoryStack.end(); I != E; ++I) {
6767         const FieldDecl *OuterField = *I;
6768         S.Diag(OuterField->getLocation(), diag::note_within_field_of_type)
6769           << OuterField->getType();
6770       }
6771 
6772       S.Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::note_illegal_field_declared_here)
6773         << QT->isPointerType()
6774         << QT;
6775       D.setInvalidType();
6776       return;
6777     }
6778   } while (!VisitStack.empty());
6779 }
6780 
6781 NamedDecl*
6782 Sema::ActOnFunctionDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D, DeclContext *DC,
6783                               TypeSourceInfo *TInfo, LookupResult &Previous,
6784                               MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParamLists,
6785                               bool &AddToScope) {
6786   QualType R = TInfo->getType();
6787 
6788   assert(R.getTypePtr()->isFunctionType());
6789 
6790   // TODO: consider using NameInfo for diagnostic.
6791   DeclarationNameInfo NameInfo = GetNameForDeclarator(D);
6792   DeclarationName Name = NameInfo.getName();
6793   FunctionDecl::StorageClass SC = getFunctionStorageClass(*this, D);
6794 
6795   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
6796     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
6797          diag::err_invalid_thread)
6798       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
6799 
6800   if (D.isFirstDeclarationOfMember())
6801     adjustMemberFunctionCC(R, D.isStaticMember());
6802 
6803   bool isFriend = false;
6804   FunctionTemplateDecl *FunctionTemplate = nullptr;
6805   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6806   bool isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6807 
6808   bool isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = false;
6809   bool HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
6810   TemplateArgumentListInfo TemplateArgs;
6811 
6812   bool isVirtualOkay = false;
6813 
6814   DeclContext *OriginalDC = DC;
6815   bool IsLocalExternDecl = adjustContextForLocalExternDecl(DC);
6816 
6817   FunctionDecl *NewFD = CreateNewFunctionDecl(*this, D, DC, R, TInfo, SC,
6818                                               isVirtualOkay);
6819   if (!NewFD) return nullptr;
6820 
6821   if (OriginalLexicalContext && OriginalLexicalContext->isObjCContainer())
6822     NewFD->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
6823 
6824   // Set the lexical context. If this is a function-scope declaration, or has a
6825   // C++ scope specifier, or is the object of a friend declaration, the lexical
6826   // context will be different from the semantic context.
6827   NewFD->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6828 
6829   if (IsLocalExternDecl)
6830     NewFD->setLocalExternDecl();
6831 
6832   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
6833     bool isInline = D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified();
6834     bool isVirtual = D.getDeclSpec().isVirtualSpecified();
6835     bool isExplicit = D.getDeclSpec().isExplicitSpecified();
6836     bool isConstexpr = D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified();
6837     isFriend = D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified();
6838     if (isFriend && !isInline && D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
6839       // C++ [class.friend]p5
6840       //   A function can be defined in a friend declaration of a
6841       //   class . . . . Such a function is implicitly inline.
6842       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
6843     }
6844 
6845     // If this is a method defined in an __interface, and is not a constructor
6846     // or an overloaded operator, then set the pure flag (isVirtual will already
6847     // return true).
6848     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Parent =
6849           dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext())) {
6850       if (Parent->isInterface() && cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)->isUserProvided())
6851         NewFD->setPure(true);
6852     }
6853 
6854     SetNestedNameSpecifier(NewFD, D);
6855     isExplicitSpecialization = false;
6856     isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = false;
6857     if (D.isInvalidType())
6858       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6859 
6860     // Match up the template parameter lists with the scope specifier, then
6861     // determine whether we have a template or a template specialization.
6862     bool Invalid = false;
6863     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
6864             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
6865                 D.getDeclSpec().getLocStart(), D.getIdentifierLoc(),
6866                 D.getCXXScopeSpec(),
6867                 D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId
6868                     ? D.getName().TemplateId
6869                     : nullptr,
6870                 TemplateParamLists, isFriend, isExplicitSpecialization,
6871                 Invalid)) {
6872       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
6873         // This is a function template
6874 
6875         // Check that we can declare a template here.
6876         if (CheckTemplateDeclScope(S, TemplateParams))
6877           return nullptr;
6878 
6879         // A destructor cannot be a template.
6880         if (Name.getNameKind() == DeclarationName::CXXDestructorName) {
6881           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_template);
6882           return nullptr;
6883         }
6884 
6885         // If we're adding a template to a dependent context, we may need to
6886         // rebuilding some of the types used within the template parameter list,
6887         // now that we know what the current instantiation is.
6888         if (DC->isDependentContext()) {
6889           ContextRAII SavedContext(*this, DC);
6890           if (RebuildTemplateParamsInCurrentInstantiation(TemplateParams))
6891             Invalid = true;
6892         }
6893 
6894 
6895         FunctionTemplate = FunctionTemplateDecl::Create(Context, DC,
6896                                                         NewFD->getLocation(),
6897                                                         Name, TemplateParams,
6898                                                         NewFD);
6899         FunctionTemplate->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
6900         NewFD->setDescribedFunctionTemplate(FunctionTemplate);
6901 
6902         // For source fidelity, store the other template param lists.
6903         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 1) {
6904           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6905                                                TemplateParamLists.size() - 1,
6906                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6907         }
6908       } else {
6909         // This is a function template specialization.
6910         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
6911         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6912         if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6913           NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6914                                                TemplateParamLists.size(),
6915                                                TemplateParamLists.data());
6916 
6917         // C++0x [temp.expl.spec]p20 forbids "template<> friend void foo(int);".
6918         if (isFriend) {
6919           // We want to remove the "template<>", found here.
6920           SourceRange RemoveRange = TemplateParams->getSourceRange();
6921 
6922           // If we remove the template<> and the name is not a
6923           // template-id, we're actually silently creating a problem:
6924           // the friend declaration will refer to an untemplated decl,
6925           // and clearly the user wants a template specialization.  So
6926           // we need to insert '<>' after the name.
6927           SourceLocation InsertLoc;
6928           if (D.getName().getKind() != UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
6929             InsertLoc = D.getName().getSourceRange().getEnd();
6930             InsertLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(InsertLoc);
6931           }
6932 
6933           Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_template_spec_decl_friend)
6934             << Name << RemoveRange
6935             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(RemoveRange)
6936             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(InsertLoc, "<>");
6937         }
6938       }
6939     }
6940     else {
6941       // All template param lists were matched against the scope specifier:
6942       // this is NOT (an explicit specialization of) a template.
6943       if (TemplateParamLists.size() > 0)
6944         // For source fidelity, store all the template param lists.
6945         NewFD->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
6946                                              TemplateParamLists.size(),
6947                                              TemplateParamLists.data());
6948     }
6949 
6950     if (Invalid) {
6951       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
6952       if (FunctionTemplate)
6953         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
6954     }
6955 
6956     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p5:
6957     //   The virtual specifier shall only be used in declarations of
6958     //   nonstatic class member functions that appear within a
6959     //   member-specification of a class declaration; see 10.3.
6960     //
6961     if (isVirtual && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
6962       if (!isVirtualOkay) {
6963         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6964              diag::err_virtual_non_function);
6965       } else if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
6966         // 'virtual' was specified outside of the class.
6967         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6968              diag::err_virtual_out_of_class)
6969           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6970       } else if (NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
6971         // C++ [temp.mem]p3:
6972         //  A member function template shall not be virtual.
6973         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(),
6974              diag::err_virtual_member_function_template)
6975           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc());
6976       } else {
6977         // Okay: Add virtual to the method.
6978         NewFD->setVirtualAsWritten(true);
6979       }
6980 
6981       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6982           NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
6983         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getVirtualSpecLoc(), diag::err_auto_fn_virtual);
6984     }
6985 
6986     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y &&
6987         (NewFD->isDependentContext() ||
6988          (isFriend && CurContext->isDependentContext())) &&
6989         NewFD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
6990       // If the function template is referenced directly (for instance, as a
6991       // member of the current instantiation), pretend it has a dependent type.
6992       // This is not really justified by the standard, but is the only sane
6993       // thing to do.
6994       // FIXME: For a friend function, we have not marked the function as being
6995       // a friend yet, so 'isDependentContext' on the FD doesn't work.
6996       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
6997           NewFD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
6998       QualType Result =
6999           SubstAutoType(FPT->getReturnType(), Context.DependentTy);
7000       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(Result, FPT->getParamTypes(),
7001                                              FPT->getExtProtoInfo()));
7002     }
7003 
7004     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p3:
7005     //  The inline specifier shall not appear on a block scope function
7006     //  declaration.
7007     if (isInline && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7008       if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod()) {
7009         // 'inline' is not allowed on block scope function declaration.
7010         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7011              diag::err_inline_declaration_block_scope) << Name
7012           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc());
7013       }
7014     }
7015 
7016     // C++ [dcl.fct.spec]p6:
7017     //  The explicit specifier shall be used only in the declaration of a
7018     //  constructor or conversion function within its class definition;
7019     //  see 12.3.1 and 12.3.2.
7020     if (isExplicit && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7021       if (!CurContext->isRecord()) {
7022         // 'explicit' was specified outside of the class.
7023         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7024              diag::err_explicit_out_of_class)
7025           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7026       } else if (!isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD) &&
7027                  !isa<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7028         // 'explicit' was specified on a function that wasn't a constructor
7029         // or conversion function.
7030         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc(),
7031              diag::err_explicit_non_ctor_or_conv_function)
7032           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getExplicitSpecLoc());
7033       }
7034     }
7035 
7036     if (isConstexpr) {
7037       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p2: constexpr functions and constexpr constructors
7038       // are implicitly inline.
7039       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7040 
7041       // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p3: functions declared constexpr are required to
7042       // be either constructors or to return a literal type. Therefore,
7043       // destructors cannot be declared constexpr.
7044       if (isa<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD))
7045         Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_dtor);
7046     }
7047 
7048     // If __module_private__ was specified, mark the function accordingly.
7049     if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
7050       if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7051         SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc
7052           = D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc();
7053         Diag(ModulePrivateLoc, diag::err_module_private_specialization)
7054           << 0
7055           << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
7056       } else {
7057         NewFD->setModulePrivate();
7058         if (FunctionTemplate)
7059           FunctionTemplate->setModulePrivate();
7060       }
7061     }
7062 
7063     if (isFriend) {
7064       if (FunctionTemplate) {
7065         FunctionTemplate->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7066         FunctionTemplate->setAccess(AS_public);
7067       }
7068       NewFD->setObjectOfFriendDecl();
7069       NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7070     }
7071 
7072     // If a function is defined as defaulted or deleted, mark it as such now.
7073     // FIXME: Does this ever happen? ActOnStartOfFunctionDef forces the function
7074     // definition kind to FDK_Definition.
7075     switch (D.getFunctionDefinitionKind()) {
7076       case FDK_Declaration:
7077       case FDK_Definition:
7078         break;
7079 
7080       case FDK_Defaulted:
7081         NewFD->setDefaulted();
7082         break;
7083 
7084       case FDK_Deleted:
7085         NewFD->setDeletedAsWritten();
7086         break;
7087     }
7088 
7089     if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && DC == CurContext &&
7090         D.isFunctionDefinition()) {
7091       // C++ [class.mfct]p2:
7092       //   A member function may be defined (8.4) in its class definition, in
7093       //   which case it is an inline member function (7.1.2)
7094       NewFD->setImplicitlyInline();
7095     }
7096 
7097     if (SC == SC_Static && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) &&
7098         !CurContext->isRecord()) {
7099       // C++ [class.static]p1:
7100       //   A data or function member of a class may be declared static
7101       //   in a class definition, in which case it is a static member of
7102       //   the class.
7103 
7104       // Complain about the 'static' specifier if it's on an out-of-line
7105       // member function definition.
7106       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
7107            diag::err_static_out_of_line)
7108         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7109     }
7110 
7111     // C++11 [except.spec]p15:
7112     //   A deallocation function with no exception-specification is treated
7113     //   as if it were specified with noexcept(true).
7114     const FunctionProtoType *FPT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7115     if ((Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Delete ||
7116          Name.getCXXOverloadedOperator() == OO_Array_Delete) &&
7117         getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && FPT && !FPT->hasExceptionSpec())
7118       NewFD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(
7119           FPT->getReturnType(), FPT->getParamTypes(),
7120           FPT->getExtProtoInfo().withExceptionSpec(EST_BasicNoexcept)));
7121   }
7122 
7123   // Filter out previous declarations that don't match the scope.
7124   FilterLookupForScope(Previous, OriginalDC, S, shouldConsiderLinkage(NewFD),
7125                        D.getCXXScopeSpec().isNotEmpty() ||
7126                        isExplicitSpecialization ||
7127                        isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7128 
7129   // Handle GNU asm-label extension (encoded as an attribute).
7130   if (Expr *E = (Expr*) D.getAsmLabel()) {
7131     // The parser guarantees this is a string.
7132     StringLiteral *SE = cast<StringLiteral>(E);
7133     NewFD->addAttr(::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(SE->getStrTokenLoc(0), Context,
7134                                                 SE->getString(), 0));
7135   } else if (!ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.empty()) {
7136     llvm::DenseMap<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>::iterator I =
7137       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.find(NewFD->getIdentifier());
7138     if (I != ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.end()) {
7139       NewFD->addAttr(I->second);
7140       ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.erase(I);
7141     }
7142   }
7143 
7144   // Copy the parameter declarations from the declarator D to the function
7145   // declaration NewFD, if they are available.  First scavenge them into Params.
7146   SmallVector<ParmVarDecl*, 16> Params;
7147   if (D.isFunctionDeclarator()) {
7148     DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
7149 
7150     // Check for C99 6.7.5.3p10 - foo(void) is a non-varargs
7151     // function that takes no arguments, not a function that takes a
7152     // single void argument.
7153     // We let through "const void" here because Sema::GetTypeForDeclarator
7154     // already checks for that case.
7155     if (FTIHasNonVoidParameters(FTI) && FTI.Params[0].Param) {
7156       for (unsigned i = 0, e = FTI.NumParams; i != e; ++i) {
7157         ParmVarDecl *Param = cast<ParmVarDecl>(FTI.Params[i].Param);
7158         assert(Param->getDeclContext() != NewFD && "Was set before ?");
7159         Param->setDeclContext(NewFD);
7160         Params.push_back(Param);
7161 
7162         if (Param->isInvalidDecl())
7163           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7164       }
7165     }
7166 
7167   } else if (const FunctionProtoType *FT = R->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7168     // When we're declaring a function with a typedef, typeof, etc as in the
7169     // following example, we'll need to synthesize (unnamed)
7170     // parameters for use in the declaration.
7171     //
7172     // @code
7173     // typedef void fn(int);
7174     // fn f;
7175     // @endcode
7176 
7177     // Synthesize a parameter for each argument type.
7178     for (const auto &AI : FT->param_types()) {
7179       ParmVarDecl *Param =
7180           BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(NewFD, D.getIdentifierLoc(), AI);
7181       Param->setScopeInfo(0, Params.size());
7182       Params.push_back(Param);
7183     }
7184   } else {
7185     assert(R->isFunctionNoProtoType() && NewFD->getNumParams() == 0 &&
7186            "Should not need args for typedef of non-prototype fn");
7187   }
7188 
7189   // Finally, we know we have the right number of parameters, install them.
7190   NewFD->setParams(Params);
7191 
7192   // Find all anonymous symbols defined during the declaration of this function
7193   // and add to NewFD. This lets us track decls such 'enum Y' in:
7194   //
7195   //   void f(enum Y {AA} x) {}
7196   //
7197   // which would otherwise incorrectly end up in the translation unit scope.
7198   NewFD->setDeclsInPrototypeScope(DeclsInPrototypeScope);
7199   DeclsInPrototypeScope.clear();
7200 
7201   if (D.getDeclSpec().isNoreturnSpecified())
7202     NewFD->addAttr(
7203         ::new(Context) C11NoReturnAttr(D.getDeclSpec().getNoreturnSpecLoc(),
7204                                        Context, 0));
7205 
7206   // Functions returning a variably modified type violate C99 6.7.5.2p2
7207   // because all functions have linkage.
7208   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7209       NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
7210     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_vm_func_decl);
7211     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7212   }
7213 
7214   if (D.isFunctionDefinition() && CodeSegStack.CurrentValue &&
7215       !NewFD->hasAttr<SectionAttr>()) {
7216     NewFD->addAttr(
7217         SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
7218                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7219                                     CodeSegStack.CurrentPragmaLocation));
7220     if (UnifySection(CodeSegStack.CurrentValue->getString(),
7221                      PSF_Implicit | PSF_Execute | PSF_Read, NewFD))
7222       NewFD->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
7223   }
7224 
7225   // Handle attributes.
7226   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewFD, D);
7227 
7228   QualType RetType = NewFD->getReturnType();
7229   const CXXRecordDecl *Ret = RetType->isRecordType() ?
7230       RetType->getAsCXXRecordDecl() : RetType->getPointeeCXXRecordDecl();
7231   if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && !NewFD->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>() &&
7232       Ret && Ret->hasAttr<WarnUnusedResultAttr>()) {
7233     const CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7234     // Attach WarnUnusedResult to functions returning types with that attribute.
7235     // Don't apply the attribute to that type's own non-static member functions
7236     // (to avoid warning on things like assignment operators)
7237     if (!MD || MD->getParent() != Ret)
7238       NewFD->addAttr(WarnUnusedResultAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7239   }
7240 
7241   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7242     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5: Using an address space qualifier in a function return
7243     // type declaration will generate a compilation error.
7244     unsigned AddressSpace = RetType.getAddressSpace();
7245     if (AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_local ||
7246         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_global ||
7247         AddressSpace == LangAS::opencl_constant) {
7248       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7249            diag::err_opencl_return_value_with_address_space);
7250       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7251     }
7252   }
7253 
7254   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7255     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7256     bool isExplicitSpecialization=false;
7257     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7258       CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7259 
7260     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7261       CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7262 
7263     if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7264       D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7265                                                   isExplicitSpecialization));
7266     else if (!Previous.empty())
7267       // Make graceful recovery from an invalid redeclaration.
7268       D.setRedeclaration(true);
7269     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7270             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7271            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7272   } else {
7273     // C++11 [replacement.functions]p3:
7274     //  The program's definitions shall not be specified as inline.
7275     //
7276     // N.B. We diagnose declarations instead of definitions per LWG issue 2340.
7277     //
7278     // Suppress the diagnostic if the function is __attribute__((used)), since
7279     // that forces an external definition to be emitted.
7280     if (D.getDeclSpec().isInlineSpecified() &&
7281         NewFD->isReplaceableGlobalAllocationFunction() &&
7282         !NewFD->hasAttr<UsedAttr>())
7283       Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getInlineSpecLoc(),
7284            diag::ext_operator_new_delete_declared_inline)
7285         << NewFD->getDeclName();
7286 
7287     // If the declarator is a template-id, translate the parser's template
7288     // argument list into our AST format.
7289     if (D.getName().getKind() == UnqualifiedId::IK_TemplateId) {
7290       TemplateIdAnnotation *TemplateId = D.getName().TemplateId;
7291       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(TemplateId->LAngleLoc);
7292       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7293       ASTTemplateArgsPtr TemplateArgsPtr(TemplateId->getTemplateArgs(),
7294                                          TemplateId->NumArgs);
7295       translateTemplateArguments(TemplateArgsPtr,
7296                                  TemplateArgs);
7297 
7298       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7299 
7300       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7301         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7302       } else if (FunctionTemplate) {
7303         // Function template with explicit template arguments.
7304         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_function_template_partial_spec)
7305           << SourceRange(TemplateId->LAngleLoc, TemplateId->RAngleLoc);
7306 
7307         HasExplicitTemplateArgs = false;
7308       } else {
7309         assert((isFunctionTemplateSpecialization ||
7310                 D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()) &&
7311                "should have a 'template<>' for this decl");
7312         // "friend void foo<>(int);" is an implicit specialization decl.
7313         isFunctionTemplateSpecialization = true;
7314       }
7315     } else if (isFriend && isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7316       // This combination is only possible in a recovery case;  the user
7317       // wrote something like:
7318       //   template <> friend void foo(int);
7319       // which we're recovering from as if the user had written:
7320       //   friend void foo<>(int);
7321       // Go ahead and fake up a template id.
7322       HasExplicitTemplateArgs = true;
7323       TemplateArgs.setLAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7324       TemplateArgs.setRAngleLoc(D.getIdentifierLoc());
7325     }
7326 
7327     // If it's a friend (and only if it's a friend), it's possible
7328     // that either the specialized function type or the specialized
7329     // template is dependent, and therefore matching will fail.  In
7330     // this case, don't check the specialization yet.
7331     bool InstantiationDependent = false;
7332     if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization && isFriend &&
7333         (NewFD->getType()->isDependentType() || DC->isDependentContext() ||
7334          TemplateSpecializationType::anyDependentTemplateArguments(
7335             TemplateArgs.getArgumentArray(), TemplateArgs.size(),
7336             InstantiationDependent))) {
7337       assert(HasExplicitTemplateArgs &&
7338              "friend function specialization without template args");
7339       if (CheckDependentFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD, TemplateArgs,
7340                                                        Previous))
7341         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7342     } else if (isFunctionTemplateSpecialization) {
7343       if (CurContext->isDependentContext() && CurContext->isRecord()
7344           && !isFriend) {
7345         isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization = true;
7346         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
7347           diag::ext_function_specialization_in_class :
7348           diag::err_function_specialization_in_class)
7349           << NewFD->getDeclName();
7350       } else if (CheckFunctionTemplateSpecialization(NewFD,
7351                                   (HasExplicitTemplateArgs ? &TemplateArgs
7352                                                            : nullptr),
7353                                                      Previous))
7354         NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7355 
7356       // C++ [dcl.stc]p1:
7357       //   A storage-class-specifier shall not be specified in an explicit
7358       //   specialization (14.7.3)
7359       FunctionTemplateSpecializationInfo *Info =
7360           NewFD->getTemplateSpecializationInfo();
7361       if (Info && SC != SC_None) {
7362         if (SC != Info->getTemplate()->getTemplatedDecl()->getStorageClass())
7363           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7364                diag::err_explicit_specialization_inconsistent_storage_class)
7365             << SC
7366             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7367                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7368 
7369         else
7370           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7371                diag::ext_explicit_specialization_storage_class)
7372             << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(
7373                                       D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7374       }
7375 
7376     } else if (isExplicitSpecialization && isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7377       if (CheckMemberSpecialization(NewFD, Previous))
7378           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7379     }
7380 
7381     // Perform semantic checking on the function declaration.
7382     if (!isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7383       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMain())
7384         CheckMain(NewFD, D.getDeclSpec());
7385 
7386       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && NewFD->isMSVCRTEntryPoint())
7387         CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(NewFD);
7388 
7389       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7390         D.setRedeclaration(CheckFunctionDeclaration(S, NewFD, Previous,
7391                                                     isExplicitSpecialization));
7392     }
7393 
7394     assert((NewFD->isInvalidDecl() || !D.isRedeclaration() ||
7395             Previous.getResultKind() != LookupResult::FoundOverloaded) &&
7396            "previous declaration set still overloaded");
7397 
7398     NamedDecl *PrincipalDecl = (FunctionTemplate
7399                                 ? cast<NamedDecl>(FunctionTemplate)
7400                                 : NewFD);
7401 
7402     if (isFriend && D.isRedeclaration()) {
7403       AccessSpecifier Access = AS_public;
7404       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7405         Access = NewFD->getPreviousDecl()->getAccess();
7406 
7407       NewFD->setAccess(Access);
7408       if (FunctionTemplate) FunctionTemplate->setAccess(Access);
7409     }
7410 
7411     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() && !DC->isRecord() &&
7412         PrincipalDecl->isInIdentifierNamespace(Decl::IDNS_Ordinary))
7413       PrincipalDecl->setNonMemberOperator();
7414 
7415     // If we have a function template, check the template parameter
7416     // list. This will check and merge default template arguments.
7417     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7418       FunctionTemplateDecl *PrevTemplate =
7419                                      FunctionTemplate->getPreviousDecl();
7420       CheckTemplateParameterList(FunctionTemplate->getTemplateParameters(),
7421                        PrevTemplate ? PrevTemplate->getTemplateParameters()
7422                                     : nullptr,
7423                             D.getDeclSpec().isFriendSpecified()
7424                               ? (D.isFunctionDefinition()
7425                                    ? TPC_FriendFunctionTemplateDefinition
7426                                    : TPC_FriendFunctionTemplate)
7427                               : (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet() &&
7428                                  DC && DC->isRecord() &&
7429                                  DC->isDependentContext())
7430                                   ? TPC_ClassTemplateMember
7431                                   : TPC_FunctionTemplate);
7432     }
7433 
7434     if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl()) {
7435       // Ignore all the rest of this.
7436     } else if (!D.isRedeclaration()) {
7437       struct ActOnFDArgs ExtraArgs = { S, D, TemplateParamLists,
7438                                        AddToScope };
7439       // Fake up an access specifier if it's supposed to be a class member.
7440       if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(NewFD->getDeclContext()))
7441         NewFD->setAccess(AS_public);
7442 
7443       // Qualified decls generally require a previous declaration.
7444       if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
7445         // ...with the major exception of templated-scope or
7446         // dependent-scope friend declarations.
7447 
7448         // TODO: we currently also suppress this check in dependent
7449         // contexts because (1) the parameter depth will be off when
7450         // matching friend templates and (2) we might actually be
7451         // selecting a friend based on a dependent factor.  But there
7452         // are situations where these conditions don't apply and we
7453         // can actually do this check immediately.
7454         if (isFriend &&
7455             (TemplateParamLists.size() ||
7456              D.getCXXScopeSpec().getScopeRep()->isDependent() ||
7457              CurContext->isDependentContext())) {
7458           // ignore these
7459         } else {
7460           // The user tried to provide an out-of-line definition for a
7461           // function that is a member of a class or namespace, but there
7462           // was no such member function declared (C++ [class.mfct]p2,
7463           // C++ [namespace.memdef]p2). For example:
7464           //
7465           // class X {
7466           //   void f() const;
7467           // };
7468           //
7469           // void X::f() { } // ill-formed
7470           //
7471           // Complain about this problem, and attempt to suggest close
7472           // matches (e.g., those that differ only in cv-qualifiers and
7473           // whether the parameter types are references).
7474 
7475           if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7476                   *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, false, nullptr)) {
7477             AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7478             return Result;
7479           }
7480         }
7481 
7482         // Unqualified local friend declarations are required to resolve
7483         // to something.
7484       } else if (isFriend && cast<CXXRecordDecl>(CurContext)->isLocalClass()) {
7485         if (NamedDecl *Result = DiagnoseInvalidRedeclaration(
7486                 *this, Previous, NewFD, ExtraArgs, true, S)) {
7487           AddToScope = ExtraArgs.AddToScope;
7488           return Result;
7489         }
7490       }
7491 
7492     } else if (!D.isFunctionDefinition() &&
7493                isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD) && NewFD->isOutOfLine() &&
7494                !isFriend && !isFunctionTemplateSpecialization &&
7495                !isExplicitSpecialization) {
7496       // An out-of-line member function declaration must also be a
7497       // definition (C++ [class.mfct]p2).
7498       // Note that this is not the case for explicit specializations of
7499       // function templates or member functions of class templates, per
7500       // C++ [temp.expl.spec]p2. We also allow these declarations as an
7501       // extension for compatibility with old SWIG code which likes to
7502       // generate them.
7503       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::ext_out_of_line_declaration)
7504         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
7505     }
7506   }
7507 
7508   ProcessPragmaWeak(S, NewFD);
7509   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *NewFD);
7510 
7511   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(NewFD);
7512 
7513   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>() &&
7514       !NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>()) {
7515     Diag(NewFD->getLocation(),
7516          diag::err_attribute_overloadable_no_prototype)
7517       << NewFD;
7518 
7519     // Turn this into a variadic function with no parameters.
7520     const FunctionType *FT = NewFD->getType()->getAs<FunctionType>();
7521     FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI(
7522         Context.getDefaultCallingConvention(true, false));
7523     EPI.Variadic = true;
7524     EPI.ExtInfo = FT->getExtInfo();
7525 
7526     QualType R = Context.getFunctionType(FT->getReturnType(), None, EPI);
7527     NewFD->setType(R);
7528   }
7529 
7530   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
7531   // member, set the visibility of this function.
7532   if (!DC->isRecord() && NewFD->isExternallyVisible())
7533     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(NewFD);
7534 
7535   // If there's a #pragma clang arc_cf_code_audited in scope, consider
7536   // marking the function.
7537   AddCFAuditedAttribute(NewFD);
7538 
7539   // If this is a function definition, check if we have to apply optnone due to
7540   // a pragma.
7541   if(D.isFunctionDefinition())
7542     AddRangeBasedOptnone(NewFD);
7543 
7544   // If this is the first declaration of an extern C variable, update
7545   // the map of such variables.
7546   if (NewFD->isFirstDecl() && !NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7547       isIncompleteDeclExternC(*this, NewFD))
7548     RegisterLocallyScopedExternCDecl(NewFD, S);
7549 
7550   // Set this FunctionDecl's range up to the right paren.
7551   NewFD->setRangeEnd(D.getSourceRange().getEnd());
7552 
7553   if (D.isRedeclaration() && !Previous.empty()) {
7554     checkDLLAttributeRedeclaration(
7555         *this, dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(Previous.getRepresentativeDecl()), NewFD,
7556         isExplicitSpecialization || isFunctionTemplateSpecialization);
7557   }
7558 
7559   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7560     if (FunctionTemplate) {
7561       if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
7562         FunctionTemplate->setInvalidDecl();
7563       return FunctionTemplate;
7564     }
7565   }
7566 
7567   if (NewFD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>()) {
7568     // OpenCL v1.2 s6.8 static is invalid for kernel functions.
7569     if ((getLangOpts().OpenCLVersion >= 120)
7570         && (SC == SC_Static)) {
7571       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_static_kernel);
7572       D.setInvalidType();
7573     }
7574 
7575     // OpenCL v1.2, s6.9 -- Kernels can only have return type void.
7576     if (!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVoidType()) {
7577       SourceRange RTRange = NewFD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7578       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_expected_kernel_void_return_type)
7579           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "void")
7580                                 : FixItHint());
7581       D.setInvalidType();
7582     }
7583 
7584     llvm::SmallPtrSet<const Type *, 16> ValidTypes;
7585     for (auto Param : NewFD->params())
7586       checkIsValidOpenCLKernelParameter(*this, D, Param, ValidTypes);
7587   }
7588 
7589   MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(NewFD);
7590 
7591   if (getLangOpts().CUDA)
7592     if (IdentifierInfo *II = NewFD->getIdentifier())
7593       if (!NewFD->isInvalidDecl() &&
7594           NewFD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) {
7595         if (II->isStr("cudaConfigureCall")) {
7596           if (!R->getAs<FunctionType>()->getReturnType()->isScalarType())
7597             Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_config_scalar_return);
7598 
7599           Context.setcudaConfigureCallDecl(NewFD);
7600         }
7601       }
7602 
7603   // Here we have an function template explicit specialization at class scope.
7604   // The actually specialization will be postponed to template instatiation
7605   // time via the ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl node.
7606   if (isDependentClassScopeExplicitSpecialization) {
7607     ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl *NewSpec =
7608                          ClassScopeFunctionSpecializationDecl::Create(
7609                                 Context, CurContext, SourceLocation(),
7610                                 cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD),
7611                                 HasExplicitTemplateArgs, TemplateArgs);
7612     CurContext->addDecl(NewSpec);
7613     AddToScope = false;
7614   }
7615 
7616   return NewFD;
7617 }
7618 
7619 /// \brief Perform semantic checking of a new function declaration.
7620 ///
7621 /// Performs semantic analysis of the new function declaration
7622 /// NewFD. This routine performs all semantic checking that does not
7623 /// require the actual declarator involved in the declaration, and is
7624 /// used both for the declaration of functions as they are parsed
7625 /// (called via ActOnDeclarator) and for the declaration of functions
7626 /// that have been instantiated via C++ template instantiation (called
7627 /// via InstantiateDecl).
7628 ///
7629 /// \param IsExplicitSpecialization whether this new function declaration is
7630 /// an explicit specialization of the previous declaration.
7631 ///
7632 /// This sets NewFD->isInvalidDecl() to true if there was an error.
7633 ///
7634 /// \returns true if the function declaration is a redeclaration.
7635 bool Sema::CheckFunctionDeclaration(Scope *S, FunctionDecl *NewFD,
7636                                     LookupResult &Previous,
7637                                     bool IsExplicitSpecialization) {
7638   assert(!NewFD->getReturnType()->isVariablyModifiedType() &&
7639          "Variably modified return types are not handled here");
7640 
7641   // Determine whether the type of this function should be merged with
7642   // a previous visible declaration. This never happens for functions in C++,
7643   // and always happens in C if the previous declaration was visible.
7644   bool MergeTypeWithPrevious = !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
7645                                !Previous.isShadowed();
7646 
7647   // Filter out any non-conflicting previous declarations.
7648   filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7649 
7650   bool Redeclaration = false;
7651   NamedDecl *OldDecl = nullptr;
7652 
7653   // Merge or overload the declaration with an existing declaration of
7654   // the same name, if appropriate.
7655   if (!Previous.empty()) {
7656     // Determine whether NewFD is an overload of PrevDecl or
7657     // a declaration that requires merging. If it's an overload,
7658     // there's no more work to do here; we'll just add the new
7659     // function to the scope.
7660     if (!AllowOverloadingOfFunction(Previous, Context)) {
7661       NamedDecl *Candidate = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7662       if (shouldLinkPossiblyHiddenDecl(Candidate, NewFD)) {
7663         Redeclaration = true;
7664         OldDecl = Candidate;
7665       }
7666     } else {
7667       switch (CheckOverload(S, NewFD, Previous, OldDecl,
7668                             /*NewIsUsingDecl*/ false)) {
7669       case Ovl_Match:
7670         Redeclaration = true;
7671         break;
7672 
7673       case Ovl_NonFunction:
7674         Redeclaration = true;
7675         break;
7676 
7677       case Ovl_Overload:
7678         Redeclaration = false;
7679         break;
7680       }
7681 
7682       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7683         // If a function name is overloadable in C, then every function
7684         // with that name must be marked "overloadable".
7685         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7686           << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7687         NamedDecl *OverloadedDecl = nullptr;
7688         if (Redeclaration)
7689           OverloadedDecl = OldDecl;
7690         else if (!Previous.empty())
7691           OverloadedDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
7692         if (OverloadedDecl)
7693           Diag(OverloadedDecl->getLocation(),
7694                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7695         NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7696       }
7697     }
7698   }
7699 
7700   // Check for a previous extern "C" declaration with this name.
7701   if (!Redeclaration &&
7702       checkForConflictWithNonVisibleExternC(*this, NewFD, Previous)) {
7703     filterNonConflictingPreviousDecls(Context, NewFD, Previous);
7704     if (!Previous.empty()) {
7705       // This is an extern "C" declaration with the same name as a previous
7706       // declaration, and thus redeclares that entity...
7707       Redeclaration = true;
7708       OldDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
7709       MergeTypeWithPrevious = false;
7710 
7711       // ... except in the presence of __attribute__((overloadable)).
7712       if (OldDecl->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7713         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !NewFD->hasAttr<OverloadableAttr>()) {
7714           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_overloadable_missing)
7715             << Redeclaration << NewFD;
7716           Diag(Previous.getFoundDecl()->getLocation(),
7717                diag::note_attribute_overloadable_prev_overload);
7718           NewFD->addAttr(OverloadableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context));
7719         }
7720         if (IsOverload(NewFD, cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl), false)) {
7721           Redeclaration = false;
7722           OldDecl = nullptr;
7723         }
7724       }
7725     }
7726   }
7727 
7728   // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p8:
7729   //   A constexpr specifier for a non-static member function that is not
7730   //   a constructor declares that member function to be const.
7731   //
7732   // This needs to be delayed until we know whether this is an out-of-line
7733   // definition of a static member function.
7734   //
7735   // This rule is not present in C++1y, so we produce a backwards
7736   // compatibility warning whenever it happens in C++11.
7737   CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD);
7738   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && MD && MD->isConstexpr() &&
7739       !MD->isStatic() && !isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(MD) &&
7740       (MD->getTypeQualifiers() & Qualifiers::Const) == 0) {
7741     CXXMethodDecl *OldMD = nullptr;
7742     if (OldDecl)
7743       OldMD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl->getAsFunction());
7744     if (!OldMD || !OldMD->isStatic()) {
7745       const FunctionProtoType *FPT =
7746         MD->getType()->castAs<FunctionProtoType>();
7747       FunctionProtoType::ExtProtoInfo EPI = FPT->getExtProtoInfo();
7748       EPI.TypeQuals |= Qualifiers::Const;
7749       MD->setType(Context.getFunctionType(FPT->getReturnType(),
7750                                           FPT->getParamTypes(), EPI));
7751 
7752       // Warn that we did this, if we're not performing template instantiation.
7753       // In that case, we'll have warned already when the template was defined.
7754       if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
7755         SourceLocation AddConstLoc;
7756         if (FunctionTypeLoc FTL = MD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc()
7757                 .IgnoreParens().getAs<FunctionTypeLoc>())
7758           AddConstLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(FTL.getRParenLoc());
7759 
7760         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_cxx1y_compat_constexpr_not_const)
7761           << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(AddConstLoc, " const");
7762       }
7763     }
7764   }
7765 
7766   if (Redeclaration) {
7767     // NewFD and OldDecl represent declarations that need to be
7768     // merged.
7769     if (MergeFunctionDecl(NewFD, OldDecl, S, MergeTypeWithPrevious)) {
7770       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7771       return Redeclaration;
7772     }
7773 
7774     Previous.clear();
7775     Previous.addDecl(OldDecl);
7776 
7777     if (FunctionTemplateDecl *OldTemplateDecl
7778                                   = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(OldDecl)) {
7779       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(OldTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl());
7780       FunctionTemplateDecl *NewTemplateDecl
7781         = NewFD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate();
7782       assert(NewTemplateDecl && "Template/non-template mismatch");
7783       if (CXXMethodDecl *Method
7784             = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewTemplateDecl->getTemplatedDecl())) {
7785         Method->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7786         NewTemplateDecl->setAccess(OldTemplateDecl->getAccess());
7787       }
7788 
7789       // If this is an explicit specialization of a member that is a function
7790       // template, mark it as a member specialization.
7791       if (IsExplicitSpecialization &&
7792           NewTemplateDecl->getInstantiatedFromMemberTemplate()) {
7793         NewTemplateDecl->setMemberSpecialization();
7794         assert(OldTemplateDecl->isMemberSpecialization());
7795       }
7796 
7797     } else {
7798       // This needs to happen first so that 'inline' propagates.
7799       NewFD->setPreviousDeclaration(cast<FunctionDecl>(OldDecl));
7800 
7801       if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7802         // A valid redeclaration of a C++ method must be out-of-line,
7803         // but (unfortunately) it's not necessarily a definition
7804         // because of templates, which means that the previous
7805         // declaration is not necessarily from the class definition.
7806 
7807         // For just setting the access, that doesn't matter.
7808         CXXMethodDecl *oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(OldDecl);
7809         NewFD->setAccess(oldMethod->getAccess());
7810 
7811         // Update the key-function state if necessary for this ABI.
7812         if (NewFD->isInlined() &&
7813             !Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().canKeyFunctionBeInline()) {
7814           // setNonKeyFunction needs to work with the original
7815           // declaration from the class definition, and isVirtual() is
7816           // just faster in that case, so map back to that now.
7817           oldMethod = cast<CXXMethodDecl>(oldMethod->getFirstDecl());
7818           if (oldMethod->isVirtual()) {
7819             Context.setNonKeyFunction(oldMethod);
7820           }
7821         }
7822       }
7823     }
7824   }
7825 
7826   // Semantic checking for this function declaration (in isolation).
7827 
7828   // Diagnose the use of X86 fastcall on unprototyped functions.
7829   QualType NewQType = Context.getCanonicalType(NewFD->getType());
7830   const FunctionType *NewType = cast<FunctionType>(NewQType);
7831   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(NewType)) {
7832     FunctionType::ExtInfo NewTypeInfo = NewType->getExtInfo();
7833     if (NewTypeInfo.getCC() == CC_X86FastCall)
7834       Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_cconv_knr)
7835           << FunctionType::getNameForCallConv(CC_X86FastCall);
7836     // TODO: Also diagnose unprototyped stdcall functions?
7837   }
7838 
7839   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7840     // C++-specific checks.
7841     if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7842       CheckConstructor(Constructor);
7843     } else if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor =
7844                 dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(NewFD)) {
7845       CXXRecordDecl *Record = Destructor->getParent();
7846       QualType ClassType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Record);
7847 
7848       // FIXME: Shouldn't we be able to perform this check even when the class
7849       // type is dependent? Both gcc and edg can handle that.
7850       if (!ClassType->isDependentType()) {
7851         DeclarationName Name
7852           = Context.DeclarationNames.getCXXDestructorName(
7853                                         Context.getCanonicalType(ClassType));
7854         if (NewFD->getDeclName() != Name) {
7855           Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::err_destructor_name);
7856           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7857           return Redeclaration;
7858         }
7859       }
7860     } else if (CXXConversionDecl *Conversion
7861                = dyn_cast<CXXConversionDecl>(NewFD)) {
7862       ActOnConversionDeclarator(Conversion);
7863     }
7864 
7865     // Find any virtual functions that this function overrides.
7866     if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(NewFD)) {
7867       if (!Method->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization() &&
7868           !Method->getDescribedFunctionTemplate() &&
7869           Method->isCanonicalDecl()) {
7870         if (AddOverriddenMethods(Method->getParent(), Method)) {
7871           // If the function was marked as "static", we have a problem.
7872           if (NewFD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
7873             ReportOverrides(*this, diag::err_static_overrides_virtual, Method);
7874           }
7875         }
7876       }
7877 
7878       if (Method->isStatic())
7879         checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionType(Method);
7880     }
7881 
7882     // Extra checking for C++ overloaded operators (C++ [over.oper]).
7883     if (NewFD->isOverloadedOperator() &&
7884         CheckOverloadedOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7885       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7886       return Redeclaration;
7887     }
7888 
7889     // Extra checking for C++0x literal operators (C++0x [over.literal]).
7890     if (NewFD->getLiteralIdentifier() &&
7891         CheckLiteralOperatorDeclaration(NewFD)) {
7892       NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
7893       return Redeclaration;
7894     }
7895 
7896     // In C++, check default arguments now that we have merged decls. Unless
7897     // the lexical context is the class, because in this case this is done
7898     // during delayed parsing anyway.
7899     if (!CurContext->isRecord())
7900       CheckCXXDefaultArguments(NewFD);
7901 
7902     // If this function declares a builtin function, check the type of this
7903     // declaration against the expected type for the builtin.
7904     if (unsigned BuiltinID = NewFD->getBuiltinID()) {
7905       ASTContext::GetBuiltinTypeError Error;
7906       LookupPredefedObjCSuperType(*this, S, NewFD->getIdentifier());
7907       QualType T = Context.GetBuiltinType(BuiltinID, Error);
7908       if (!T.isNull() && !Context.hasSameType(T, NewFD->getType())) {
7909         // The type of this function differs from the type of the builtin,
7910         // so forget about the builtin entirely.
7911         Context.BuiltinInfo.ForgetBuiltin(BuiltinID, Context.Idents);
7912       }
7913     }
7914 
7915     // If this function is declared as being extern "C", then check to see if
7916     // the function returns a UDT (class, struct, or union type) that is not C
7917     // compatible, and if it does, warn the user.
7918     // But, issue any diagnostic on the first declaration only.
7919     if (NewFD->isExternC() && Previous.empty()) {
7920       QualType R = NewFD->getReturnType();
7921       if (R->isIncompleteType() && !R->isVoidType())
7922         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt_incomplete)
7923             << NewFD << R;
7924       else if (!R.isPODType(Context) && !R->isVoidType() &&
7925                !R->isObjCObjectPointerType())
7926         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_udt) << NewFD << R;
7927     }
7928   }
7929   return Redeclaration;
7930 }
7931 
7932 void Sema::CheckMain(FunctionDecl* FD, const DeclSpec& DS) {
7933   // C++11 [basic.start.main]p3:
7934   //   A program that [...] declares main to be inline, static or
7935   //   constexpr is ill-formed.
7936   // C11 6.7.4p4:  In a hosted environment, no function specifier(s) shall
7937   //   appear in a declaration of main.
7938   // static main is not an error under C99, but we should warn about it.
7939   // We accept _Noreturn main as an extension.
7940   if (FD->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
7941     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
7942          ? diag::err_static_main : diag::warn_static_main)
7943       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc());
7944   if (FD->isInlineSpecified())
7945     Diag(DS.getInlineSpecLoc(), diag::err_inline_main)
7946       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getInlineSpecLoc());
7947   if (DS.isNoreturnSpecified()) {
7948     SourceLocation NoreturnLoc = DS.getNoreturnSpecLoc();
7949     SourceRange NoreturnRange(NoreturnLoc, getLocForEndOfToken(NoreturnLoc));
7950     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::ext_noreturn_main);
7951     Diag(NoreturnLoc, diag::note_main_remove_noreturn)
7952       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(NoreturnRange);
7953   }
7954   if (FD->isConstexpr()) {
7955     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_constexpr_main)
7956       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc());
7957     FD->setConstexpr(false);
7958   }
7959 
7960   if (getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
7961     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_no_main)
7962         << FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>();
7963     FD->setInvalidDecl();
7964     return;
7965   }
7966 
7967   QualType T = FD->getType();
7968   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
7969   const FunctionType* FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
7970 
7971   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
7972     // In C with GNU extensions we allow main() to have non-integer return
7973     // type, but we should warn about the extension, and we disable the
7974     // implicit-return-zero rule.
7975 
7976     // GCC in C mode accepts qualified 'int'.
7977     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
7978       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7979     else {
7980       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::ext_main_returns_nonint);
7981       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7982       if (RTRange.isValid())
7983         Diag(RTRange.getBegin(), diag::note_main_change_return_type)
7984             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int");
7985     }
7986   } else {
7987     // In C and C++, main magically returns 0 if you fall off the end;
7988     // set the flag which tells us that.
7989     // This is C++ [basic.start.main]p5 and C99 5.1.2.2.3.
7990 
7991     // All the standards say that main() should return 'int'.
7992     if (Context.hasSameType(FT->getReturnType(), Context.IntTy))
7993       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
7994     else {
7995       // Otherwise, this is just a flat-out error.
7996       SourceRange RTRange = FD->getReturnTypeSourceRange();
7997       Diag(FD->getTypeSpecStartLoc(), diag::err_main_returns_nonint)
7998           << (RTRange.isValid() ? FixItHint::CreateReplacement(RTRange, "int")
7999                                 : FixItHint());
8000       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8001     }
8002   }
8003 
8004   // Treat protoless main() as nullary.
8005   if (isa<FunctionNoProtoType>(FT)) return;
8006 
8007   const FunctionProtoType* FTP = cast<const FunctionProtoType>(FT);
8008   unsigned nparams = FTP->getNumParams();
8009   assert(FD->getNumParams() == nparams);
8010 
8011   bool HasExtraParameters = (nparams > 3);
8012 
8013   // Darwin passes an undocumented fourth argument of type char**.  If
8014   // other platforms start sprouting these, the logic below will start
8015   // getting shifty.
8016   if (nparams == 4 && Context.getTargetInfo().getTriple().isOSDarwin())
8017     HasExtraParameters = false;
8018 
8019   if (HasExtraParameters) {
8020     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_surplus_args) << nparams;
8021     FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8022     nparams = 3;
8023   }
8024 
8025   // FIXME: a lot of the following diagnostics would be improved
8026   // if we had some location information about types.
8027 
8028   QualType CharPP =
8029     Context.getPointerType(Context.getPointerType(Context.CharTy));
8030   QualType Expected[] = { Context.IntTy, CharPP, CharPP, CharPP };
8031 
8032   for (unsigned i = 0; i < nparams; ++i) {
8033     QualType AT = FTP->getParamType(i);
8034 
8035     bool mismatch = true;
8036 
8037     if (Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(AT, Expected[i]))
8038       mismatch = false;
8039     else if (Expected[i] == CharPP) {
8040       // As an extension, the following forms are okay:
8041       //   char const **
8042       //   char const * const *
8043       //   char * const *
8044 
8045       QualifierCollector qs;
8046       const PointerType* PT;
8047       if ((PT = qs.strip(AT)->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8048           (PT = qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType())->getAs<PointerType>()) &&
8049           Context.hasSameType(QualType(qs.strip(PT->getPointeeType()), 0),
8050                               Context.CharTy)) {
8051         qs.removeConst();
8052         mismatch = !qs.empty();
8053       }
8054     }
8055 
8056     if (mismatch) {
8057       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_main_arg_wrong) << i << Expected[i];
8058       // TODO: suggest replacing given type with expected type
8059       FD->setInvalidDecl(true);
8060     }
8061   }
8062 
8063   if (nparams == 1 && !FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
8064     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_main_one_arg);
8065   }
8066 
8067   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8068     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8069     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8070   }
8071 }
8072 
8073 void Sema::CheckMSVCRTEntryPoint(FunctionDecl *FD) {
8074   QualType T = FD->getType();
8075   assert(T->isFunctionType() && "function decl is not of function type");
8076   const FunctionType *FT = T->castAs<FunctionType>();
8077 
8078   // Set an implicit return of 'zero' if the function can return some integral,
8079   // enumeration, pointer or nullptr type.
8080   if (FT->getReturnType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType() ||
8081       FT->getReturnType()->isAnyPointerType() ||
8082       FT->getReturnType()->isNullPtrType())
8083     // DllMain is exempt because a return value of zero means it failed.
8084     if (FD->getName() != "DllMain")
8085       FD->setHasImplicitReturnZero(true);
8086 
8087   if (!FD->isInvalidDecl() && FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate()) {
8088     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_mainlike_template_decl) << FD;
8089     FD->setInvalidDecl();
8090   }
8091 }
8092 
8093 bool Sema::CheckForConstantInitializer(Expr *Init, QualType DclT) {
8094   // FIXME: Need strict checking.  In C89, we need to check for
8095   // any assignment, increment, decrement, function-calls, or
8096   // commas outside of a sizeof.  In C99, it's the same list,
8097   // except that the aforementioned are allowed in unevaluated
8098   // expressions.  Everything else falls under the
8099   // "may accept other forms of constant expressions" exception.
8100   // (We never end up here for C++, so the constant expression
8101   // rules there don't matter.)
8102   const Expr *Culprit;
8103   if (Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8104     return false;
8105   Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_init_element_not_constant)
8106     << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8107   return true;
8108 }
8109 
8110 namespace {
8111   // Visits an initialization expression to see if OrigDecl is evaluated in
8112   // its own initialization and throws a warning if it does.
8113   class SelfReferenceChecker
8114       : public EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> {
8115     Sema &S;
8116     Decl *OrigDecl;
8117     bool isRecordType;
8118     bool isPODType;
8119     bool isReferenceType;
8120 
8121   public:
8122     typedef EvaluatedExprVisitor<SelfReferenceChecker> Inherited;
8123 
8124     SelfReferenceChecker(Sema &S, Decl *OrigDecl) : Inherited(S.Context),
8125                                                     S(S), OrigDecl(OrigDecl) {
8126       isPODType = false;
8127       isRecordType = false;
8128       isReferenceType = false;
8129       if (ValueDecl *VD = dyn_cast<ValueDecl>(OrigDecl)) {
8130         isPODType = VD->getType().isPODType(S.Context);
8131         isRecordType = VD->getType()->isRecordType();
8132         isReferenceType = VD->getType()->isReferenceType();
8133       }
8134     }
8135 
8136     // For most expressions, the cast is directly above the DeclRefExpr.
8137     // For conditional operators, the cast can be outside the conditional
8138     // operator if both expressions are DeclRefExpr's.
8139     void HandleValue(Expr *E) {
8140       if (isReferenceType)
8141         return;
8142       E = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8143       if (DeclRefExpr* DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E)) {
8144         HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8145         return;
8146       }
8147 
8148       if (ConditionalOperator *CO = dyn_cast<ConditionalOperator>(E)) {
8149         HandleValue(CO->getTrueExpr());
8150         HandleValue(CO->getFalseExpr());
8151         return;
8152       }
8153 
8154       if (isa<MemberExpr>(E)) {
8155         Expr *Base = E->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8156         while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8157           // Check for static member variables and don't warn on them.
8158           if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8159             return;
8160           Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8161         }
8162         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base))
8163           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8164         return;
8165       }
8166     }
8167 
8168     // Reference types are handled here since all uses of references are
8169     // bad, not just r-value uses.
8170     void VisitDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *E) {
8171       if (isReferenceType)
8172         HandleDeclRefExpr(E);
8173     }
8174 
8175     void VisitImplicitCastExpr(ImplicitCastExpr *E) {
8176       if (E->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue ||
8177           (isRecordType && E->getCastKind() == CK_NoOp))
8178         HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8179 
8180       Inherited::VisitImplicitCastExpr(E);
8181     }
8182 
8183     void VisitMemberExpr(MemberExpr *E) {
8184       // Don't warn on arrays since they can be treated as pointers.
8185       if (E->getType()->canDecayToPointerType()) return;
8186 
8187       // Warn when a non-static method call is followed by non-static member
8188       // field accesses, which is followed by a DeclRefExpr.
8189       CXXMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(E->getMemberDecl());
8190       bool Warn = (MD && !MD->isStatic());
8191       Expr *Base = E->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8192       while (MemberExpr *ME = dyn_cast<MemberExpr>(Base)) {
8193         if (!isa<FieldDecl>(ME->getMemberDecl()))
8194           Warn = false;
8195         Base = ME->getBase()->IgnoreParenImpCasts();
8196       }
8197 
8198       if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(Base)) {
8199         if (Warn)
8200           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8201         return;
8202       }
8203 
8204       // The base of a MemberExpr is not a MemberExpr or a DeclRefExpr.
8205       // Visit that expression.
8206       Visit(Base);
8207     }
8208 
8209     void VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(CXXOperatorCallExpr *E) {
8210       if (E->getNumArgs() > 0)
8211         if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(E->getArg(0)))
8212           HandleDeclRefExpr(DRE);
8213 
8214       Inherited::VisitCXXOperatorCallExpr(E);
8215     }
8216 
8217     void VisitUnaryOperator(UnaryOperator *E) {
8218       // For POD record types, addresses of its own members are well-defined.
8219       if (E->getOpcode() == UO_AddrOf && isRecordType &&
8220           isa<MemberExpr>(E->getSubExpr()->IgnoreParens())) {
8221         if (!isPODType)
8222           HandleValue(E->getSubExpr());
8223         return;
8224       }
8225       Inherited::VisitUnaryOperator(E);
8226     }
8227 
8228     void VisitObjCMessageExpr(ObjCMessageExpr *E) { return; }
8229 
8230     void HandleDeclRefExpr(DeclRefExpr *DRE) {
8231       Decl* ReferenceDecl = DRE->getDecl();
8232       if (OrigDecl != ReferenceDecl) return;
8233       unsigned diag;
8234       if (isReferenceType) {
8235         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_reference_init;
8236       } else if (cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->isStaticLocal()) {
8237         diag = diag::warn_static_self_reference_in_init;
8238       } else {
8239         diag = diag::warn_uninit_self_reference_in_init;
8240       }
8241 
8242       S.DiagRuntimeBehavior(DRE->getLocStart(), DRE,
8243                             S.PDiag(diag)
8244                               << DRE->getNameInfo().getName()
8245                               << OrigDecl->getLocation()
8246                               << DRE->getSourceRange());
8247     }
8248   };
8249 
8250   /// CheckSelfReference - Warns if OrigDecl is used in expression E.
8251   static void CheckSelfReference(Sema &S, Decl* OrigDecl, Expr *E,
8252                                  bool DirectInit) {
8253     // Parameters arguments are occassionially constructed with itself,
8254     // for instance, in recursive functions.  Skip them.
8255     if (isa<ParmVarDecl>(OrigDecl))
8256       return;
8257 
8258     E = E->IgnoreParens();
8259 
8260     // Skip checking T a = a where T is not a record or reference type.
8261     // Doing so is a way to silence uninitialized warnings.
8262     if (!DirectInit && !cast<VarDecl>(OrigDecl)->getType()->isRecordType())
8263       if (ImplicitCastExpr *ICE = dyn_cast<ImplicitCastExpr>(E))
8264         if (ICE->getCastKind() == CK_LValueToRValue)
8265           if (DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(ICE->getSubExpr()))
8266             if (DRE->getDecl() == OrigDecl)
8267               return;
8268 
8269     SelfReferenceChecker(S, OrigDecl).Visit(E);
8270   }
8271 }
8272 
8273 /// AddInitializerToDecl - Adds the initializer Init to the
8274 /// declaration dcl. If DirectInit is true, this is C++ direct
8275 /// initialization rather than copy initialization.
8276 void Sema::AddInitializerToDecl(Decl *RealDecl, Expr *Init,
8277                                 bool DirectInit, bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8278   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it.  Just ignore
8279   // the initializer.
8280   if (!RealDecl || RealDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8281     return;
8282 
8283   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast<CXXMethodDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8284     // With declarators parsed the way they are, the parser cannot
8285     // distinguish between a normal initializer and a pure-specifier.
8286     // Thus this grotesque test.
8287     IntegerLiteral *IL;
8288     if ((IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(Init)) && IL->getValue() == 0 &&
8289         Context.getCanonicalType(IL->getType()) == Context.IntTy)
8290       CheckPureMethod(Method, Init->getSourceRange());
8291     else {
8292       Diag(Method->getLocation(), diag::err_member_function_initialization)
8293         << Method->getDeclName() << Init->getSourceRange();
8294       Method->setInvalidDecl();
8295     }
8296     return;
8297   }
8298 
8299   VarDecl *VDecl = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl);
8300   if (!VDecl) {
8301     assert(!isa<FieldDecl>(RealDecl) && "field init shouldn't get here");
8302     Diag(RealDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_illegal_initializer);
8303     RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8304     return;
8305   }
8306   ParenListExpr *CXXDirectInit = dyn_cast<ParenListExpr>(Init);
8307 
8308   // C++11 [decl.spec.auto]p6. Deduce the type which 'auto' stands in for.
8309   if (TypeMayContainAuto && VDecl->getType()->isUndeducedType()) {
8310     Expr *DeduceInit = Init;
8311     // Initializer could be a C++ direct-initializer. Deduction only works if it
8312     // contains exactly one expression.
8313     if (CXXDirectInit) {
8314       if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() == 0) {
8315         // It isn't possible to write this directly, but it is possible to
8316         // end up in this situation with "auto x(some_pack...);"
8317         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8318              VDecl->isInitCapture() ? diag::err_init_capture_no_expression
8319                                     : diag::err_auto_var_init_no_expression)
8320           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8321           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8322         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8323         return;
8324       } else if (CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs() > 1) {
8325         Diag(CXXDirectInit->getExpr(1)->getLocStart(),
8326              VDecl->isInitCapture()
8327                  ? diag::err_init_capture_multiple_expressions
8328                  : diag::err_auto_var_init_multiple_expressions)
8329           << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8330           << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8331         RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8332         return;
8333       } else {
8334         DeduceInit = CXXDirectInit->getExpr(0);
8335         if (isa<InitListExpr>(DeduceInit))
8336           Diag(CXXDirectInit->getLocStart(),
8337                diag::err_auto_var_init_paren_braces)
8338             << VDecl->getDeclName() << VDecl->getType()
8339             << VDecl->getSourceRange();
8340       }
8341     }
8342 
8343     // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger.
8344     bool DefaultedToAuto = false;
8345     if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId &&
8346         Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8347       ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8348       if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8349         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8350         return;
8351       }
8352       Init = Result.get();
8353       DefaultedToAuto = true;
8354     }
8355 
8356     QualType DeducedType;
8357     if (DeduceAutoType(VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo(), DeduceInit, DeducedType) ==
8358             DAR_Failed)
8359       DiagnoseAutoDeductionFailure(VDecl, DeduceInit);
8360     if (DeducedType.isNull()) {
8361       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8362       return;
8363     }
8364     VDecl->setType(DeducedType);
8365     assert(VDecl->isLinkageValid());
8366 
8367     // In ARC, infer lifetime.
8368     if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(VDecl))
8369       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8370 
8371     // Warn if we deduced 'id'. 'auto' usually implies type-safety, but using
8372     // 'id' instead of a specific object type prevents most of our usual checks.
8373     // We only want to warn outside of template instantiations, though:
8374     // inside a template, the 'id' could have come from a parameter.
8375     if (ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty() && !DefaultedToAuto &&
8376         DeducedType->isObjCIdType()) {
8377       SourceLocation Loc =
8378           VDecl->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
8379       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_auto_var_is_id)
8380         << VDecl->getDeclName() << DeduceInit->getSourceRange();
8381     }
8382 
8383     // If this is a redeclaration, check that the type we just deduced matches
8384     // the previously declared type.
8385     if (VarDecl *Old = VDecl->getPreviousDecl()) {
8386       // We never need to merge the type, because we cannot form an incomplete
8387       // array of auto, nor deduce such a type.
8388       MergeVarDeclTypes(VDecl, Old, /*MergeTypeWithPrevious*/false);
8389     }
8390 
8391     // Check the deduced type is valid for a variable declaration.
8392     CheckVariableDeclarationType(VDecl);
8393     if (VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8394       return;
8395   }
8396 
8397   // dllimport cannot be used on variable definitions.
8398   if (VDecl->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !VDecl->isStaticDataMember()) {
8399     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_data_definition);
8400     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8401     return;
8402   }
8403 
8404   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl() && VDecl->hasExternalStorage()) {
8405     // C99 6.7.8p5. C++ has no such restriction, but that is a defect.
8406     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_block_extern_cant_init);
8407     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8408     return;
8409   }
8410 
8411   if (!VDecl->getType()->isDependentType()) {
8412     // A definition must end up with a complete type, which means it must be
8413     // complete with the restriction that an array type might be completed by
8414     // the initializer; note that later code assumes this restriction.
8415     QualType BaseDeclType = VDecl->getType();
8416     if (const ArrayType *Array = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(BaseDeclType))
8417       BaseDeclType = Array->getElementType();
8418     if (RequireCompleteType(VDecl->getLocation(), BaseDeclType,
8419                             diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8420       RealDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8421       return;
8422     }
8423 
8424     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8425     if (RequireNonAbstractType(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(),
8426                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8427                                AbstractVariableType))
8428       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8429   }
8430 
8431   const VarDecl *Def;
8432   if ((Def = VDecl->getDefinition()) && Def != VDecl) {
8433     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition)
8434       << VDecl->getDeclName();
8435     Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
8436     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8437     return;
8438   }
8439 
8440   const VarDecl *PrevInit = nullptr;
8441   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
8442     // C++ [class.static.data]p4
8443     //   If a static data member is of const integral or const
8444     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8445     //   specify a constant-initializer which shall be an integral
8446     //   constant expression (5.19). In that case, the member can appear
8447     //   in integral constant expressions. The member shall still be
8448     //   defined in a namespace scope if it is used in the program and the
8449     //   namespace scope definition shall not contain an initializer.
8450     //
8451     // We already performed a redefinition check above, but for static
8452     // data members we also need to check whether there was an in-class
8453     // declaration with an initializer.
8454     if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() && VDecl->getAnyInitializer(PrevInit)) {
8455       Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_static_data_member_reinitialization)
8456           << VDecl->getDeclName();
8457       Diag(PrevInit->getInit()->getExprLoc(), diag::note_previous_initializer) << 0;
8458       return;
8459     }
8460 
8461     if (VDecl->hasLocalStorage())
8462       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8463 
8464     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Init, UPPC_Initializer)) {
8465       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8466       return;
8467     }
8468   }
8469 
8470   // OpenCL 1.1 6.5.2: "Variables allocated in the __local address space inside
8471   // a kernel function cannot be initialized."
8472   if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal) {
8473     Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_local_cant_init);
8474     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8475     return;
8476   }
8477 
8478   // Get the decls type and save a reference for later, since
8479   // CheckInitializerTypes may change it.
8480   QualType DclT = VDecl->getType(), SavT = DclT;
8481 
8482   // Expressions default to 'id' when we're in a debugger
8483   // and we are assigning it to a variable of Objective-C pointer type.
8484   if (getLangOpts().DebuggerCastResultToId && DclT->isObjCObjectPointerType() &&
8485       Init->getType() == Context.UnknownAnyTy) {
8486     ExprResult Result = forceUnknownAnyToType(Init, Context.getObjCIdType());
8487     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8488       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8489       return;
8490     }
8491     Init = Result.get();
8492   }
8493 
8494   // Perform the initialization.
8495   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8496     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(VDecl);
8497     InitializationKind Kind
8498       = DirectInit ?
8499           CXXDirectInit ? InitializationKind::CreateDirect(VDecl->getLocation(),
8500                                                            Init->getLocStart(),
8501                                                            Init->getLocEnd())
8502                         : InitializationKind::CreateDirectList(
8503                                                           VDecl->getLocation())
8504                    : InitializationKind::CreateCopy(VDecl->getLocation(),
8505                                                     Init->getLocStart());
8506 
8507     MultiExprArg Args = Init;
8508     if (CXXDirectInit)
8509       Args = MultiExprArg(CXXDirectInit->getExprs(),
8510                           CXXDirectInit->getNumExprs());
8511 
8512     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, Args);
8513     ExprResult Result = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, Args, &DclT);
8514     if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8515       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8516       return;
8517     }
8518 
8519     Init = Result.getAs<Expr>();
8520   }
8521 
8522   // Check for self-references within variable initializers.
8523   // Variables declared within a function/method body (except for references)
8524   // are handled by a dataflow analysis.
8525   if (!VDecl->hasLocalStorage() || VDecl->getType()->isRecordType() ||
8526       VDecl->getType()->isReferenceType()) {
8527     CheckSelfReference(*this, RealDecl, Init, DirectInit);
8528   }
8529 
8530   // If the type changed, it means we had an incomplete type that was
8531   // completed by the initializer. For example:
8532   //   int ary[] = { 1, 3, 5 };
8533   // "ary" transitions from an IncompleteArrayType to a ConstantArrayType.
8534   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl() && (DclT != SavT))
8535     VDecl->setType(DclT);
8536 
8537   if (!VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8538     checkUnsafeAssigns(VDecl->getLocation(), VDecl->getType(), Init);
8539 
8540     if (VDecl->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>())
8541       checkRetainCycles(VDecl, Init);
8542 
8543     // It is safe to assign a weak reference into a strong variable.
8544     // Although this code can still have problems:
8545     //   id x = self.weakProp;
8546     //   id y = self.weakProp;
8547     // we do not warn to warn spuriously when 'x' and 'y' are on separate
8548     // paths through the function. This should be revisited if
8549     // -Wrepeated-use-of-weak is made flow-sensitive.
8550     if (VDecl->getType().getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_Strong &&
8551         !Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_arc_repeated_use_of_weak,
8552                          Init->getLocStart()))
8553         getCurFunction()->markSafeWeakUse(Init);
8554   }
8555 
8556   // The initialization is usually a full-expression.
8557   //
8558   // FIXME: If this is a braced initialization of an aggregate, it is not
8559   // an expression, and each individual field initializer is a separate
8560   // full-expression. For instance, in:
8561   //
8562   //   struct Temp { ~Temp(); };
8563   //   struct S { S(Temp); };
8564   //   struct T { S a, b; } t = { Temp(), Temp() }
8565   //
8566   // we should destroy the first Temp before constructing the second.
8567   ExprResult Result = ActOnFinishFullExpr(Init, VDecl->getLocation(),
8568                                           false,
8569                                           VDecl->isConstexpr());
8570   if (Result.isInvalid()) {
8571     VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8572     return;
8573   }
8574   Init = Result.get();
8575 
8576   // Attach the initializer to the decl.
8577   VDecl->setInit(Init);
8578 
8579   if (VDecl->isLocalVarDecl()) {
8580     // C99 6.7.8p4: All the expressions in an initializer for an object that has
8581     // static storage duration shall be constant expressions or string literals.
8582     // C++ does not have this restriction.
8583     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl()) {
8584       const Expr *Culprit;
8585       if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Static)
8586         CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8587       // C89 is stricter than C99 for non-static aggregate types.
8588       // C89 6.5.7p3: All the expressions [...] in an initializer list
8589       // for an object that has aggregate or union type shall be
8590       // constant expressions.
8591       else if (!getLangOpts().C99 && VDecl->getType()->isAggregateType() &&
8592                isa<InitListExpr>(Init) &&
8593                !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, false, &Culprit))
8594         Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(),
8595              diag::ext_aggregate_init_not_constant)
8596           << Culprit->getSourceRange();
8597     }
8598   } else if (VDecl->isStaticDataMember() &&
8599              VDecl->getLexicalDeclContext()->isRecord()) {
8600     // This is an in-class initialization for a static data member, e.g.,
8601     //
8602     // struct S {
8603     //   static const int value = 17;
8604     // };
8605 
8606     // C++ [class.mem]p4:
8607     //   A member-declarator can contain a constant-initializer only
8608     //   if it declares a static member (9.4) of const integral or
8609     //   const enumeration type, see 9.4.2.
8610     //
8611     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3:
8612     //   If a non-volatile const static data member is of integral or
8613     //   enumeration type, its declaration in the class definition can
8614     //   specify a brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initalizer-clause
8615     //   that is an assignment-expression is a constant expression. A static
8616     //   data member of literal type can be declared in the class definition
8617     //   with the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify a
8618     //   brace-or-equal-initializer in which every initializer-clause that is
8619     //   an assignment-expression is a constant expression.
8620 
8621     // Do nothing on dependent types.
8622     if (DclT->isDependentType()) {
8623 
8624     // Allow any 'static constexpr' members, whether or not they are of literal
8625     // type. We separately check that every constexpr variable is of literal
8626     // type.
8627     } else if (VDecl->isConstexpr()) {
8628 
8629     // Require constness.
8630     } else if (!DclT.isConstQualified()) {
8631       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_const)
8632         << Init->getSourceRange();
8633       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8634 
8635     // We allow integer constant expressions in all cases.
8636     } else if (DclT->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
8637       // Check whether the expression is a constant expression.
8638       SourceLocation Loc;
8639       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT.isVolatileQualified())
8640         // In C++11, a non-constexpr const static data member with an
8641         // in-class initializer cannot be volatile.
8642         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_volatile);
8643       else if (Init->isValueDependent())
8644         ; // Nothing to check.
8645       else if (Init->isIntegerConstantExpr(Context, &Loc))
8646         ; // Ok, it's an ICE!
8647       else if (Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8648         // If we can constant fold the initializer through heroics, accept it,
8649         // but report this as a use of an extension for -pedantic.
8650         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8651           << Init->getSourceRange();
8652       } else {
8653         // Otherwise, this is some crazy unknown case.  Report the issue at the
8654         // location provided by the isIntegerConstantExpr failed check.
8655         Diag(Loc, diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8656           << Init->getSourceRange();
8657         VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8658       }
8659 
8660     // We allow foldable floating-point constants as an extension.
8661     } else if (DclT->isFloatingType()) { // also permits complex, which is ok
8662       // In C++98, this is a GNU extension. In C++11, it is not, but we support
8663       // it anyway and provide a fixit to add the 'constexpr'.
8664       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11) {
8665         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(),
8666              diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8667             << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8668         Diag(VDecl->getLocStart(),
8669              diag::note_in_class_initializer_float_type_cxx11)
8670             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8671       } else {
8672         Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::ext_in_class_initializer_float_type)
8673           << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8674 
8675         if (!Init->isValueDependent() && !Init->isEvaluatable(Context)) {
8676           Diag(Init->getExprLoc(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_non_constant)
8677             << Init->getSourceRange();
8678           VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8679         }
8680       }
8681 
8682     // Suggest adding 'constexpr' in C++11 for literal types.
8683     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && DclT->isLiteralType(Context)) {
8684       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_literal_type)
8685         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange()
8686         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(VDecl->getLocStart(), "constexpr ");
8687       VDecl->setConstexpr(true);
8688 
8689     } else {
8690       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::err_in_class_initializer_bad_type)
8691         << DclT << Init->getSourceRange();
8692       VDecl->setInvalidDecl();
8693     }
8694   } else if (VDecl->isFileVarDecl()) {
8695     if (VDecl->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern &&
8696         (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ||
8697          !(Context.getBaseElementType(VDecl->getType()).isConstQualified() ||
8698            VDecl->isExternC())) &&
8699         !isTemplateInstantiation(VDecl->getTemplateSpecializationKind()))
8700       Diag(VDecl->getLocation(), diag::warn_extern_init);
8701 
8702     // C99 6.7.8p4. All file scoped initializers need to be constant.
8703     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !VDecl->isInvalidDecl())
8704       CheckForConstantInitializer(Init, DclT);
8705   }
8706 
8707   // We will represent direct-initialization similarly to copy-initialization:
8708   //    int x(1);  -as-> int x = 1;
8709   //    ClassType x(a,b,c); -as-> ClassType x = ClassType(a,b,c);
8710   //
8711   // Clients that want to distinguish between the two forms, can check for
8712   // direct initializer using VarDecl::getInitStyle().
8713   // A major benefit is that clients that don't particularly care about which
8714   // exactly form was it (like the CodeGen) can handle both cases without
8715   // special case code.
8716 
8717   // C++ 8.5p11:
8718   // The form of initialization (using parentheses or '=') is generally
8719   // insignificant, but does matter when the entity being initialized has a
8720   // class type.
8721   if (CXXDirectInit) {
8722     assert(DirectInit && "Call-style initializer must be direct init.");
8723     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8724   } else if (DirectInit) {
8725     // This must be list-initialization. No other way is direct-initialization.
8726     VDecl->setInitStyle(VarDecl::ListInit);
8727   }
8728 
8729   CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VDecl);
8730 }
8731 
8732 /// ActOnInitializerError - Given that there was an error parsing an
8733 /// initializer for the given declaration, try to return to some form
8734 /// of sanity.
8735 void Sema::ActOnInitializerError(Decl *D) {
8736   // Our main concern here is re-establishing invariants like "a
8737   // variable's type is either dependent or complete".
8738   if (!D || D->isInvalidDecl()) return;
8739 
8740   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8741   if (!VD) return;
8742 
8743   // Auto types are meaningless if we can't make sense of the initializer.
8744   if (ParsingInitForAutoVars.count(D)) {
8745     D->setInvalidDecl();
8746     return;
8747   }
8748 
8749   QualType Ty = VD->getType();
8750   if (Ty->isDependentType()) return;
8751 
8752   // Require a complete type.
8753   if (RequireCompleteType(VD->getLocation(),
8754                           Context.getBaseElementType(Ty),
8755                           diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8756     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8757     return;
8758   }
8759 
8760   // Require a non-abstract type.
8761   if (RequireNonAbstractType(VD->getLocation(), Ty,
8762                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8763                              AbstractVariableType)) {
8764     VD->setInvalidDecl();
8765     return;
8766   }
8767 
8768   // Don't bother complaining about constructors or destructors,
8769   // though.
8770 }
8771 
8772 void Sema::ActOnUninitializedDecl(Decl *RealDecl,
8773                                   bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
8774   // If there is no declaration, there was an error parsing it. Just ignore it.
8775   if (!RealDecl)
8776     return;
8777 
8778   if (VarDecl *Var = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(RealDecl)) {
8779     QualType Type = Var->getType();
8780 
8781     // C++11 [dcl.spec.auto]p3
8782     if (TypeMayContainAuto && Type->getContainedAutoType()) {
8783       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_var_requires_init)
8784         << Var->getDeclName() << Type;
8785       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8786       return;
8787     }
8788 
8789     // C++11 [class.static.data]p3: A static data member can be declared with
8790     // the constexpr specifier; if so, its declaration shall specify
8791     // a brace-or-equal-initializer.
8792     // C++11 [dcl.constexpr]p1: The constexpr specifier shall be applied only to
8793     // the definition of a variable [...] or the declaration of a static data
8794     // member.
8795     if (Var->isConstexpr() && !Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8796       if (Var->isStaticDataMember())
8797         Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8798              diag::err_constexpr_static_mem_var_requires_init)
8799           << Var->getDeclName();
8800       else
8801         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr_var_decl);
8802       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8803       return;
8804     }
8805 
8806     // OpenCL v1.1 s6.5.3: variables declared in the constant address space must
8807     // be initialized.
8808     if (!Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8809         Var->getType().getAddressSpace() == LangAS::opencl_constant &&
8810         Var->getStorageClass() != SC_Extern && !Var->getInit()) {
8811       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_opencl_constant_no_init);
8812       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8813       return;
8814     }
8815 
8816     switch (Var->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
8817     case VarDecl::Definition:
8818       if (!Var->isStaticDataMember() || !Var->getAnyInitializer())
8819         break;
8820 
8821       // We have an out-of-line definition of a static data member
8822       // that has an in-class initializer, so we type-check this like
8823       // a declaration.
8824       //
8825       // Fall through
8826 
8827     case VarDecl::DeclarationOnly:
8828       // It's only a declaration.
8829 
8830       // Block scope. C99 6.7p7: If an identifier for an object is
8831       // declared with no linkage (C99 6.2.2p6), the type for the
8832       // object shall be complete.
8833       if (!Type->isDependentType() && Var->isLocalVarDecl() &&
8834           !Var->hasLinkage() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8835           RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8836                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type))
8837         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8838 
8839       // Make sure that the type is not abstract.
8840       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8841           RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8842                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8843                                  AbstractVariableType))
8844         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8845       if (!Type->isDependentType() && !Var->isInvalidDecl() &&
8846           Var->getStorageClass() == SC_PrivateExtern) {
8847         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::warn_private_extern);
8848         Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::note_private_extern);
8849       }
8850 
8851       return;
8852 
8853     case VarDecl::TentativeDefinition:
8854       // File scope. C99 6.9.2p2: A declaration of an identifier for an
8855       // object that has file scope without an initializer, and without a
8856       // storage-class specifier or with the storage-class specifier "static",
8857       // constitutes a tentative definition. Note: A tentative definition with
8858       // external linkage is valid (C99 6.2.2p5).
8859       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl()) {
8860         if (const IncompleteArrayType *ArrayT
8861                                     = Context.getAsIncompleteArrayType(Type)) {
8862           if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8863                                   ArrayT->getElementType(),
8864                                   diag::err_illegal_decl_array_incomplete_type))
8865             Var->setInvalidDecl();
8866         } else if (Var->getStorageClass() == SC_Static) {
8867           // C99 6.9.2p3: If the declaration of an identifier for an object is
8868           // a tentative definition and has internal linkage (C99 6.2.2p3), the
8869           // declared type shall not be an incomplete type.
8870           // NOTE: code such as the following
8871           //     static struct s;
8872           //     struct s { int a; };
8873           // is accepted by gcc. Hence here we issue a warning instead of
8874           // an error and we do not invalidate the static declaration.
8875           // NOTE: to avoid multiple warnings, only check the first declaration.
8876           if (Var->isFirstDecl())
8877             RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8878                                 diag::ext_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type);
8879         }
8880       }
8881 
8882       // Record the tentative definition; we're done.
8883       if (!Var->isInvalidDecl())
8884         TentativeDefinitions.push_back(Var);
8885       return;
8886     }
8887 
8888     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8889     // definitions with incomplete array type.
8890     if (Type->isIncompleteArrayType()) {
8891       Diag(Var->getLocation(),
8892            diag::err_typecheck_incomplete_array_needs_initializer);
8893       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8894       return;
8895     }
8896 
8897     // Provide a specific diagnostic for uninitialized variable
8898     // definitions with reference type.
8899     if (Type->isReferenceType()) {
8900       Diag(Var->getLocation(), diag::err_reference_var_requires_init)
8901         << Var->getDeclName()
8902         << SourceRange(Var->getLocation(), Var->getLocation());
8903       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8904       return;
8905     }
8906 
8907     // Do not attempt to type-check the default initializer for a
8908     // variable with dependent type.
8909     if (Type->isDependentType())
8910       return;
8911 
8912     if (Var->isInvalidDecl())
8913       return;
8914 
8915     if (!Var->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
8916       if (RequireCompleteType(Var->getLocation(),
8917                               Context.getBaseElementType(Type),
8918                               diag::err_typecheck_decl_incomplete_type)) {
8919         Var->setInvalidDecl();
8920         return;
8921       }
8922     }
8923 
8924     // The variable can not have an abstract class type.
8925     if (RequireNonAbstractType(Var->getLocation(), Type,
8926                                diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
8927                                AbstractVariableType)) {
8928       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8929       return;
8930     }
8931 
8932     // Check for jumps past the implicit initializer.  C++0x
8933     // clarifies that this applies to a "variable with automatic
8934     // storage duration", not a "local variable".
8935     // C++11 [stmt.dcl]p3
8936     //   A program that jumps from a point where a variable with automatic
8937     //   storage duration is not in scope to a point where it is in scope is
8938     //   ill-formed unless the variable has scalar type, class type with a
8939     //   trivial default constructor and a trivial destructor, a cv-qualified
8940     //   version of one of these types, or an array of one of the preceding
8941     //   types and is declared without an initializer.
8942     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Var->hasLocalStorage()) {
8943       if (const RecordType *Record
8944             = Context.getBaseElementType(Type)->getAs<RecordType>()) {
8945         CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record->getDecl());
8946         // Mark the function for further checking even if the looser rules of
8947         // C++11 do not require such checks, so that we can diagnose
8948         // incompatibilities with C++98.
8949         if (!CXXRecord->isPOD())
8950           getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
8951       }
8952     }
8953 
8954     // C++03 [dcl.init]p9:
8955     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, and the
8956     //   object is of (possibly cv-qualified) non-POD class type (or
8957     //   array thereof), the object shall be default-initialized; if
8958     //   the object is of const-qualified type, the underlying class
8959     //   type shall have a user-declared default
8960     //   constructor. Otherwise, if no initializer is specified for
8961     //   a non- static object, the object and its subobjects, if
8962     //   any, have an indeterminate initial value); if the object
8963     //   or any of its subobjects are of const-qualified type, the
8964     //   program is ill-formed.
8965     // C++0x [dcl.init]p11:
8966     //   If no initializer is specified for an object, the object is
8967     //   default-initialized; [...].
8968     InitializedEntity Entity = InitializedEntity::InitializeVariable(Var);
8969     InitializationKind Kind
8970       = InitializationKind::CreateDefault(Var->getLocation());
8971 
8972     InitializationSequence InitSeq(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8973     ExprResult Init = InitSeq.Perform(*this, Entity, Kind, None);
8974     if (Init.isInvalid())
8975       Var->setInvalidDecl();
8976     else if (Init.get()) {
8977       Var->setInit(MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(Init.get()));
8978       // This is important for template substitution.
8979       Var->setInitStyle(VarDecl::CallInit);
8980     }
8981 
8982     CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(Var);
8983   }
8984 }
8985 
8986 void Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeDecl(Decl *D) {
8987   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(D);
8988   if (!VD) {
8989     Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::err_for_range_decl_must_be_var);
8990     D->setInvalidDecl();
8991     return;
8992   }
8993 
8994   VD->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
8995 
8996   // for-range-declaration cannot be given a storage class specifier.
8997   int Error = -1;
8998   switch (VD->getStorageClass()) {
8999   case SC_None:
9000     break;
9001   case SC_Extern:
9002     Error = 0;
9003     break;
9004   case SC_Static:
9005     Error = 1;
9006     break;
9007   case SC_PrivateExtern:
9008     Error = 2;
9009     break;
9010   case SC_Auto:
9011     Error = 3;
9012     break;
9013   case SC_Register:
9014     Error = 4;
9015     break;
9016   case SC_OpenCLWorkGroupLocal:
9017     llvm_unreachable("Unexpected storage class");
9018   }
9019   if (VD->isConstexpr())
9020     Error = 5;
9021   if (Error != -1) {
9022     Diag(VD->getOuterLocStart(), diag::err_for_range_storage_class)
9023       << VD->getDeclName() << Error;
9024     D->setInvalidDecl();
9025   }
9026 }
9027 
9028 StmtResult
9029 Sema::ActOnCXXForRangeIdentifier(Scope *S, SourceLocation IdentLoc,
9030                                  IdentifierInfo *Ident,
9031                                  ParsedAttributes &Attrs,
9032                                  SourceLocation AttrEnd) {
9033   // C++1y [stmt.iter]p1:
9034   //   A range-based for statement of the form
9035   //      for ( for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9036   //   is equivalent to
9037   //      for ( auto&& for-range-identifier : for-range-initializer ) statement
9038   DeclSpec DS(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9039 
9040   const char *PrevSpec;
9041   unsigned DiagID;
9042   DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_auto, IdentLoc, PrevSpec, DiagID,
9043                      getPrintingPolicy());
9044 
9045   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::ForContext);
9046   D.SetIdentifier(Ident, IdentLoc);
9047   D.takeAttributes(Attrs, AttrEnd);
9048 
9049   ParsedAttributes EmptyAttrs(Attrs.getPool().getFactory());
9050   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getReference(0, IdentLoc, /*lvalue*/false),
9051                 EmptyAttrs, IdentLoc);
9052   Decl *Var = ActOnDeclarator(S, D);
9053   cast<VarDecl>(Var)->setCXXForRangeDecl(true);
9054   FinalizeDeclaration(Var);
9055   return ActOnDeclStmt(FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(S, DS, Var), IdentLoc,
9056                        AttrEnd.isValid() ? AttrEnd : IdentLoc);
9057 }
9058 
9059 void Sema::CheckCompleteVariableDeclaration(VarDecl *var) {
9060   if (var->isInvalidDecl()) return;
9061 
9062   // In ARC, don't allow jumps past the implicit initialization of a
9063   // local retaining variable.
9064   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9065       var->hasLocalStorage()) {
9066     switch (var->getType().getObjCLifetime()) {
9067     case Qualifiers::OCL_None:
9068     case Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone:
9069     case Qualifiers::OCL_Autoreleasing:
9070       break;
9071 
9072     case Qualifiers::OCL_Weak:
9073     case Qualifiers::OCL_Strong:
9074       getCurFunction()->setHasBranchProtectedScope();
9075       break;
9076     }
9077   }
9078 
9079   // Warn about externally-visible variables being defined without a
9080   // prior declaration.  We only want to do this for global
9081   // declarations, but we also specifically need to avoid doing it for
9082   // class members because the linkage of an anonymous class can
9083   // change if it's later given a typedef name.
9084   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9085       var->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() &&
9086       var->isExternallyVisible() && var->hasLinkage() &&
9087       !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations,
9088                                   var->getLocation())) {
9089     // Find a previous declaration that's not a definition.
9090     VarDecl *prev = var->getPreviousDecl();
9091     while (prev && prev->isThisDeclarationADefinition())
9092       prev = prev->getPreviousDecl();
9093 
9094     if (!prev)
9095       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_variable_declarations) << var;
9096   }
9097 
9098   if (var->getTLSKind() == VarDecl::TLS_Static) {
9099     const Expr *Culprit;
9100     if (var->getType().isDestructedType()) {
9101       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.term]p3:
9102       //   The type of an object with thread storage duration shall not
9103       //   have a non-trivial destructor.
9104       Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::err_thread_nontrivial_dtor);
9105       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9106         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9107     } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && var->hasInit() &&
9108                !var->getInit()->isConstantInitializer(
9109                    Context, var->getType()->isReferenceType(), &Culprit)) {
9110       // GNU C++98 edits for __thread, [basic.start.init]p4:
9111       //   An object of thread storage duration shall not require dynamic
9112       //   initialization.
9113       // FIXME: Need strict checking here.
9114       Diag(Culprit->getExprLoc(), diag::err_thread_dynamic_init)
9115         << Culprit->getSourceRange();
9116       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
9117         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::note_use_thread_local);
9118     }
9119 
9120   }
9121 
9122   if (var->isThisDeclarationADefinition() &&
9123       ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
9124     PragmaStack<StringLiteral *> *Stack = nullptr;
9125     int SectionFlags = PSF_Implicit | PSF_Read;
9126     if (var->getType().isConstQualified())
9127       Stack = &ConstSegStack;
9128     else if (!var->getInit()) {
9129       Stack = &BSSSegStack;
9130       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9131     } else {
9132       Stack = &DataSegStack;
9133       SectionFlags |= PSF_Write;
9134     }
9135     if (!var->hasAttr<SectionAttr>() && Stack->CurrentValue)
9136       var->addAttr(
9137           SectionAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, SectionAttr::Declspec_allocate,
9138                                       Stack->CurrentValue->getString(),
9139                                       Stack->CurrentPragmaLocation));
9140     if (const SectionAttr *SA = var->getAttr<SectionAttr>())
9141       if (UnifySection(SA->getName(), SectionFlags, var))
9142         var->dropAttr<SectionAttr>();
9143 
9144     // Apply the init_seg attribute if this has an initializer.  If the
9145     // initializer turns out to not be dynamic, we'll end up ignoring this
9146     // attribute.
9147     if (CurInitSeg && var->getInit())
9148       var->addAttr(InitSegAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, CurInitSeg->getString(),
9149                                                CurInitSegLoc));
9150   }
9151 
9152   // All the following checks are C++ only.
9153   if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) return;
9154 
9155   QualType type = var->getType();
9156   if (type->isDependentType()) return;
9157 
9158   // __block variables might require us to capture a copy-initializer.
9159   if (var->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9160     // It's currently invalid to ever have a __block variable with an
9161     // array type; should we diagnose that here?
9162 
9163     // Regardless, we don't want to ignore array nesting when
9164     // constructing this copy.
9165     if (type->isStructureOrClassType()) {
9166       EnterExpressionEvaluationContext scope(*this, PotentiallyEvaluated);
9167       SourceLocation poi = var->getLocation();
9168       Expr *varRef =new (Context) DeclRefExpr(var, false, type, VK_LValue, poi);
9169       ExprResult result
9170         = PerformMoveOrCopyInitialization(
9171             InitializedEntity::InitializeBlock(poi, type, false),
9172             var, var->getType(), varRef, /*AllowNRVO=*/true);
9173       if (!result.isInvalid()) {
9174         result = MaybeCreateExprWithCleanups(result);
9175         Expr *init = result.getAs<Expr>();
9176         Context.setBlockVarCopyInits(var, init);
9177       }
9178     }
9179   }
9180 
9181   Expr *Init = var->getInit();
9182   bool IsGlobal = var->hasGlobalStorage() && !var->isStaticLocal();
9183   QualType baseType = Context.getBaseElementType(type);
9184 
9185   if (!var->getDeclContext()->isDependentContext() &&
9186       Init && !Init->isValueDependent()) {
9187     if (IsGlobal && !var->isConstexpr() &&
9188         !getDiagnostics().isIgnored(diag::warn_global_constructor,
9189                                     var->getLocation())) {
9190       // Warn about globals which don't have a constant initializer.  Don't
9191       // warn about globals with a non-trivial destructor because we already
9192       // warned about them.
9193       CXXRecordDecl *RD = baseType->getAsCXXRecordDecl();
9194       if (!(RD && !RD->hasTrivialDestructor()) &&
9195           !Init->isConstantInitializer(Context, baseType->isReferenceType()))
9196         Diag(var->getLocation(), diag::warn_global_constructor)
9197           << Init->getSourceRange();
9198     }
9199 
9200     if (var->isConstexpr()) {
9201       SmallVector<PartialDiagnosticAt, 8> Notes;
9202       if (!var->evaluateValue(Notes) || !var->isInitICE()) {
9203         SourceLocation DiagLoc = var->getLocation();
9204         // If the note doesn't add any useful information other than a source
9205         // location, fold it into the primary diagnostic.
9206         if (Notes.size() == 1 && Notes[0].second.getDiagID() ==
9207               diag::note_invalid_subexpr_in_const_expr) {
9208           DiagLoc = Notes[0].first;
9209           Notes.clear();
9210         }
9211         Diag(DiagLoc, diag::err_constexpr_var_requires_const_init)
9212           << var << Init->getSourceRange();
9213         for (unsigned I = 0, N = Notes.size(); I != N; ++I)
9214           Diag(Notes[I].first, Notes[I].second);
9215       }
9216     } else if (var->isUsableInConstantExpressions(Context)) {
9217       // Check whether the initializer of a const variable of integral or
9218       // enumeration type is an ICE now, since we can't tell whether it was
9219       // initialized by a constant expression if we check later.
9220       var->checkInitIsICE();
9221     }
9222   }
9223 
9224   // Require the destructor.
9225   if (const RecordType *recordType = baseType->getAs<RecordType>())
9226     FinalizeVarWithDestructor(var, recordType);
9227 }
9228 
9229 /// FinalizeDeclaration - called by ParseDeclarationAfterDeclarator to perform
9230 /// any semantic actions necessary after any initializer has been attached.
9231 void
9232 Sema::FinalizeDeclaration(Decl *ThisDecl) {
9233   // Note that we are no longer parsing the initializer for this declaration.
9234   ParsingInitForAutoVars.erase(ThisDecl);
9235 
9236   VarDecl *VD = dyn_cast_or_null<VarDecl>(ThisDecl);
9237   if (!VD)
9238     return;
9239 
9240   checkAttributesAfterMerging(*this, *VD);
9241 
9242   // Static locals inherit dll attributes from their function.
9243   if (VD->isStaticLocal()) {
9244     if (FunctionDecl *FD =
9245             dyn_cast<FunctionDecl>(VD->getParentFunctionOrMethod())) {
9246       if (Attr *A = getDLLAttr(FD)) {
9247         auto *NewAttr = cast<InheritableAttr>(A->clone(getASTContext()));
9248         NewAttr->setInherited(true);
9249         VD->addAttr(NewAttr);
9250       }
9251     }
9252   }
9253 
9254   // Imported static data members cannot be defined out-of-line.
9255   if (const DLLImportAttr *IA = VD->getAttr<DLLImportAttr>()) {
9256     if (VD->isStaticDataMember() && VD->isOutOfLine() &&
9257         VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9258       // We allow definitions of dllimport class template static data members
9259       // with a warning.
9260       CXXRecordDecl *Context =
9261         cast<CXXRecordDecl>(VD->getFirstDecl()->getDeclContext());
9262       bool IsClassTemplateMember =
9263           isa<ClassTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(Context) ||
9264           Context->getDescribedClassTemplate();
9265 
9266       Diag(VD->getLocation(),
9267            IsClassTemplateMember
9268                ? diag::warn_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition
9269                : diag::err_attribute_dllimport_static_field_definition);
9270       Diag(IA->getLocation(), diag::note_attribute);
9271       if (!IsClassTemplateMember)
9272         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9273     }
9274   }
9275 
9276   if (UsedAttr *Attr = VD->getAttr<UsedAttr>()) {
9277     if (!Attr->isInherited() && !VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition()) {
9278       Diag(Attr->getLocation(), diag::warn_attribute_ignored) << Attr;
9279       VD->dropAttr<UsedAttr>();
9280     }
9281   }
9282 
9283   if (!VD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9284       VD->isThisDeclarationADefinition() == VarDecl::TentativeDefinition) {
9285     if (const VarDecl *Def = VD->getDefinition()) {
9286       if (Def->hasAttr<AliasAttr>()) {
9287         Diag(VD->getLocation(), diag::err_tentative_after_alias)
9288             << VD->getDeclName();
9289         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9290         VD->setInvalidDecl();
9291       }
9292     }
9293   }
9294 
9295   const DeclContext *DC = VD->getDeclContext();
9296   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, and this isn't a class
9297   // member, set the visibility of this variable.
9298   if (DC->getRedeclContext()->isFileContext() && VD->isExternallyVisible())
9299     AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(VD);
9300 
9301   // FIXME: Warn on unused templates.
9302   if (VD->isFileVarDecl() && !VD->getDescribedVarTemplate() &&
9303       !isa<VarTemplatePartialSpecializationDecl>(VD))
9304     MarkUnusedFileScopedDecl(VD);
9305 
9306   // Now we have parsed the initializer and can update the table of magic
9307   // tag values.
9308   if (!VD->hasAttr<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>() ||
9309       !VD->getType()->isIntegralOrEnumerationType())
9310     return;
9311 
9312   for (const auto *I : ThisDecl->specific_attrs<TypeTagForDatatypeAttr>()) {
9313     const Expr *MagicValueExpr = VD->getInit();
9314     if (!MagicValueExpr) {
9315       continue;
9316     }
9317     llvm::APSInt MagicValueInt;
9318     if (!MagicValueExpr->isIntegerConstantExpr(MagicValueInt, Context)) {
9319       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9320            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_not_ice)
9321         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9322       continue;
9323     }
9324     if (MagicValueInt.getActiveBits() > 64) {
9325       Diag(I->getRange().getBegin(),
9326            diag::err_type_tag_for_datatype_too_large)
9327         << LangOpts.CPlusPlus << MagicValueExpr->getSourceRange();
9328       continue;
9329     }
9330     uint64_t MagicValue = MagicValueInt.getZExtValue();
9331     RegisterTypeTagForDatatype(I->getArgumentKind(),
9332                                MagicValue,
9333                                I->getMatchingCType(),
9334                                I->getLayoutCompatible(),
9335                                I->getMustBeNull());
9336   }
9337 }
9338 
9339 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy Sema::FinalizeDeclaratorGroup(Scope *S, const DeclSpec &DS,
9340                                                    ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9341   SmallVector<Decl*, 8> Decls;
9342 
9343   if (DS.isTypeSpecOwned())
9344     Decls.push_back(DS.getRepAsDecl());
9345 
9346   DeclaratorDecl *FirstDeclaratorInGroup = nullptr;
9347   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9348     if (Decl *D = Group[i]) {
9349       if (DeclaratorDecl *DD = dyn_cast<DeclaratorDecl>(D))
9350         if (!FirstDeclaratorInGroup)
9351           FirstDeclaratorInGroup = DD;
9352       Decls.push_back(D);
9353     }
9354 
9355   if (DeclSpec::isDeclRep(DS.getTypeSpecType())) {
9356     if (TagDecl *Tag = dyn_cast_or_null<TagDecl>(DS.getRepAsDecl())) {
9357       HandleTagNumbering(*this, Tag, S);
9358       if (!Tag->hasNameForLinkage() && !Tag->hasDeclaratorForAnonDecl())
9359         Tag->setDeclaratorForAnonDecl(FirstDeclaratorInGroup);
9360     }
9361   }
9362 
9363   return BuildDeclaratorGroup(Decls, DS.containsPlaceholderType());
9364 }
9365 
9366 /// BuildDeclaratorGroup - convert a list of declarations into a declaration
9367 /// group, performing any necessary semantic checking.
9368 Sema::DeclGroupPtrTy
9369 Sema::BuildDeclaratorGroup(MutableArrayRef<Decl *> Group,
9370                            bool TypeMayContainAuto) {
9371   // C++0x [dcl.spec.auto]p7:
9372   //   If the type deduced for the template parameter U is not the same in each
9373   //   deduction, the program is ill-formed.
9374   // FIXME: When initializer-list support is added, a distinction is needed
9375   // between the deduced type U and the deduced type which 'auto' stands for.
9376   //   auto a = 0, b = { 1, 2, 3 };
9377   // is legal because the deduced type U is 'int' in both cases.
9378   if (TypeMayContainAuto && Group.size() > 1) {
9379     QualType Deduced;
9380     CanQualType DeducedCanon;
9381     VarDecl *DeducedDecl = nullptr;
9382     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i) {
9383       if (VarDecl *D = dyn_cast<VarDecl>(Group[i])) {
9384         AutoType *AT = D->getType()->getContainedAutoType();
9385         // Don't reissue diagnostics when instantiating a template.
9386         if (AT && D->isInvalidDecl())
9387           break;
9388         QualType U = AT ? AT->getDeducedType() : QualType();
9389         if (!U.isNull()) {
9390           CanQualType UCanon = Context.getCanonicalType(U);
9391           if (Deduced.isNull()) {
9392             Deduced = U;
9393             DeducedCanon = UCanon;
9394             DeducedDecl = D;
9395           } else if (DeducedCanon != UCanon) {
9396             Diag(D->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(),
9397                  diag::err_auto_different_deductions)
9398               << (AT->isDecltypeAuto() ? 1 : 0)
9399               << Deduced << DeducedDecl->getDeclName()
9400               << U << D->getDeclName()
9401               << DeducedDecl->getInit()->getSourceRange()
9402               << D->getInit()->getSourceRange();
9403             D->setInvalidDecl();
9404             break;
9405           }
9406         }
9407       }
9408     }
9409   }
9410 
9411   ActOnDocumentableDecls(Group);
9412 
9413   return DeclGroupPtrTy::make(
9414       DeclGroupRef::Create(Context, Group.data(), Group.size()));
9415 }
9416 
9417 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecl(Decl *D) {
9418   ActOnDocumentableDecls(D);
9419 }
9420 
9421 void Sema::ActOnDocumentableDecls(ArrayRef<Decl *> Group) {
9422   // Don't parse the comment if Doxygen diagnostics are ignored.
9423   if (Group.empty() || !Group[0])
9424    return;
9425 
9426   if (Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_doc_param_not_found, Group[0]->getLocation()))
9427     return;
9428 
9429   if (Group.size() >= 2) {
9430     // This is a decl group.  Normally it will contain only declarations
9431     // produced from declarator list.  But in case we have any definitions or
9432     // additional declaration references:
9433     //   'typedef struct S {} S;'
9434     //   'typedef struct S *S;'
9435     //   'struct S *pS;'
9436     // FinalizeDeclaratorGroup adds these as separate declarations.
9437     Decl *MaybeTagDecl = Group[0];
9438     if (MaybeTagDecl && isa<TagDecl>(MaybeTagDecl)) {
9439       Group = Group.slice(1);
9440     }
9441   }
9442 
9443   // See if there are any new comments that are not attached to a decl.
9444   ArrayRef<RawComment *> Comments = Context.getRawCommentList().getComments();
9445   if (!Comments.empty() &&
9446       !Comments.back()->isAttached()) {
9447     // There is at least one comment that not attached to a decl.
9448     // Maybe it should be attached to one of these decls?
9449     //
9450     // Note that this way we pick up not only comments that precede the
9451     // declaration, but also comments that *follow* the declaration -- thanks to
9452     // the lookahead in the lexer: we've consumed the semicolon and looked
9453     // ahead through comments.
9454     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Group.size(); i != e; ++i)
9455       Context.getCommentForDecl(Group[i], &PP);
9456   }
9457 }
9458 
9459 /// ActOnParamDeclarator - Called from Parser::ParseFunctionDeclarator()
9460 /// to introduce parameters into function prototype scope.
9461 Decl *Sema::ActOnParamDeclarator(Scope *S, Declarator &D) {
9462   const DeclSpec &DS = D.getDeclSpec();
9463 
9464   // Verify C99 6.7.5.3p2: The only SCS allowed is 'register'.
9465 
9466   // C++03 [dcl.stc]p2 also permits 'auto'.
9467   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass = SC_None;
9468   if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_register) {
9469     StorageClass = SC_Register;
9470   } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
9471              DS.getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_auto) {
9472     StorageClass = SC_Auto;
9473   } else if (DS.getStorageClassSpec() != DeclSpec::SCS_unspecified) {
9474     Diag(DS.getStorageClassSpecLoc(),
9475          diag::err_invalid_storage_class_in_func_decl);
9476     D.getMutableDeclSpec().ClearStorageClassSpecs();
9477   }
9478 
9479   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = DS.getThreadStorageClassSpec())
9480     Diag(DS.getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_thread)
9481       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
9482   if (DS.isConstexprSpecified())
9483     Diag(DS.getConstexprSpecLoc(), diag::err_invalid_constexpr)
9484       << 0;
9485 
9486   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(DS);
9487 
9488   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
9489   QualType parmDeclType = TInfo->getType();
9490 
9491   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
9492     // Check that there are no default arguments inside the type of this
9493     // parameter.
9494     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
9495 
9496     // Parameter declarators cannot be qualified (C++ [dcl.meaning]p1).
9497     if (D.getCXXScopeSpec().isSet()) {
9498       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_qualified_param_declarator)
9499         << D.getCXXScopeSpec().getRange();
9500       D.getCXXScopeSpec().clear();
9501     }
9502   }
9503 
9504   // Ensure we have a valid name
9505   IdentifierInfo *II = nullptr;
9506   if (D.hasName()) {
9507     II = D.getIdentifier();
9508     if (!II) {
9509       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_bad_parameter_name)
9510         << GetNameForDeclarator(D).getName();
9511       D.setInvalidType(true);
9512     }
9513   }
9514 
9515   // Check for redeclaration of parameters, e.g. int foo(int x, int x);
9516   if (II) {
9517     LookupResult R(*this, II, D.getIdentifierLoc(), LookupOrdinaryName,
9518                    ForRedeclaration);
9519     LookupName(R, S);
9520     if (R.isSingleResult()) {
9521       NamedDecl *PrevDecl = R.getFoundDecl();
9522       if (PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
9523         // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
9524         DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
9525         // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
9526         PrevDecl = nullptr;
9527       } else if (S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
9528         Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_param_redefinition) << II;
9529         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
9530 
9531         // Recover by removing the name
9532         II = nullptr;
9533         D.SetIdentifier(nullptr, D.getIdentifierLoc());
9534         D.setInvalidType(true);
9535       }
9536     }
9537   }
9538 
9539   // Temporarily put parameter variables in the translation unit, not
9540   // the enclosing context.  This prevents them from accidentally
9541   // looking like class members in C++.
9542   ParmVarDecl *New = CheckParameter(Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
9543                                     D.getLocStart(),
9544                                     D.getIdentifierLoc(), II,
9545                                     parmDeclType, TInfo,
9546                                     StorageClass);
9547 
9548   if (D.isInvalidType())
9549     New->setInvalidDecl();
9550 
9551   assert(S->isFunctionPrototypeScope());
9552   assert(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() >= 1);
9553   New->setScopeInfo(S->getFunctionPrototypeDepth() - 1,
9554                     S->getNextFunctionPrototypeIndex());
9555 
9556   // Add the parameter declaration into this scope.
9557   S->AddDecl(New);
9558   if (II)
9559     IdResolver.AddDecl(New);
9560 
9561   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, New, D);
9562 
9563   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
9564     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
9565       << 1 << New->getDeclName()
9566       << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
9567       << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
9568 
9569   if (New->hasAttr<BlocksAttr>()) {
9570     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_block_on_nonlocal);
9571   }
9572   return New;
9573 }
9574 
9575 /// \brief Synthesizes a variable for a parameter arising from a
9576 /// typedef.
9577 ParmVarDecl *Sema::BuildParmVarDeclForTypedef(DeclContext *DC,
9578                                               SourceLocation Loc,
9579                                               QualType T) {
9580   /* FIXME: setting StartLoc == Loc.
9581      Would it be worth to modify callers so as to provide proper source
9582      location for the unnamed parameters, embedding the parameter's type? */
9583   ParmVarDecl *Param = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, Loc, Loc, nullptr,
9584                                 T, Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc),
9585                                            SC_None, nullptr);
9586   Param->setImplicit();
9587   return Param;
9588 }
9589 
9590 void Sema::DiagnoseUnusedParameters(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9591                                     ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd) {
9592   // Don't diagnose unused-parameter errors in template instantiations; we
9593   // will already have done so in the template itself.
9594   if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty())
9595     return;
9596 
9597   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9598     if (!(*Param)->isReferenced() && (*Param)->getDeclName() &&
9599         !(*Param)->hasAttr<UnusedAttr>()) {
9600       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_unused_parameter)
9601         << (*Param)->getDeclName();
9602     }
9603   }
9604 }
9605 
9606 void Sema::DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(ParmVarDecl * const *Param,
9607                                                   ParmVarDecl * const *ParamEnd,
9608                                                   QualType ReturnTy,
9609                                                   NamedDecl *D) {
9610   if (LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy == 0) // No check.
9611     return;
9612 
9613   // Warn if the return value is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9614   // threshold.
9615   if (!ReturnTy->isDependentType() && ReturnTy.isPODType(Context)) {
9616     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(ReturnTy).getQuantity();
9617     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9618       Diag(D->getLocation(), diag::warn_return_value_size)
9619           << D->getDeclName() << Size;
9620   }
9621 
9622   // Warn if any parameter is pass-by-value and larger than the specified
9623   // threshold.
9624   for (; Param != ParamEnd; ++Param) {
9625     QualType T = (*Param)->getType();
9626     if (T->isDependentType() || !T.isPODType(Context))
9627       continue;
9628     unsigned Size = Context.getTypeSizeInChars(T).getQuantity();
9629     if (Size > LangOpts.NumLargeByValueCopy)
9630       Diag((*Param)->getLocation(), diag::warn_parameter_size)
9631           << (*Param)->getDeclName() << Size;
9632   }
9633 }
9634 
9635 ParmVarDecl *Sema::CheckParameter(DeclContext *DC, SourceLocation StartLoc,
9636                                   SourceLocation NameLoc, IdentifierInfo *Name,
9637                                   QualType T, TypeSourceInfo *TSInfo,
9638                                   VarDecl::StorageClass StorageClass) {
9639   // In ARC, infer a lifetime qualifier for appropriate parameter types.
9640   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount &&
9641       T.getObjCLifetime() == Qualifiers::OCL_None &&
9642       T->isObjCLifetimeType()) {
9643 
9644     Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime;
9645 
9646     // Special cases for arrays:
9647     //   - if it's const, use __unsafe_unretained
9648     //   - otherwise, it's an error
9649     if (T->isArrayType()) {
9650       if (!T.isConstQualified()) {
9651         DelayedDiagnostics.add(
9652             sema::DelayedDiagnostic::makeForbiddenType(
9653             NameLoc, diag::err_arc_array_param_no_ownership, T, false));
9654       }
9655       lifetime = Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone;
9656     } else {
9657       lifetime = T->getObjCARCImplicitLifetime();
9658     }
9659     T = Context.getLifetimeQualifiedType(T, lifetime);
9660   }
9661 
9662   ParmVarDecl *New = ParmVarDecl::Create(Context, DC, StartLoc, NameLoc, Name,
9663                                          Context.getAdjustedParameterType(T),
9664                                          TSInfo,
9665                                          StorageClass, nullptr);
9666 
9667   // Parameters can not be abstract class types.
9668   // For record types, this is done by the AbstractClassUsageDiagnoser once
9669   // the class has been completely parsed.
9670   if (!CurContext->isRecord() &&
9671       RequireNonAbstractType(NameLoc, T, diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
9672                              AbstractParamType))
9673     New->setInvalidDecl();
9674 
9675   // Parameter declarators cannot be interface types. All ObjC objects are
9676   // passed by reference.
9677   if (T->isObjCObjectType()) {
9678     SourceLocation TypeEndLoc = TSInfo->getTypeLoc().getLocEnd();
9679     Diag(NameLoc,
9680          diag::err_object_cannot_be_passed_returned_by_value) << 1 << T
9681       << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(TypeEndLoc, "*");
9682     T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(T);
9683     New->setType(T);
9684   }
9685 
9686   // ISO/IEC TR 18037 S6.7.3: "The type of an object with automatic storage
9687   // duration shall not be qualified by an address-space qualifier."
9688   // Since all parameters have automatic store duration, they can not have
9689   // an address space.
9690   if (T.getAddressSpace() != 0) {
9691     // OpenCL allows function arguments declared to be an array of a type
9692     // to be qualified with an address space.
9693     if (!(getLangOpts().OpenCL && T->isArrayType())) {
9694       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_arg_with_address_space);
9695       New->setInvalidDecl();
9696     }
9697   }
9698 
9699   return New;
9700 }
9701 
9702 void Sema::ActOnFinishKNRParamDeclarations(Scope *S, Declarator &D,
9703                                            SourceLocation LocAfterDecls) {
9704   DeclaratorChunk::FunctionTypeInfo &FTI = D.getFunctionTypeInfo();
9705 
9706   // Verify 6.9.1p6: 'every identifier in the identifier list shall be declared'
9707   // for a K&R function.
9708   if (!FTI.hasPrototype) {
9709     for (int i = FTI.NumParams; i != 0; /* decrement in loop */) {
9710       --i;
9711       if (FTI.Params[i].Param == nullptr) {
9712         SmallString<256> Code;
9713         llvm::raw_svector_ostream(Code)
9714             << "  int " << FTI.Params[i].Ident->getName() << ";\n";
9715         Diag(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, diag::ext_param_not_declared)
9716             << FTI.Params[i].Ident
9717             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(LocAfterDecls, Code.str());
9718 
9719         // Implicitly declare the argument as type 'int' for lack of a better
9720         // type.
9721         AttributeFactory attrs;
9722         DeclSpec DS(attrs);
9723         const char* PrevSpec; // unused
9724         unsigned DiagID; // unused
9725         DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc, PrevSpec,
9726                            DiagID, Context.getPrintingPolicy());
9727         // Use the identifier location for the type source range.
9728         DS.SetRangeStart(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9729         DS.SetRangeEnd(FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9730         Declarator ParamD(DS, Declarator::KNRTypeListContext);
9731         ParamD.SetIdentifier(FTI.Params[i].Ident, FTI.Params[i].IdentLoc);
9732         FTI.Params[i].Param = ActOnParamDeclarator(S, ParamD);
9733       }
9734     }
9735   }
9736 }
9737 
9738 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Declarator &D) {
9739   assert(getCurFunctionDecl() == nullptr && "Function parsing confused");
9740   assert(D.isFunctionDeclarator() && "Not a function declarator!");
9741   Scope *ParentScope = FnBodyScope->getParent();
9742 
9743   D.setFunctionDefinitionKind(FDK_Definition);
9744   Decl *DP = HandleDeclarator(ParentScope, D, MultiTemplateParamsArg());
9745   return ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(FnBodyScope, DP);
9746 }
9747 
9748 void Sema::ActOnFinishInlineMethodDef(CXXMethodDecl *D) {
9749   Consumer.HandleInlineMethodDefinition(D);
9750 }
9751 
9752 static bool ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(const FunctionDecl *FD,
9753                              const FunctionDecl*& PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9754   // Don't warn about invalid declarations.
9755   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
9756     return false;
9757 
9758   // Or declarations that aren't global.
9759   if (!FD->isGlobal())
9760     return false;
9761 
9762   // Don't warn about C++ member functions.
9763   if (isa<CXXMethodDecl>(FD))
9764     return false;
9765 
9766   // Don't warn about 'main'.
9767   if (FD->isMain())
9768     return false;
9769 
9770   // Don't warn about inline functions.
9771   if (FD->isInlined())
9772     return false;
9773 
9774   // Don't warn about function templates.
9775   if (FD->getDescribedFunctionTemplate())
9776     return false;
9777 
9778   // Don't warn about function template specializations.
9779   if (FD->isFunctionTemplateSpecialization())
9780     return false;
9781 
9782   // Don't warn for OpenCL kernels.
9783   if (FD->hasAttr<OpenCLKernelAttr>())
9784     return false;
9785 
9786   bool MissingPrototype = true;
9787   for (const FunctionDecl *Prev = FD->getPreviousDecl();
9788        Prev; Prev = Prev->getPreviousDecl()) {
9789     // Ignore any declarations that occur in function or method
9790     // scope, because they aren't visible from the header.
9791     if (Prev->getLexicalDeclContext()->isFunctionOrMethod())
9792       continue;
9793 
9794     MissingPrototype = !Prev->getType()->isFunctionProtoType();
9795     if (FD->getNumParams() == 0)
9796       PossibleZeroParamPrototype = Prev;
9797     break;
9798   }
9799 
9800   return MissingPrototype;
9801 }
9802 
9803 void
9804 Sema::CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FunctionDecl *FD,
9805                                    const FunctionDecl *EffectiveDefinition) {
9806   // Don't complain if we're in GNU89 mode and the previous definition
9807   // was an extern inline function.
9808   const FunctionDecl *Definition = EffectiveDefinition;
9809   if (!Definition)
9810     if (!FD->isDefined(Definition))
9811       return;
9812 
9813   if (canRedefineFunction(Definition, getLangOpts()))
9814     return;
9815 
9816   if (getLangOpts().GNUMode && Definition->isInlineSpecified() &&
9817       Definition->getStorageClass() == SC_Extern)
9818     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition_extern_inline)
9819         << FD->getDeclName() << getLangOpts().CPlusPlus;
9820   else
9821     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_redefinition) << FD->getDeclName();
9822 
9823   Diag(Definition->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
9824   FD->setInvalidDecl();
9825 }
9826 
9827 
9828 static void RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(CXXMethodDecl *CallOperator,
9829                                    Sema &S) {
9830   CXXRecordDecl *const LambdaClass = CallOperator->getParent();
9831 
9832   LambdaScopeInfo *LSI = S.PushLambdaScope();
9833   LSI->CallOperator = CallOperator;
9834   LSI->Lambda = LambdaClass;
9835   LSI->ReturnType = CallOperator->getReturnType();
9836   const LambdaCaptureDefault LCD = LambdaClass->getLambdaCaptureDefault();
9837 
9838   if (LCD == LCD_None)
9839     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_None;
9840   else if (LCD == LCD_ByCopy)
9841     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByval;
9842   else if (LCD == LCD_ByRef)
9843     LSI->ImpCaptureStyle = CapturingScopeInfo::ImpCap_LambdaByref;
9844   DeclarationNameInfo DNI = CallOperator->getNameInfo();
9845 
9846   LSI->IntroducerRange = DNI.getCXXOperatorNameRange();
9847   LSI->Mutable = !CallOperator->isConst();
9848 
9849   // Add the captures to the LSI so they can be noted as already
9850   // captured within tryCaptureVar.
9851   for (const auto &C : LambdaClass->captures()) {
9852     if (C.capturesVariable()) {
9853       VarDecl *VD = C.getCapturedVar();
9854       if (VD->isInitCapture())
9855         S.CurrentInstantiationScope->InstantiatedLocal(VD, VD);
9856       QualType CaptureType = VD->getType();
9857       const bool ByRef = C.getCaptureKind() == LCK_ByRef;
9858       LSI->addCapture(VD, /*IsBlock*/false, ByRef,
9859           /*RefersToEnclosingLocal*/true, C.getLocation(),
9860           /*EllipsisLoc*/C.isPackExpansion()
9861                          ? C.getEllipsisLoc() : SourceLocation(),
9862           CaptureType, /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9863 
9864     } else if (C.capturesThis()) {
9865       LSI->addThisCapture(/*Nested*/ false, C.getLocation(),
9866                               S.getCurrentThisType(), /*Expr*/ nullptr);
9867     }
9868   }
9869 }
9870 
9871 Decl *Sema::ActOnStartOfFunctionDef(Scope *FnBodyScope, Decl *D) {
9872   // Clear the last template instantiation error context.
9873   LastTemplateInstantiationErrorContext = ActiveTemplateInstantiation();
9874 
9875   if (!D)
9876     return D;
9877   FunctionDecl *FD = nullptr;
9878 
9879   if (FunctionTemplateDecl *FunTmpl = dyn_cast<FunctionTemplateDecl>(D))
9880     FD = FunTmpl->getTemplatedDecl();
9881   else
9882     FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(D);
9883   // If we are instantiating a generic lambda call operator, push
9884   // a LambdaScopeInfo onto the function stack.  But use the information
9885   // that's already been calculated (ActOnLambdaExpr) to prime the current
9886   // LambdaScopeInfo.
9887   // When the template operator is being specialized, the LambdaScopeInfo,
9888   // has to be properly restored so that tryCaptureVariable doesn't try
9889   // and capture any new variables. In addition when calculating potential
9890   // captures during transformation of nested lambdas, it is necessary to
9891   // have the LSI properly restored.
9892   if (isGenericLambdaCallOperatorSpecialization(FD)) {
9893     assert(ActiveTemplateInstantiations.size() &&
9894       "There should be an active template instantiation on the stack "
9895       "when instantiating a generic lambda!");
9896     RebuildLambdaScopeInfo(cast<CXXMethodDecl>(D), *this);
9897   }
9898   else
9899     // Enter a new function scope
9900     PushFunctionScope();
9901 
9902   // See if this is a redefinition.
9903   if (!FD->isLateTemplateParsed())
9904     CheckForFunctionRedefinition(FD);
9905 
9906   // Builtin functions cannot be defined.
9907   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
9908     if (!Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedLibFunction(BuiltinID) &&
9909         !Context.BuiltinInfo.isPredefinedRuntimeFunction(BuiltinID)) {
9910       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_builtin_definition) << FD;
9911       FD->setInvalidDecl();
9912     }
9913   }
9914 
9915   // The return type of a function definition must be complete
9916   // (C99 6.9.1p3, C++ [dcl.fct]p6).
9917   QualType ResultType = FD->getReturnType();
9918   if (!ResultType->isDependentType() && !ResultType->isVoidType() &&
9919       !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
9920       RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), ResultType,
9921                           diag::err_func_def_incomplete_result))
9922     FD->setInvalidDecl();
9923 
9924   // GNU warning -Wmissing-prototypes:
9925   //   Warn if a global function is defined without a previous
9926   //   prototype declaration. This warning is issued even if the
9927   //   definition itself provides a prototype. The aim is to detect
9928   //   global functions that fail to be declared in header files.
9929   const FunctionDecl *PossibleZeroParamPrototype = nullptr;
9930   if (ShouldWarnAboutMissingPrototype(FD, PossibleZeroParamPrototype)) {
9931     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_missing_prototype) << FD;
9932 
9933     if (PossibleZeroParamPrototype) {
9934       // We found a declaration that is not a prototype,
9935       // but that could be a zero-parameter prototype
9936       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI =
9937               PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getTypeSourceInfo()) {
9938         TypeLoc TL = TI->getTypeLoc();
9939         if (FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc FTL = TL.getAs<FunctionNoProtoTypeLoc>())
9940           Diag(PossibleZeroParamPrototype->getLocation(),
9941                diag::note_declaration_not_a_prototype)
9942             << PossibleZeroParamPrototype
9943             << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FTL.getRParenLoc(), "void");
9944       }
9945     }
9946   }
9947 
9948   if (FnBodyScope)
9949     PushDeclContext(FnBodyScope, FD);
9950 
9951   // Check the validity of our function parameters
9952   CheckParmsForFunctionDef(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
9953                            /*CheckParameterNames=*/true);
9954 
9955   // Introduce our parameters into the function scope
9956   for (auto Param : FD->params()) {
9957     Param->setOwningFunction(FD);
9958 
9959     // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
9960     if (Param->getIdentifier() && FnBodyScope) {
9961       CheckShadow(FnBodyScope, Param);
9962 
9963       PushOnScopeChains(Param, FnBodyScope);
9964     }
9965   }
9966 
9967   // If we had any tags defined in the function prototype,
9968   // introduce them into the function scope.
9969   if (FnBodyScope) {
9970     for (ArrayRef<NamedDecl *>::iterator
9971              I = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().begin(),
9972              E = FD->getDeclsInPrototypeScope().end();
9973          I != E; ++I) {
9974       NamedDecl *D = *I;
9975 
9976       // Some of these decls (like enums) may have been pinned to the translation unit
9977       // for lack of a real context earlier. If so, remove from the translation unit
9978       // and reattach to the current context.
9979       if (D->getLexicalDeclContext() == Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()) {
9980         // Is the decl actually in the context?
9981         for (const auto *DI : Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->decls()) {
9982           if (DI == D) {
9983             Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->removeDecl(D);
9984             break;
9985           }
9986         }
9987         // Either way, reassign the lexical decl context to our FunctionDecl.
9988         D->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
9989       }
9990 
9991       // If the decl has a non-null name, make accessible in the current scope.
9992       if (!D->getName().empty())
9993         PushOnScopeChains(D, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
9994 
9995       // Similarly, dive into enums and fish their constants out, making them
9996       // accessible in this scope.
9997       if (auto *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(D)) {
9998         for (auto *EI : ED->enumerators())
9999           PushOnScopeChains(EI, FnBodyScope, /*AddToContext=*/false);
10000       }
10001     }
10002   }
10003 
10004   // Ensure that the function's exception specification is instantiated.
10005   if (const FunctionProtoType *FPT = FD->getType()->getAs<FunctionProtoType>())
10006     ResolveExceptionSpec(D->getLocation(), FPT);
10007 
10008   // dllimport cannot be applied to non-inline function definitions.
10009   if (FD->hasAttr<DLLImportAttr>() && !FD->isInlined() &&
10010       !FD->isTemplateInstantiation()) {
10011     assert(!FD->hasAttr<DLLExportAttr>());
10012     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_attribute_dllimport_function_definition);
10013     FD->setInvalidDecl();
10014     return D;
10015   }
10016   // We want to attach documentation to original Decl (which might be
10017   // a function template).
10018   ActOnDocumentableDecl(D);
10019   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
10020       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCCategoryImpl &&
10021       getCurLexicalContext()->getDeclKind() != Decl::ObjCImplementation)
10022     Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::warn_function_def_in_objc_container);
10023 
10024   return D;
10025 }
10026 
10027 /// \brief Given the set of return statements within a function body,
10028 /// compute the variables that are subject to the named return value
10029 /// optimization.
10030 ///
10031 /// Each of the variables that is subject to the named return value
10032 /// optimization will be marked as NRVO variables in the AST, and any
10033 /// return statement that has a marked NRVO variable as its NRVO candidate can
10034 /// use the named return value optimization.
10035 ///
10036 /// This function applies a very simplistic algorithm for NRVO: if every return
10037 /// statement in the scope of a variable has the same NRVO candidate, that
10038 /// candidate is an NRVO variable.
10039 void Sema::computeNRVO(Stmt *Body, FunctionScopeInfo *Scope) {
10040   ReturnStmt **Returns = Scope->Returns.data();
10041 
10042   for (unsigned I = 0, E = Scope->Returns.size(); I != E; ++I) {
10043     if (const VarDecl *NRVOCandidate = Returns[I]->getNRVOCandidate()) {
10044       if (!NRVOCandidate->isNRVOVariable())
10045         Returns[I]->setNRVOCandidate(nullptr);
10046     }
10047   }
10048 }
10049 
10050 bool Sema::canDelayFunctionBody(const Declarator &D) {
10051   // We can't delay parsing the body of a constexpr function template (yet).
10052   if (D.getDeclSpec().isConstexprSpecified())
10053     return false;
10054 
10055   // We can't delay parsing the body of a function template with a deduced
10056   // return type (yet).
10057   if (D.getDeclSpec().containsPlaceholderType()) {
10058     // If the placeholder introduces a non-deduced trailing return type,
10059     // we can still delay parsing it.
10060     if (D.getNumTypeObjects()) {
10061       const auto &Outer = D.getTypeObject(D.getNumTypeObjects() - 1);
10062       if (Outer.Kind == DeclaratorChunk::Function &&
10063           Outer.Fun.hasTrailingReturnType()) {
10064         QualType Ty = GetTypeFromParser(Outer.Fun.getTrailingReturnType());
10065         return Ty.isNull() || !Ty->isUndeducedType();
10066       }
10067     }
10068     return false;
10069   }
10070 
10071   return true;
10072 }
10073 
10074 bool Sema::canSkipFunctionBody(Decl *D) {
10075   // We cannot skip the body of a function (or function template) which is
10076   // constexpr, since we may need to evaluate its body in order to parse the
10077   // rest of the file.
10078   // We cannot skip the body of a function with an undeduced return type,
10079   // because any callers of that function need to know the type.
10080   if (const FunctionDecl *FD = D->getAsFunction())
10081     if (FD->isConstexpr() || FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType())
10082       return false;
10083   return Consumer.shouldSkipFunctionBody(D);
10084 }
10085 
10086 Decl *Sema::ActOnSkippedFunctionBody(Decl *Decl) {
10087   if (FunctionDecl *FD = dyn_cast_or_null<FunctionDecl>(Decl))
10088     FD->setHasSkippedBody();
10089   else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(Decl))
10090     MD->setHasSkippedBody();
10091   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl, nullptr);
10092 }
10093 
10094 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *D, Stmt *BodyArg) {
10095   return ActOnFinishFunctionBody(D, BodyArg, false);
10096 }
10097 
10098 Decl *Sema::ActOnFinishFunctionBody(Decl *dcl, Stmt *Body,
10099                                     bool IsInstantiation) {
10100   FunctionDecl *FD = dcl ? dcl->getAsFunction() : nullptr;
10101 
10102   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy WP = AnalysisWarnings.getDefaultPolicy();
10103   sema::AnalysisBasedWarnings::Policy *ActivePolicy = nullptr;
10104 
10105   if (FD) {
10106     FD->setBody(Body);
10107 
10108     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus1y && !FD->isInvalidDecl() && Body &&
10109         !FD->isDependentContext() && FD->getReturnType()->isUndeducedType()) {
10110       // If the function has a deduced result type but contains no 'return'
10111       // statements, the result type as written must be exactly 'auto', and
10112       // the deduced result type is 'void'.
10113       if (!FD->getReturnType()->getAs<AutoType>()) {
10114         Diag(dcl->getLocation(), diag::err_auto_fn_no_return_but_not_auto)
10115             << FD->getReturnType();
10116         FD->setInvalidDecl();
10117       } else {
10118         // Substitute 'void' for the 'auto' in the type.
10119         TypeLoc ResultType = FD->getTypeSourceInfo()->getTypeLoc().
10120             IgnoreParens().castAs<FunctionProtoTypeLoc>().getReturnLoc();
10121         Context.adjustDeducedFunctionResultType(
10122             FD, SubstAutoType(ResultType.getType(), Context.VoidTy));
10123       }
10124     }
10125 
10126     // The only way to be included in UndefinedButUsed is if there is an
10127     // ODR use before the definition. Avoid the expensive map lookup if this
10128     // is the first declaration.
10129     if (!FD->isFirstDecl() && FD->getPreviousDecl()->isUsed()) {
10130       if (!FD->isExternallyVisible())
10131         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10132       else if (FD->isInlined() &&
10133                (LangOpts.CPlusPlus || !LangOpts.GNUInline) &&
10134                (!FD->getPreviousDecl()->hasAttr<GNUInlineAttr>()))
10135         UndefinedButUsed.erase(FD);
10136     }
10137 
10138     // If the function implicitly returns zero (like 'main') or is naked,
10139     // don't complain about missing return statements.
10140     if (FD->hasImplicitReturnZero() || FD->hasAttr<NakedAttr>())
10141       WP.disableCheckFallThrough();
10142 
10143     // MSVC permits the use of pure specifier (=0) on function definition,
10144     // defined at class scope, warn about this non-standard construct.
10145     if (getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt && FD->isPure() && FD->isCanonicalDecl())
10146       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_pure_function_definition);
10147 
10148     if (!FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10149       // Don't diagnose unused parameters of defaulted or deleted functions.
10150       if (Body)
10151         DiagnoseUnusedParameters(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end());
10152       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(FD->param_begin(), FD->param_end(),
10153                                              FD->getReturnType(), FD);
10154 
10155       // If this is a constructor, we need a vtable.
10156       if (CXXConstructorDecl *Constructor = dyn_cast<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD))
10157         MarkVTableUsed(FD->getLocation(), Constructor->getParent());
10158 
10159       // Try to apply the named return value optimization. We have to check
10160       // if we can do this here because lambdas keep return statements around
10161       // to deduce an implicit return type.
10162       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && FD->getReturnType()->isRecordType() &&
10163           !FD->isDependentContext())
10164         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10165     }
10166 
10167     assert((FD == getCurFunctionDecl() || getCurLambda()->CallOperator == FD) &&
10168            "Function parsing confused");
10169   } else if (ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCMethodDecl>(dcl)) {
10170     assert(MD == getCurMethodDecl() && "Method parsing confused");
10171     MD->setBody(Body);
10172     if (!MD->isInvalidDecl()) {
10173       DiagnoseUnusedParameters(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end());
10174       DiagnoseSizeOfParametersAndReturnValue(MD->param_begin(), MD->param_end(),
10175                                              MD->getReturnType(), MD);
10176 
10177       if (Body)
10178         computeNRVO(Body, getCurFunction());
10179     }
10180     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper) {
10181       Diag(MD->getLocEnd(), diag::warn_objc_missing_super_call)
10182         << MD->getSelector().getAsString();
10183       getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper = false;
10184     }
10185     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain) {
10186       const ObjCMethodDecl *InitMethod = nullptr;
10187       bool isDesignated =
10188           MD->isDesignatedInitializerForTheInterface(&InitMethod);
10189       assert(isDesignated && InitMethod);
10190       (void)isDesignated;
10191 
10192       auto superIsNSObject = [&](const ObjCMethodDecl *MD) {
10193         auto IFace = MD->getClassInterface();
10194         if (!IFace)
10195           return false;
10196         auto SuperD = IFace->getSuperClass();
10197         if (!SuperD)
10198           return false;
10199         return SuperD->getIdentifier() ==
10200             NSAPIObj->getNSClassId(NSAPI::ClassId_NSObject);
10201       };
10202       // Don't issue this warning for unavailable inits or direct subclasses
10203       // of NSObject.
10204       if (!MD->isUnavailable() && !superIsNSObject(MD)) {
10205         Diag(MD->getLocation(),
10206              diag::warn_objc_designated_init_missing_super_call);
10207         Diag(InitMethod->getLocation(),
10208              diag::note_objc_designated_init_marked_here);
10209       }
10210       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoDesignatedInitChain = false;
10211     }
10212     if (getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation) {
10213       // Don't issue this warning for unavaialable inits.
10214       if (!MD->isUnavailable())
10215         Diag(MD->getLocation(), diag::warn_objc_secondary_init_missing_init_call);
10216       getCurFunction()->ObjCWarnForNoInitDelegation = false;
10217     }
10218   } else {
10219     return nullptr;
10220   }
10221 
10222   assert(!getCurFunction()->ObjCShouldCallSuper &&
10223          "This should only be set for ObjC methods, which should have been "
10224          "handled in the block above.");
10225 
10226   // Verify and clean out per-function state.
10227   if (Body) {
10228     // C++ constructors that have function-try-blocks can't have return
10229     // statements in the handlers of that block. (C++ [except.handle]p14)
10230     // Verify this.
10231     if (FD && isa<CXXConstructorDecl>(FD) && isa<CXXTryStmt>(Body))
10232       DiagnoseReturnInConstructorExceptionHandler(cast<CXXTryStmt>(Body));
10233 
10234     // Verify that gotos and switch cases don't jump into scopes illegally.
10235     if (getCurFunction()->NeedsScopeChecking() &&
10236         !PP.isCodeCompletionEnabled())
10237       DiagnoseInvalidJumps(Body);
10238 
10239     if (CXXDestructorDecl *Destructor = dyn_cast<CXXDestructorDecl>(dcl)) {
10240       if (!Destructor->getParent()->isDependentType())
10241         CheckDestructor(Destructor);
10242 
10243       MarkBaseAndMemberDestructorsReferenced(Destructor->getLocation(),
10244                                              Destructor->getParent());
10245     }
10246 
10247     // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10248     // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10249     // deletion in some later function.
10250     if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred() ||
10251         getDiagnostics().getSuppressAllDiagnostics()) {
10252       DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10253     }
10254     if (!getDiagnostics().hasUncompilableErrorOccurred() &&
10255         !isa<FunctionTemplateDecl>(dcl)) {
10256       // Since the body is valid, issue any analysis-based warnings that are
10257       // enabled.
10258       ActivePolicy = &WP;
10259     }
10260 
10261     if (!IsInstantiation && FD && FD->isConstexpr() && !FD->isInvalidDecl() &&
10262         (!CheckConstexprFunctionDecl(FD) ||
10263          !CheckConstexprFunctionBody(FD, Body)))
10264       FD->setInvalidDecl();
10265 
10266     assert(ExprCleanupObjects.empty() && "Leftover temporaries in function");
10267     assert(!ExprNeedsCleanups && "Unaccounted cleanups in function");
10268     assert(MaybeODRUseExprs.empty() &&
10269            "Leftover expressions for odr-use checking");
10270   }
10271 
10272   if (!IsInstantiation)
10273     PopDeclContext();
10274 
10275   PopFunctionScopeInfo(ActivePolicy, dcl);
10276   // If any errors have occurred, clear out any temporaries that may have
10277   // been leftover. This ensures that these temporaries won't be picked up for
10278   // deletion in some later function.
10279   if (getDiagnostics().hasErrorOccurred()) {
10280     DiscardCleanupsInEvaluationContext();
10281   }
10282 
10283   return dcl;
10284 }
10285 
10286 
10287 /// When we finish delayed parsing of an attribute, we must attach it to the
10288 /// relevant Decl.
10289 void Sema::ActOnFinishDelayedAttribute(Scope *S, Decl *D,
10290                                        ParsedAttributes &Attrs) {
10291   // Always attach attributes to the underlying decl.
10292   if (TemplateDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TemplateDecl>(D))
10293     D = TD->getTemplatedDecl();
10294   ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, D, Attrs.getList());
10295 
10296   if (CXXMethodDecl *Method = dyn_cast_or_null<CXXMethodDecl>(D))
10297     if (Method->isStatic())
10298       checkThisInStaticMemberFunctionAttributes(Method);
10299 }
10300 
10301 
10302 /// ImplicitlyDefineFunction - An undeclared identifier was used in a function
10303 /// call, forming a call to an implicitly defined function (per C99 6.5.1p2).
10304 NamedDecl *Sema::ImplicitlyDefineFunction(SourceLocation Loc,
10305                                           IdentifierInfo &II, Scope *S) {
10306   // Before we produce a declaration for an implicitly defined
10307   // function, see whether there was a locally-scoped declaration of
10308   // this name as a function or variable. If so, use that
10309   // (non-visible) declaration, and complain about it.
10310   if (NamedDecl *ExternCPrev = findLocallyScopedExternCDecl(&II)) {
10311     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_use_out_of_scope_declaration) << ExternCPrev;
10312     Diag(ExternCPrev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10313     return ExternCPrev;
10314   }
10315 
10316   // Extension in C99.  Legal in C90, but warn about it.
10317   unsigned diag_id;
10318   if (II.getName().startswith("__builtin_"))
10319     diag_id = diag::warn_builtin_unknown;
10320   else if (getLangOpts().C99)
10321     diag_id = diag::ext_implicit_function_decl;
10322   else
10323     diag_id = diag::warn_implicit_function_decl;
10324   Diag(Loc, diag_id) << &II;
10325 
10326   // Because typo correction is expensive, only do it if the implicit
10327   // function declaration is going to be treated as an error.
10328   if (Diags.getDiagnosticLevel(diag_id, Loc) >= DiagnosticsEngine::Error) {
10329     TypoCorrection Corrected;
10330     DeclFilterCCC<FunctionDecl> Validator;
10331     if (S && (Corrected = CorrectTypo(DeclarationNameInfo(&II, Loc),
10332                                       LookupOrdinaryName, S, nullptr, Validator,
10333                                       CTK_NonError)))
10334       diagnoseTypo(Corrected, PDiag(diag::note_function_suggestion),
10335                    /*ErrorRecovery*/false);
10336   }
10337 
10338   // Set a Declarator for the implicit definition: int foo();
10339   const char *Dummy;
10340   AttributeFactory attrFactory;
10341   DeclSpec DS(attrFactory);
10342   unsigned DiagID;
10343   bool Error = DS.SetTypeSpecType(DeclSpec::TST_int, Loc, Dummy, DiagID,
10344                                   Context.getPrintingPolicy());
10345   (void)Error; // Silence warning.
10346   assert(!Error && "Error setting up implicit decl!");
10347   SourceLocation NoLoc;
10348   Declarator D(DS, Declarator::BlockContext);
10349   D.AddTypeInfo(DeclaratorChunk::getFunction(/*HasProto=*/false,
10350                                              /*IsAmbiguous=*/false,
10351                                              /*LParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10352                                              /*Params=*/nullptr,
10353                                              /*NumParams=*/0,
10354                                              /*EllipsisLoc=*/NoLoc,
10355                                              /*RParenLoc=*/NoLoc,
10356                                              /*TypeQuals=*/0,
10357                                              /*RefQualifierIsLvalueRef=*/true,
10358                                              /*RefQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10359                                              /*ConstQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10360                                              /*VolatileQualifierLoc=*/NoLoc,
10361                                              /*MutableLoc=*/NoLoc,
10362                                              EST_None,
10363                                              /*ESpecLoc=*/NoLoc,
10364                                              /*Exceptions=*/nullptr,
10365                                              /*ExceptionRanges=*/nullptr,
10366                                              /*NumExceptions=*/0,
10367                                              /*NoexceptExpr=*/nullptr,
10368                                              Loc, Loc, D),
10369                 DS.getAttributes(),
10370                 SourceLocation());
10371   D.SetIdentifier(&II, Loc);
10372 
10373   // Insert this function into translation-unit scope.
10374 
10375   DeclContext *PrevDC = CurContext;
10376   CurContext = Context.getTranslationUnitDecl();
10377 
10378   FunctionDecl *FD = cast<FunctionDecl>(ActOnDeclarator(TUScope, D));
10379   FD->setImplicit();
10380 
10381   CurContext = PrevDC;
10382 
10383   AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FD);
10384 
10385   return FD;
10386 }
10387 
10388 /// \brief Adds any function attributes that we know a priori based on
10389 /// the declaration of this function.
10390 ///
10391 /// These attributes can apply both to implicitly-declared builtins
10392 /// (like __builtin___printf_chk) or to library-declared functions
10393 /// like NSLog or printf.
10394 ///
10395 /// We need to check for duplicate attributes both here and where user-written
10396 /// attributes are applied to declarations.
10397 void Sema::AddKnownFunctionAttributes(FunctionDecl *FD) {
10398   if (FD->isInvalidDecl())
10399     return;
10400 
10401   // If this is a built-in function, map its builtin attributes to
10402   // actual attributes.
10403   if (unsigned BuiltinID = FD->getBuiltinID()) {
10404     // Handle printf-formatting attributes.
10405     unsigned FormatIdx;
10406     bool HasVAListArg;
10407     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isPrintfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx, HasVAListArg)) {
10408       if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>()) {
10409         const char *fmt = "printf";
10410         unsigned int NumParams = FD->getNumParams();
10411         if (FormatIdx < NumParams && // NumParams may be 0 (e.g. vfprintf)
10412             FD->getParamDecl(FormatIdx)->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType())
10413           fmt = "NSString";
10414         FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10415                                                &Context.Idents.get(fmt),
10416                                                FormatIdx+1,
10417                                                HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10418                                                FD->getLocation()));
10419       }
10420     }
10421     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isScanfLike(BuiltinID, FormatIdx,
10422                                              HasVAListArg)) {
10423      if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10424        FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10425                                               &Context.Idents.get("scanf"),
10426                                               FormatIdx+1,
10427                                               HasVAListArg ? 0 : FormatIdx+2,
10428                                               FD->getLocation()));
10429     }
10430 
10431     // Mark const if we don't care about errno and that is the only
10432     // thing preventing the function from being const. This allows
10433     // IRgen to use LLVM intrinsics for such functions.
10434     if (!getLangOpts().MathErrno &&
10435         Context.BuiltinInfo.isConstWithoutErrno(BuiltinID)) {
10436       if (!FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10437         FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10438     }
10439 
10440     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isReturnsTwice(BuiltinID) &&
10441         !FD->hasAttr<ReturnsTwiceAttr>())
10442       FD->addAttr(ReturnsTwiceAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10443                                          FD->getLocation()));
10444     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isNoThrow(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<NoThrowAttr>())
10445       FD->addAttr(NoThrowAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10446     if (Context.BuiltinInfo.isConst(BuiltinID) && !FD->hasAttr<ConstAttr>())
10447       FD->addAttr(ConstAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, FD->getLocation()));
10448   }
10449 
10450   IdentifierInfo *Name = FD->getIdentifier();
10451   if (!Name)
10452     return;
10453   if ((!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
10454        FD->getDeclContext()->isTranslationUnit()) ||
10455       (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext()) &&
10456        cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(FD->getDeclContext())->getLanguage() ==
10457        LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c)) {
10458     // Okay: this could be a libc/libm/Objective-C function we know
10459     // about.
10460   } else
10461     return;
10462 
10463   if (Name->isStr("asprintf") || Name->isStr("vasprintf")) {
10464     // FIXME: asprintf and vasprintf aren't C99 functions. Should they be
10465     // target-specific builtins, perhaps?
10466     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatAttr>())
10467       FD->addAttr(FormatAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
10468                                              &Context.Idents.get("printf"), 2,
10469                                              Name->isStr("vasprintf") ? 0 : 3,
10470                                              FD->getLocation()));
10471   }
10472 
10473   if (Name->isStr("__CFStringMakeConstantString")) {
10474     // We already have a __builtin___CFStringMakeConstantString,
10475     // but builds that use -fno-constant-cfstrings don't go through that.
10476     if (!FD->hasAttr<FormatArgAttr>())
10477       FD->addAttr(FormatArgAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, 1,
10478                                                 FD->getLocation()));
10479   }
10480 }
10481 
10482 TypedefDecl *Sema::ParseTypedefDecl(Scope *S, Declarator &D, QualType T,
10483                                     TypeSourceInfo *TInfo) {
10484   assert(D.getIdentifier() && "Wrong callback for declspec without declarator");
10485   assert(!T.isNull() && "GetTypeForDeclarator() returned null type");
10486 
10487   if (!TInfo) {
10488     assert(D.isInvalidType() && "no declarator info for valid type");
10489     TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T);
10490   }
10491 
10492   // Scope manipulation handled by caller.
10493   TypedefDecl *NewTD = TypedefDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
10494                                            D.getLocStart(),
10495                                            D.getIdentifierLoc(),
10496                                            D.getIdentifier(),
10497                                            TInfo);
10498 
10499   // Bail out immediately if we have an invalid declaration.
10500   if (D.isInvalidType()) {
10501     NewTD->setInvalidDecl();
10502     return NewTD;
10503   }
10504 
10505   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified()) {
10506     if (CurContext->isFunctionOrMethod())
10507       Diag(NewTD->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_local)
10508         << 2 << NewTD->getDeclName()
10509         << SourceRange(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc())
10510         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(D.getDeclSpec().getModulePrivateSpecLoc());
10511     else
10512       NewTD->setModulePrivate();
10513   }
10514 
10515   // C++ [dcl.typedef]p8:
10516   //   If the typedef declaration defines an unnamed class (or
10517   //   enum), the first typedef-name declared by the declaration
10518   //   to be that class type (or enum type) is used to denote the
10519   //   class type (or enum type) for linkage purposes only.
10520   // We need to check whether the type was declared in the declaration.
10521   switch (D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecType()) {
10522   case TST_enum:
10523   case TST_struct:
10524   case TST_interface:
10525   case TST_union:
10526   case TST_class: {
10527     TagDecl *tagFromDeclSpec = cast<TagDecl>(D.getDeclSpec().getRepAsDecl());
10528 
10529     // Do nothing if the tag is not anonymous or already has an
10530     // associated typedef (from an earlier typedef in this decl group).
10531     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getIdentifier()) break;
10532     if (tagFromDeclSpec->getTypedefNameForAnonDecl()) break;
10533 
10534     // A well-formed anonymous tag must always be a TUK_Definition.
10535     assert(tagFromDeclSpec->isThisDeclarationADefinition());
10536 
10537     // The type must match the tag exactly;  no qualifiers allowed.
10538     if (!Context.hasSameType(T, Context.getTagDeclType(tagFromDeclSpec)))
10539       break;
10540 
10541     // If we've already computed linkage for the anonymous tag, then
10542     // adding a typedef name for the anonymous decl can change that
10543     // linkage, which might be a serious problem.  Diagnose this as
10544     // unsupported and ignore the typedef name.  TODO: we should
10545     // pursue this as a language defect and establish a formal rule
10546     // for how to handle it.
10547     if (tagFromDeclSpec->hasLinkageBeenComputed()) {
10548       Diag(D.getIdentifierLoc(), diag::err_typedef_changes_linkage);
10549 
10550       SourceLocation tagLoc = D.getDeclSpec().getTypeSpecTypeLoc();
10551       tagLoc = getLocForEndOfToken(tagLoc);
10552 
10553       llvm::SmallString<40> textToInsert;
10554       textToInsert += ' ';
10555       textToInsert += D.getIdentifier()->getName();
10556       Diag(tagLoc, diag::note_typedef_changes_linkage)
10557         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(tagLoc, textToInsert);
10558       break;
10559     }
10560 
10561     // Otherwise, set this is the anon-decl typedef for the tag.
10562     tagFromDeclSpec->setTypedefNameForAnonDecl(NewTD);
10563     break;
10564   }
10565 
10566   default:
10567     break;
10568   }
10569 
10570   return NewTD;
10571 }
10572 
10573 
10574 /// \brief Check that this is a valid underlying type for an enum declaration.
10575 bool Sema::CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TypeSourceInfo *TI) {
10576   SourceLocation UnderlyingLoc = TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc();
10577   QualType T = TI->getType();
10578 
10579   if (T->isDependentType())
10580     return false;
10581 
10582   if (const BuiltinType *BT = T->getAs<BuiltinType>())
10583     if (BT->isInteger())
10584       return false;
10585 
10586   Diag(UnderlyingLoc, diag::err_enum_invalid_underlying) << T;
10587   return true;
10588 }
10589 
10590 /// Check whether this is a valid redeclaration of a previous enumeration.
10591 /// \return true if the redeclaration was invalid.
10592 bool Sema::CheckEnumRedeclaration(SourceLocation EnumLoc, bool IsScoped,
10593                                   QualType EnumUnderlyingTy,
10594                                   const EnumDecl *Prev) {
10595   bool IsFixed = !EnumUnderlyingTy.isNull();
10596 
10597   if (IsScoped != Prev->isScoped()) {
10598     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_scoped_mismatch)
10599       << Prev->isScoped();
10600     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10601     return true;
10602   }
10603 
10604   if (IsFixed && Prev->isFixed()) {
10605     if (!EnumUnderlyingTy->isDependentType() &&
10606         !Prev->getIntegerType()->isDependentType() &&
10607         !Context.hasSameUnqualifiedType(EnumUnderlyingTy,
10608                                         Prev->getIntegerType())) {
10609       // TODO: Highlight the underlying type of the redeclaration.
10610       Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_type_mismatch)
10611         << EnumUnderlyingTy << Prev->getIntegerType();
10612       Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration)
10613           << Prev->getIntegerTypeRange();
10614       return true;
10615     }
10616   } else if (IsFixed != Prev->isFixed()) {
10617     Diag(EnumLoc, diag::err_enum_redeclare_fixed_mismatch)
10618       << Prev->isFixed();
10619     Diag(Prev->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
10620     return true;
10621   }
10622 
10623   return false;
10624 }
10625 
10626 /// \brief Get diagnostic %select index for tag kind for
10627 /// redeclaration diagnostic message.
10628 /// WARNING: Indexes apply to particular diagnostics only!
10629 ///
10630 /// \returns diagnostic %select index.
10631 static unsigned getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag) {
10632   switch (Tag) {
10633   case TTK_Struct: return 0;
10634   case TTK_Interface: return 1;
10635   case TTK_Class:  return 2;
10636   default: llvm_unreachable("Invalid tag kind for redecl diagnostic!");
10637   }
10638 }
10639 
10640 /// \brief Determine if tag kind is a class-key compatible with
10641 /// class for redeclaration (class, struct, or __interface).
10642 ///
10643 /// \returns true iff the tag kind is compatible.
10644 static bool isClassCompatTagKind(TagTypeKind Tag)
10645 {
10646   return Tag == TTK_Struct || Tag == TTK_Class || Tag == TTK_Interface;
10647 }
10648 
10649 /// \brief Determine whether a tag with a given kind is acceptable
10650 /// as a redeclaration of the given tag declaration.
10651 ///
10652 /// \returns true if the new tag kind is acceptable, false otherwise.
10653 bool Sema::isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(const TagDecl *Previous,
10654                                         TagTypeKind NewTag, bool isDefinition,
10655                                         SourceLocation NewTagLoc,
10656                                         const IdentifierInfo &Name) {
10657   // C++ [dcl.type.elab]p3:
10658   //   The class-key or enum keyword present in the
10659   //   elaborated-type-specifier shall agree in kind with the
10660   //   declaration to which the name in the elaborated-type-specifier
10661   //   refers. This rule also applies to the form of
10662   //   elaborated-type-specifier that declares a class-name or
10663   //   friend class since it can be construed as referring to the
10664   //   definition of the class. Thus, in any
10665   //   elaborated-type-specifier, the enum keyword shall be used to
10666   //   refer to an enumeration (7.2), the union class-key shall be
10667   //   used to refer to a union (clause 9), and either the class or
10668   //   struct class-key shall be used to refer to a class (clause 9)
10669   //   declared using the class or struct class-key.
10670   TagTypeKind OldTag = Previous->getTagKind();
10671   if (!isDefinition || !isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag))
10672     if (OldTag == NewTag)
10673       return true;
10674 
10675   if (isClassCompatTagKind(OldTag) && isClassCompatTagKind(NewTag)) {
10676     // Warn about the struct/class tag mismatch.
10677     bool isTemplate = false;
10678     if (const CXXRecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Previous))
10679       isTemplate = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate();
10680 
10681     if (!ActiveTemplateInstantiations.empty()) {
10682       // In a template instantiation, do not offer fix-its for tag mismatches
10683       // since they usually mess up the template instead of fixing the problem.
10684       Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10685         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10686         << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10687       return true;
10688     }
10689 
10690     if (isDefinition) {
10691       // On definitions, check previous tags and issue a fix-it for each
10692       // one that doesn't match the current tag.
10693       if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10694         // Don't suggest fix-its for redefinitions.
10695         return true;
10696       }
10697 
10698       bool previousMismatch = false;
10699       for (auto I : Previous->redecls()) {
10700         if (I->getTagKind() != NewTag) {
10701           if (!previousMismatch) {
10702             previousMismatch = true;
10703             Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_previous_tag_mismatch)
10704               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10705               << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(I->getTagKind());
10706           }
10707           Diag(I->getInnerLocStart(), diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10708             << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag)
10709             << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(I->getInnerLocStart(),
10710                  TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(NewTag));
10711         }
10712       }
10713       return true;
10714     }
10715 
10716     // Check for a previous definition.  If current tag and definition
10717     // are same type, do nothing.  If no definition, but disagree with
10718     // with previous tag type, give a warning, but no fix-it.
10719     const TagDecl *Redecl = Previous->getDefinition() ?
10720                             Previous->getDefinition() : Previous;
10721     if (Redecl->getTagKind() == NewTag) {
10722       return true;
10723     }
10724 
10725     Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::warn_struct_class_tag_mismatch)
10726       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(NewTag) << isTemplate << &Name
10727       << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(OldTag);
10728     Diag(Redecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
10729 
10730     // If there is a previous definition, suggest a fix-it.
10731     if (Previous->getDefinition()) {
10732         Diag(NewTagLoc, diag::note_struct_class_suggestion)
10733           << getRedeclDiagFromTagKind(Redecl->getTagKind())
10734           << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(NewTagLoc),
10735                TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Redecl->getTagKind()));
10736     }
10737 
10738     return true;
10739   }
10740   return false;
10741 }
10742 
10743 /// Add a minimal nested name specifier fixit hint to allow lookup of a tag name
10744 /// from an outer enclosing namespace or file scope inside a friend declaration.
10745 /// This should provide the commented out code in the following snippet:
10746 ///   namespace N {
10747 ///     struct X;
10748 ///     namespace M {
10749 ///       struct Y { friend struct /*N::*/ X; };
10750 ///     }
10751 ///   }
10752 static FixItHint createFriendTagNNSFixIt(Sema &SemaRef, NamedDecl *ND, Scope *S,
10753                                          SourceLocation NameLoc) {
10754   // While the decl is in a namespace, do repeated lookup of that name and see
10755   // if we get the same namespace back.  If we do not, continue until
10756   // translation unit scope, at which point we have a fully qualified NNS.
10757   SmallVector<IdentifierInfo *, 4> Namespaces;
10758   DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10759   for (; !DC->isTranslationUnit(); DC = DC->getParent()) {
10760     // This tag should be declared in a namespace, which can only be enclosed by
10761     // other namespaces.  Bail if there's an anonymous namespace in the chain.
10762     NamespaceDecl *Namespace = dyn_cast<NamespaceDecl>(DC);
10763     if (!Namespace || Namespace->isAnonymousNamespace())
10764       return FixItHint();
10765     IdentifierInfo *II = Namespace->getIdentifier();
10766     Namespaces.push_back(II);
10767     NamedDecl *Lookup = SemaRef.LookupSingleName(
10768         S, II, NameLoc, Sema::LookupNestedNameSpecifierName);
10769     if (Lookup == Namespace)
10770       break;
10771   }
10772 
10773   // Once we have all the namespaces, reverse them to go outermost first, and
10774   // build an NNS.
10775   SmallString<64> Insertion;
10776   llvm::raw_svector_ostream OS(Insertion);
10777   if (DC->isTranslationUnit())
10778     OS << "::";
10779   std::reverse(Namespaces.begin(), Namespaces.end());
10780   for (auto *II : Namespaces)
10781     OS << II->getName() << "::";
10782   OS.flush();
10783   return FixItHint::CreateInsertion(NameLoc, Insertion);
10784 }
10785 
10786 /// ActOnTag - This is invoked when we see 'struct foo' or 'struct {'.  In the
10787 /// former case, Name will be non-null.  In the later case, Name will be null.
10788 /// TagSpec indicates what kind of tag this is. TUK indicates whether this is a
10789 /// reference/declaration/definition of a tag.
10790 ///
10791 /// IsTypeSpecifier is true if this is a type-specifier (or
10792 /// trailing-type-specifier) other than one in an alias-declaration.
10793 Decl *Sema::ActOnTag(Scope *S, unsigned TagSpec, TagUseKind TUK,
10794                      SourceLocation KWLoc, CXXScopeSpec &SS,
10795                      IdentifierInfo *Name, SourceLocation NameLoc,
10796                      AttributeList *Attr, AccessSpecifier AS,
10797                      SourceLocation ModulePrivateLoc,
10798                      MultiTemplateParamsArg TemplateParameterLists,
10799                      bool &OwnedDecl, bool &IsDependent,
10800                      SourceLocation ScopedEnumKWLoc,
10801                      bool ScopedEnumUsesClassTag,
10802                      TypeResult UnderlyingType,
10803                      bool IsTypeSpecifier) {
10804   // If this is not a definition, it must have a name.
10805   IdentifierInfo *OrigName = Name;
10806   assert((Name != nullptr || TUK == TUK_Definition) &&
10807          "Nameless record must be a definition!");
10808   assert(TemplateParameterLists.size() == 0 || TUK != TUK_Reference);
10809 
10810   OwnedDecl = false;
10811   TagTypeKind Kind = TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindForTypeSpec(TagSpec);
10812   bool ScopedEnum = ScopedEnumKWLoc.isValid();
10813 
10814   // FIXME: Check explicit specializations more carefully.
10815   bool isExplicitSpecialization = false;
10816   bool Invalid = false;
10817 
10818   // We only need to do this matching if we have template parameters
10819   // or a scope specifier, which also conveniently avoids this work
10820   // for non-C++ cases.
10821   if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0 ||
10822       (SS.isNotEmpty() && TUK != TUK_Reference)) {
10823     if (TemplateParameterList *TemplateParams =
10824             MatchTemplateParametersToScopeSpecifier(
10825                 KWLoc, NameLoc, SS, nullptr, TemplateParameterLists,
10826                 TUK == TUK_Friend, isExplicitSpecialization, Invalid)) {
10827       if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10828         Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_enum_template);
10829         return nullptr;
10830       }
10831 
10832       if (TemplateParams->size() > 0) {
10833         // This is a declaration or definition of a class template (which may
10834         // be a member of another template).
10835 
10836         if (Invalid)
10837           return nullptr;
10838 
10839         OwnedDecl = false;
10840         DeclResult Result = CheckClassTemplate(S, TagSpec, TUK, KWLoc,
10841                                                SS, Name, NameLoc, Attr,
10842                                                TemplateParams, AS,
10843                                                ModulePrivateLoc,
10844                                                /*FriendLoc*/SourceLocation(),
10845                                                TemplateParameterLists.size()-1,
10846                                                TemplateParameterLists.data());
10847         return Result.get();
10848       } else {
10849         // The "template<>" header is extraneous.
10850         Diag(TemplateParams->getTemplateLoc(), diag::err_template_tag_noparams)
10851           << TypeWithKeyword::getTagTypeKindName(Kind) << Name;
10852         isExplicitSpecialization = true;
10853       }
10854     }
10855   }
10856 
10857   // Figure out the underlying type if this a enum declaration. We need to do
10858   // this early, because it's needed to detect if this is an incompatible
10859   // redeclaration.
10860   llvm::PointerUnion<const Type*, TypeSourceInfo*> EnumUnderlying;
10861 
10862   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
10863     if (UnderlyingType.isInvalid() || (!UnderlyingType.get() && ScopedEnum))
10864       // No underlying type explicitly specified, or we failed to parse the
10865       // type, default to int.
10866       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10867     else if (UnderlyingType.get()) {
10868       // C++0x 7.2p2: The type-specifier-seq of an enum-base shall name an
10869       // integral type; any cv-qualification is ignored.
10870       TypeSourceInfo *TI = nullptr;
10871       GetTypeFromParser(UnderlyingType.get(), &TI);
10872       EnumUnderlying = TI;
10873 
10874       if (CheckEnumUnderlyingType(TI))
10875         // Recover by falling back to int.
10876         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10877 
10878       if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(TI->getTypeLoc().getBeginLoc(), TI,
10879                                           UPPC_FixedUnderlyingType))
10880         EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10881 
10882     } else if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10883       // Microsoft enums are always of int type.
10884       EnumUnderlying = Context.IntTy.getTypePtr();
10885   }
10886 
10887   DeclContext *SearchDC = CurContext;
10888   DeclContext *DC = CurContext;
10889   bool isStdBadAlloc = false;
10890 
10891   RedeclarationKind Redecl = ForRedeclaration;
10892   if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference)
10893     Redecl = NotForRedeclaration;
10894 
10895   LookupResult Previous(*this, Name, NameLoc, LookupTagName, Redecl);
10896   if (Name && SS.isNotEmpty()) {
10897     // We have a nested-name tag ('struct foo::bar').
10898 
10899     // Check for invalid 'foo::'.
10900     if (SS.isInvalid()) {
10901       Name = nullptr;
10902       goto CreateNewDecl;
10903     }
10904 
10905     // If this is a friend or a reference to a class in a dependent
10906     // context, don't try to make a decl for it.
10907     if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
10908       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, false);
10909       if (!DC) {
10910         IsDependent = true;
10911         return nullptr;
10912       }
10913     } else {
10914       DC = computeDeclContext(SS, true);
10915       if (!DC) {
10916         Diag(SS.getRange().getBegin(), diag::err_dependent_nested_name_spec)
10917           << SS.getRange();
10918         return nullptr;
10919       }
10920     }
10921 
10922     if (RequireCompleteDeclContext(SS, DC))
10923       return nullptr;
10924 
10925     SearchDC = DC;
10926     // Look-up name inside 'foo::'.
10927     LookupQualifiedName(Previous, DC);
10928 
10929     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
10930       return nullptr;
10931 
10932     if (Previous.empty()) {
10933       // Name lookup did not find anything. However, if the
10934       // nested-name-specifier refers to the current instantiation,
10935       // and that current instantiation has any dependent base
10936       // classes, we might find something at instantiation time: treat
10937       // this as a dependent elaborated-type-specifier.
10938       // But this only makes any sense for reference-like lookups.
10939       if (Previous.wasNotFoundInCurrentInstantiation() &&
10940           (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
10941         IsDependent = true;
10942         return nullptr;
10943       }
10944 
10945       // A tag 'foo::bar' must already exist.
10946       Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_not_tag_in_scope)
10947         << Kind << Name << DC << SS.getRange();
10948       Name = nullptr;
10949       Invalid = true;
10950       goto CreateNewDecl;
10951     }
10952   } else if (Name) {
10953     // If this is a named struct, check to see if there was a previous forward
10954     // declaration or definition.
10955     // FIXME: We're looking into outer scopes here, even when we
10956     // shouldn't be. Doing so can result in ambiguities that we
10957     // shouldn't be diagnosing.
10958     LookupName(Previous, S);
10959 
10960     // When declaring or defining a tag, ignore ambiguities introduced
10961     // by types using'ed into this scope.
10962     if (Previous.isAmbiguous() &&
10963         (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration)) {
10964       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10965       while (F.hasNext()) {
10966         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10967         if (ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext() != SearchDC)
10968           F.erase();
10969       }
10970       F.done();
10971     }
10972 
10973     // C++11 [namespace.memdef]p3:
10974     //   If the name in a friend declaration is neither qualified nor
10975     //   a template-id and the declaration is a function or an
10976     //   elaborated-type-specifier, the lookup to determine whether
10977     //   the entity has been previously declared shall not consider
10978     //   any scopes outside the innermost enclosing namespace.
10979     //
10980     // MSVC doesn't implement the above rule for types, so a friend tag
10981     // declaration may be a redeclaration of a type declared in an enclosing
10982     // scope.  They do implement this rule for friend functions.
10983     //
10984     // Does it matter that this should be by scope instead of by
10985     // semantic context?
10986     if (!Previous.empty() && TUK == TUK_Friend) {
10987       DeclContext *EnclosingNS = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
10988       LookupResult::Filter F = Previous.makeFilter();
10989       bool FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = false;
10990       while (F.hasNext()) {
10991         NamedDecl *ND = F.next();
10992         DeclContext *DC = ND->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
10993         if (DC->isFileContext() &&
10994             !EnclosingNS->Encloses(ND->getDeclContext())) {
10995           if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
10996             FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace = true;
10997           else
10998             F.erase();
10999         }
11000       }
11001       F.done();
11002 
11003       // Diagnose this MSVC extension in the easy case where lookup would have
11004       // unambiguously found something outside the enclosing namespace.
11005       if (Previous.isSingleResult() && FriendSawTagOutsideEnclosingNamespace) {
11006         NamedDecl *ND = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11007         Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_friend_tag_redecl_outside_namespace)
11008             << createFriendTagNNSFixIt(*this, ND, S, NameLoc);
11009       }
11010     }
11011 
11012     // Note:  there used to be some attempt at recovery here.
11013     if (Previous.isAmbiguous())
11014       return nullptr;
11015 
11016     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && TUK != TUK_Reference) {
11017       // FIXME: This makes sure that we ignore the contexts associated
11018       // with C structs, unions, and enums when looking for a matching
11019       // tag declaration or definition. See the similar lookup tweak
11020       // in Sema::LookupName; is there a better way to deal with this?
11021       while (isa<RecordDecl>(SearchDC) || isa<EnumDecl>(SearchDC))
11022         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11023     }
11024   }
11025 
11026   if (Previous.isSingleResult() &&
11027       Previous.getFoundDecl()->isTemplateParameter()) {
11028     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11029     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(NameLoc, Previous.getFoundDecl());
11030     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11031     Previous.clear();
11032   }
11033 
11034   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && Name && DC && StdNamespace &&
11035       DC->Equals(getStdNamespace()) && Name->isStr("bad_alloc")) {
11036     // This is a declaration of or a reference to "std::bad_alloc".
11037     isStdBadAlloc = true;
11038 
11039     if (Previous.empty() && StdBadAlloc) {
11040       // std::bad_alloc has been implicitly declared (but made invisible to
11041       // name lookup). Fill in this implicit declaration as the previous
11042       // declaration, so that the declarations get chained appropriately.
11043       Previous.addDecl(getStdBadAlloc());
11044     }
11045   }
11046 
11047   // If we didn't find a previous declaration, and this is a reference
11048   // (or friend reference), move to the correct scope.  In C++, we
11049   // also need to do a redeclaration lookup there, just in case
11050   // there's a shadow friend decl.
11051   if (Name && Previous.empty() &&
11052       (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend)) {
11053     if (Invalid) goto CreateNewDecl;
11054     assert(SS.isEmpty());
11055 
11056     if (TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11057       // C++ [basic.scope.pdecl]p5:
11058       //   -- for an elaborated-type-specifier of the form
11059       //
11060       //          class-key identifier
11061       //
11062       //      if the elaborated-type-specifier is used in the
11063       //      decl-specifier-seq or parameter-declaration-clause of a
11064       //      function defined in namespace scope, the identifier is
11065       //      declared as a class-name in the namespace that contains
11066       //      the declaration; otherwise, except as a friend
11067       //      declaration, the identifier is declared in the smallest
11068       //      non-class, non-function-prototype scope that contains the
11069       //      declaration.
11070       //
11071       // C99 6.7.2.3p8 has a similar (but not identical!) provision for
11072       // C structs and unions.
11073       //
11074       // It is an error in C++ to declare (rather than define) an enum
11075       // type, including via an elaborated type specifier.  We'll
11076       // diagnose that later; for now, declare the enum in the same
11077       // scope as we would have picked for any other tag type.
11078       //
11079       // GNU C also supports this behavior as part of its incomplete
11080       // enum types extension, while GNU C++ does not.
11081       //
11082       // Find the context where we'll be declaring the tag.
11083       // FIXME: We would like to maintain the current DeclContext as the
11084       // lexical context,
11085       while (!SearchDC->isFileContext() && !SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11086         SearchDC = SearchDC->getParent();
11087 
11088       // Find the scope where we'll be declaring the tag.
11089       while (S->isClassScope() ||
11090              (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
11091               S->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) ||
11092              ((S->getFlags() & Scope::DeclScope) == 0) ||
11093              (S->getEntity() && S->getEntity()->isTransparentContext()))
11094         S = S->getParent();
11095     } else {
11096       assert(TUK == TUK_Friend);
11097       // C++ [namespace.memdef]p3:
11098       //   If a friend declaration in a non-local class first declares a
11099       //   class or function, the friend class or function is a member of
11100       //   the innermost enclosing namespace.
11101       SearchDC = SearchDC->getEnclosingNamespaceContext();
11102     }
11103 
11104     // In C++, we need to do a redeclaration lookup to properly
11105     // diagnose some problems.
11106     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11107       Previous.setRedeclarationKind(ForRedeclaration);
11108       LookupQualifiedName(Previous, SearchDC);
11109     }
11110   }
11111 
11112   if (!Previous.empty()) {
11113     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = Previous.getFoundDecl();
11114     NamedDecl *DirectPrevDecl =
11115         getLangOpts().MSVCCompat ? *Previous.begin() : PrevDecl;
11116 
11117     // It's okay to have a tag decl in the same scope as a typedef
11118     // which hides a tag decl in the same scope.  Finding this
11119     // insanity with a redeclaration lookup can only actually happen
11120     // in C++.
11121     //
11122     // This is also okay for elaborated-type-specifiers, which is
11123     // technically forbidden by the current standard but which is
11124     // okay according to the likely resolution of an open issue;
11125     // see http://www.open-std.org/jtc1/sc22/wg21/docs/cwg_active.html#407
11126     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11127       if (TypedefNameDecl *TD = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11128         if (const TagType *TT = TD->getUnderlyingType()->getAs<TagType>()) {
11129           TagDecl *Tag = TT->getDecl();
11130           if (Tag->getDeclName() == Name &&
11131               Tag->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()
11132                           ->Equals(TD->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext())) {
11133             PrevDecl = Tag;
11134             Previous.clear();
11135             Previous.addDecl(Tag);
11136             Previous.resolveKind();
11137           }
11138         }
11139       }
11140     }
11141 
11142     if (TagDecl *PrevTagDecl = dyn_cast<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11143       // If this is a use of a previous tag, or if the tag is already declared
11144       // in the same scope (so that the definition/declaration completes or
11145       // rementions the tag), reuse the decl.
11146       if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend ||
11147           isDeclInScope(DirectPrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11148                         SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11149         // Make sure that this wasn't declared as an enum and now used as a
11150         // struct or something similar.
11151         if (!isAcceptableTagRedeclaration(PrevTagDecl, Kind,
11152                                           TUK == TUK_Definition, KWLoc,
11153                                           *Name)) {
11154           bool SafeToContinue
11155             = (PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() != TTK_Enum &&
11156                Kind != TTK_Enum);
11157           if (SafeToContinue)
11158             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag)
11159               << Name
11160               << FixItHint::CreateReplacement(SourceRange(KWLoc),
11161                                               PrevTagDecl->getKindName());
11162           else
11163             Diag(KWLoc, diag::err_use_with_wrong_tag) << Name;
11164           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_use);
11165 
11166           if (SafeToContinue)
11167             Kind = PrevTagDecl->getTagKind();
11168           else {
11169             // Recover by making this an anonymous redefinition.
11170             Name = nullptr;
11171             Previous.clear();
11172             Invalid = true;
11173           }
11174         }
11175 
11176         if (Kind == TTK_Enum && PrevTagDecl->getTagKind() == TTK_Enum) {
11177           const EnumDecl *PrevEnum = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevTagDecl);
11178 
11179           // If this is an elaborated-type-specifier for a scoped enumeration,
11180           // the 'class' keyword is not necessary and not permitted.
11181           if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11182             if (ScopedEnum)
11183               Diag(ScopedEnumKWLoc, diag::err_enum_class_reference)
11184                 << PrevEnum->isScoped()
11185                 << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ScopedEnumKWLoc);
11186             return PrevTagDecl;
11187           }
11188 
11189           QualType EnumUnderlyingTy;
11190           if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11191             EnumUnderlyingTy = TI->getType().getUnqualifiedType();
11192           else if (const Type *T = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<const Type*>())
11193             EnumUnderlyingTy = QualType(T, 0);
11194 
11195           // All conflicts with previous declarations are recovered by
11196           // returning the previous declaration, unless this is a definition,
11197           // in which case we want the caller to bail out.
11198           if (CheckEnumRedeclaration(NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc,
11199                                      ScopedEnum, EnumUnderlyingTy, PrevEnum))
11200             return TUK == TUK_Declaration ? PrevTagDecl : nullptr;
11201         }
11202 
11203         // C++11 [class.mem]p1:
11204         //   A member shall not be declared twice in the member-specification,
11205         //   except that a nested class or member class template can be declared
11206         //   and then later defined.
11207         if (TUK == TUK_Declaration && PrevDecl->isCXXClassMember() &&
11208             S->isDeclScope(PrevDecl)) {
11209           Diag(NameLoc, diag::ext_member_redeclared);
11210           Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
11211         }
11212 
11213         if (!Invalid) {
11214           // If this is a use, just return the declaration we found, unless
11215           // we have attributes.
11216 
11217           // FIXME: In the future, return a variant or some other clue
11218           // for the consumer of this Decl to know it doesn't own it.
11219           // For our current ASTs this shouldn't be a problem, but will
11220           // need to be changed with DeclGroups.
11221           if (!Attr &&
11222               ((TUK == TUK_Reference &&
11223                 (!PrevTagDecl->getFriendObjectKind() || getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt))
11224                || TUK == TUK_Friend))
11225             return PrevTagDecl;
11226 
11227           // Diagnose attempts to redefine a tag.
11228           if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11229             if (TagDecl *Def = PrevTagDecl->getDefinition()) {
11230               // If we're defining a specialization and the previous definition
11231               // is from an implicit instantiation, don't emit an error
11232               // here; we'll catch this in the general case below.
11233               bool IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation = false;
11234               if (isExplicitSpecialization) {
11235                 if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Def))
11236                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11237                     RD->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11238                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11239                 else if (EnumDecl *ED = dyn_cast<EnumDecl>(Def))
11240                   IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation =
11241                     ED->getTemplateSpecializationKind() !=
11242                     TSK_ExplicitSpecialization;
11243               }
11244 
11245               if (!IsExplicitSpecializationAfterInstantiation) {
11246                 // A redeclaration in function prototype scope in C isn't
11247                 // visible elsewhere, so merely issue a warning.
11248                 if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && S->containedInPrototypeScope())
11249                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::warn_redefinition_in_param_list) << Name;
11250                 else
11251                   Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Name;
11252                 Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11253                 // If this is a redefinition, recover by making this
11254                 // struct be anonymous, which will make any later
11255                 // references get the previous definition.
11256                 Name = nullptr;
11257                 Previous.clear();
11258                 Invalid = true;
11259               }
11260             } else {
11261               // If the type is currently being defined, complain
11262               // about a nested redefinition.
11263               const TagType *Tag
11264                 = cast<TagType>(Context.getTagDeclType(PrevTagDecl));
11265               if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11266                 Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_nested_redefinition) << Name;
11267                 Diag(PrevTagDecl->getLocation(),
11268                      diag::note_previous_definition);
11269                 Name = nullptr;
11270                 Previous.clear();
11271                 Invalid = true;
11272               }
11273             }
11274 
11275             // Okay, this is definition of a previously declared or referenced
11276             // tag. We're going to create a new Decl for it.
11277           }
11278 
11279           // Okay, we're going to make a redeclaration.  If this is some kind
11280           // of reference, make sure we build the redeclaration in the same DC
11281           // as the original, and ignore the current access specifier.
11282           if (TUK == TUK_Friend || TUK == TUK_Reference) {
11283             SearchDC = PrevTagDecl->getDeclContext();
11284             AS = AS_none;
11285           }
11286         }
11287         // If we get here we have (another) forward declaration or we
11288         // have a definition.  Just create a new decl.
11289 
11290       } else {
11291         // If we get here, this is a definition of a new tag type in a nested
11292         // scope, e.g. "struct foo; void bar() { struct foo; }", just create a
11293         // new decl/type.  We set PrevDecl to NULL so that the entities
11294         // have distinct types.
11295         Previous.clear();
11296       }
11297       // If we get here, we're going to create a new Decl. If PrevDecl
11298       // is non-NULL, it's a definition of the tag declared by
11299       // PrevDecl. If it's NULL, we have a new definition.
11300 
11301 
11302     // Otherwise, PrevDecl is not a tag, but was found with tag
11303     // lookup.  This is only actually possible in C++, where a few
11304     // things like templates still live in the tag namespace.
11305     } else {
11306       // Use a better diagnostic if an elaborated-type-specifier
11307       // found the wrong kind of type on the first
11308       // (non-redeclaration) lookup.
11309       if ((TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) &&
11310           !Previous.isForRedeclaration()) {
11311         unsigned Kind = 0;
11312         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11313         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11314         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11315         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_non_tag) << Kind;
11316         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_declared_at);
11317         Invalid = true;
11318 
11319       // Otherwise, only diagnose if the declaration is in scope.
11320       } else if (!isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, SearchDC, S,
11321                                 SS.isNotEmpty() || isExplicitSpecialization)) {
11322         // do nothing
11323 
11324       // Diagnose implicit declarations introduced by elaborated types.
11325       } else if (TUK == TUK_Reference || TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11326         unsigned Kind = 0;
11327         if (isa<TypedefDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11328         else if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 2;
11329         else if (isa<ClassTemplateDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 3;
11330         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_reference_conflict) << Kind;
11331         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11332         Invalid = true;
11333 
11334       // Otherwise it's a declaration.  Call out a particularly common
11335       // case here.
11336       } else if (TypedefNameDecl *TND = dyn_cast<TypedefNameDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
11337         unsigned Kind = 0;
11338         if (isa<TypeAliasDecl>(PrevDecl)) Kind = 1;
11339         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_tag_definition_of_typedef)
11340           << Name << Kind << TND->getUnderlyingType();
11341         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_decl) << PrevDecl;
11342         Invalid = true;
11343 
11344       // Otherwise, diagnose.
11345       } else {
11346         // The tag name clashes with something else in the target scope,
11347         // issue an error and recover by making this tag be anonymous.
11348         Diag(NameLoc, diag::err_redefinition_different_kind) << Name;
11349         Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11350         Name = nullptr;
11351         Invalid = true;
11352       }
11353 
11354       // The existing declaration isn't relevant to us; we're in a
11355       // new scope, so clear out the previous declaration.
11356       Previous.clear();
11357     }
11358   }
11359 
11360 CreateNewDecl:
11361 
11362   TagDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11363   if (Previous.isSingleResult())
11364     PrevDecl = cast<TagDecl>(Previous.getFoundDecl());
11365 
11366   // If there is an identifier, use the location of the identifier as the
11367   // location of the decl, otherwise use the location of the struct/union
11368   // keyword.
11369   SourceLocation Loc = NameLoc.isValid() ? NameLoc : KWLoc;
11370 
11371   // Otherwise, create a new declaration. If there is a previous
11372   // declaration of the same entity, the two will be linked via
11373   // PrevDecl.
11374   TagDecl *New;
11375 
11376   bool IsForwardReference = false;
11377   if (Kind == TTK_Enum) {
11378     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11379     // enum X { A, B, C } D;    D should chain to X.
11380     New = EnumDecl::Create(Context, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11381                            cast_or_null<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl), ScopedEnum,
11382                            ScopedEnumUsesClassTag, !EnumUnderlying.isNull());
11383     // If this is an undefined enum, warn.
11384     if (TUK != TUK_Definition && !Invalid) {
11385       TagDecl *Def;
11386       if ((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 || getLangOpts().ObjC2) &&
11387           cast<EnumDecl>(New)->isFixed()) {
11388         // C++0x: 7.2p2: opaque-enum-declaration.
11389         // Conflicts are diagnosed above. Do nothing.
11390       }
11391       else if (PrevDecl && (Def = cast<EnumDecl>(PrevDecl)->getDefinition())) {
11392         Diag(Loc, diag::ext_forward_ref_enum_def)
11393           << New;
11394         Diag(Def->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
11395       } else {
11396         unsigned DiagID = diag::ext_forward_ref_enum;
11397         if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat)
11398           DiagID = diag::ext_ms_forward_ref_enum;
11399         else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
11400           DiagID = diag::err_forward_ref_enum;
11401         Diag(Loc, DiagID);
11402 
11403         // If this is a forward-declared reference to an enumeration, make a
11404         // note of it; we won't actually be introducing the declaration into
11405         // the declaration context.
11406         if (TUK == TUK_Reference)
11407           IsForwardReference = true;
11408       }
11409     }
11410 
11411     if (EnumUnderlying) {
11412       EnumDecl *ED = cast<EnumDecl>(New);
11413       if (TypeSourceInfo *TI = EnumUnderlying.dyn_cast<TypeSourceInfo*>())
11414         ED->setIntegerTypeSourceInfo(TI);
11415       else
11416         ED->setIntegerType(QualType(EnumUnderlying.get<const Type*>(), 0));
11417       ED->setPromotionType(ED->getIntegerType());
11418     }
11419 
11420   } else {
11421     // struct/union/class
11422 
11423     // FIXME: Tag decls should be chained to any simultaneous vardecls, e.g.:
11424     // struct X { int A; } D;    D should chain to X.
11425     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11426       // FIXME: Look for a way to use RecordDecl for simple structs.
11427       New = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11428                                   cast_or_null<CXXRecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11429 
11430       if (isStdBadAlloc && (!StdBadAlloc || getStdBadAlloc()->isImplicit()))
11431         StdBadAlloc = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(New);
11432     } else
11433       New = RecordDecl::Create(Context, Kind, SearchDC, KWLoc, Loc, Name,
11434                                cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(PrevDecl));
11435   }
11436 
11437   // C++11 [dcl.type]p3:
11438   //   A type-specifier-seq shall not define a class or enumeration [...].
11439   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && IsTypeSpecifier && TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11440     Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_type_defined_in_type_specifier)
11441       << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11442     Invalid = true;
11443   }
11444 
11445   // Maybe add qualifier info.
11446   if (SS.isNotEmpty()) {
11447     if (SS.isSet()) {
11448       // If this is either a declaration or a definition, check the
11449       // nested-name-specifier against the current context. We don't do this
11450       // for explicit specializations, because they have similar checking
11451       // (with more specific diagnostics) in the call to
11452       // CheckMemberSpecialization, below.
11453       if (!isExplicitSpecialization &&
11454           (TUK == TUK_Definition || TUK == TUK_Declaration) &&
11455           diagnoseQualifiedDeclaration(SS, DC, OrigName, NameLoc))
11456         Invalid = true;
11457 
11458       New->setQualifierInfo(SS.getWithLocInContext(Context));
11459       if (TemplateParameterLists.size() > 0) {
11460         New->setTemplateParameterListsInfo(Context,
11461                                            TemplateParameterLists.size(),
11462                                            TemplateParameterLists.data());
11463       }
11464     }
11465     else
11466       Invalid = true;
11467   }
11468 
11469   if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(New)) {
11470     // Add alignment attributes if necessary; these attributes are checked when
11471     // the ASTContext lays out the structure.
11472     //
11473     // It is important for implementing the correct semantics that this
11474     // happen here (in act on tag decl). The #pragma pack stack is
11475     // maintained as a result of parser callbacks which can occur at
11476     // many points during the parsing of a struct declaration (because
11477     // the #pragma tokens are effectively skipped over during the
11478     // parsing of the struct).
11479     if (TUK == TUK_Definition) {
11480       AddAlignmentAttributesForRecord(RD);
11481       AddMsStructLayoutForRecord(RD);
11482     }
11483   }
11484 
11485   if (ModulePrivateLoc.isValid()) {
11486     if (isExplicitSpecialization)
11487       Diag(New->getLocation(), diag::err_module_private_specialization)
11488         << 2
11489         << FixItHint::CreateRemoval(ModulePrivateLoc);
11490     // __module_private__ does not apply to local classes. However, we only
11491     // diagnose this as an error when the declaration specifiers are
11492     // freestanding. Here, we just ignore the __module_private__.
11493     else if (!SearchDC->isFunctionOrMethod())
11494       New->setModulePrivate();
11495   }
11496 
11497   // If this is a specialization of a member class (of a class template),
11498   // check the specialization.
11499   if (isExplicitSpecialization && CheckMemberSpecialization(New, Previous))
11500     Invalid = true;
11501 
11502   // If we're declaring or defining a tag in function prototype scope in C,
11503   // note that this type can only be used within the function and add it to
11504   // the list of decls to inject into the function definition scope.
11505   if ((Name || Kind == TTK_Enum) &&
11506       getNonFieldDeclScope(S)->isFunctionPrototypeScope()) {
11507     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11508       // C++ [dcl.fct]p6:
11509       //   Types shall not be defined in return or parameter types.
11510       if (TUK == TUK_Definition && !IsTypeSpecifier) {
11511         Diag(Loc, diag::err_type_defined_in_param_type)
11512             << Name;
11513         Invalid = true;
11514       }
11515     } else {
11516       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_decl_in_param_list) << Context.getTagDeclType(New);
11517     }
11518     DeclsInPrototypeScope.push_back(New);
11519   }
11520 
11521   if (Invalid)
11522     New->setInvalidDecl();
11523 
11524   if (Attr)
11525     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
11526 
11527   // Set the lexical context. If the tag has a C++ scope specifier, the
11528   // lexical context will be different from the semantic context.
11529   New->setLexicalDeclContext(CurContext);
11530 
11531   // Mark this as a friend decl if applicable.
11532   // In Microsoft mode, a friend declaration also acts as a forward
11533   // declaration so we always pass true to setObjectOfFriendDecl to make
11534   // the tag name visible.
11535   if (TUK == TUK_Friend)
11536     New->setObjectOfFriendDecl(getLangOpts().MSVCCompat);
11537 
11538   // Set the access specifier.
11539   if (!Invalid && SearchDC->isRecord())
11540     SetMemberAccessSpecifier(New, PrevDecl, AS);
11541 
11542   if (TUK == TUK_Definition)
11543     New->startDefinition();
11544 
11545   // If this has an identifier, add it to the scope stack.
11546   if (TUK == TUK_Friend) {
11547     // We might be replacing an existing declaration in the lookup tables;
11548     // if so, borrow its access specifier.
11549     if (PrevDecl)
11550       New->setAccess(PrevDecl->getAccess());
11551 
11552     DeclContext *DC = New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext();
11553     DC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11554     if (Name) // can be null along some error paths
11555       if (Scope *EnclosingScope = getScopeForDeclContext(S, DC))
11556         PushOnScopeChains(New, EnclosingScope, /* AddToContext = */ false);
11557   } else if (Name) {
11558     S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
11559     PushOnScopeChains(New, S, !IsForwardReference);
11560     if (IsForwardReference)
11561       SearchDC->makeDeclVisibleInContext(New);
11562 
11563   } else {
11564     CurContext->addDecl(New);
11565   }
11566 
11567   // If this is the C FILE type, notify the AST context.
11568   if (IdentifierInfo *II = New->getIdentifier())
11569     if (!New->isInvalidDecl() &&
11570         New->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()->isTranslationUnit() &&
11571         II->isStr("FILE"))
11572       Context.setFILEDecl(New);
11573 
11574   if (PrevDecl)
11575     mergeDeclAttributes(New, PrevDecl);
11576 
11577   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11578   // record.
11579   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(New);
11580 
11581   OwnedDecl = true;
11582   // In C++, don't return an invalid declaration. We can't recover well from
11583   // the cases where we make the type anonymous.
11584   return (Invalid && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) ? nullptr : New;
11585 }
11586 
11587 void Sema::ActOnTagStartDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11588   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11589   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11590 
11591   // Enter the tag context.
11592   PushDeclContext(S, Tag);
11593 
11594   ActOnDocumentableDecl(TagD);
11595 
11596   // If there's a #pragma GCC visibility in scope, set the visibility of this
11597   // record.
11598   AddPushedVisibilityAttribute(Tag);
11599 }
11600 
11601 Decl *Sema::ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(Decl *IDecl) {
11602   assert(isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(IDecl) &&
11603          "ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition - Not ObjCContainerDecl");
11604   DeclContext *OCD = cast<DeclContext>(IDecl);
11605   assert(getContainingDC(OCD) == CurContext &&
11606       "The next DeclContext should be lexically contained in the current one.");
11607   CurContext = OCD;
11608   return IDecl;
11609 }
11610 
11611 void Sema::ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11612                                            SourceLocation FinalLoc,
11613                                            bool IsFinalSpelledSealed,
11614                                            SourceLocation LBraceLoc) {
11615   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11616   CXXRecordDecl *Record = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(TagD);
11617 
11618   FieldCollector->StartClass();
11619 
11620   if (!Record->getIdentifier())
11621     return;
11622 
11623   if (FinalLoc.isValid())
11624     Record->addAttr(new (Context)
11625                     FinalAttr(FinalLoc, Context, IsFinalSpelledSealed));
11626 
11627   // C++ [class]p2:
11628   //   [...] The class-name is also inserted into the scope of the
11629   //   class itself; this is known as the injected-class-name. For
11630   //   purposes of access checking, the injected-class-name is treated
11631   //   as if it were a public member name.
11632   CXXRecordDecl *InjectedClassName
11633     = CXXRecordDecl::Create(Context, Record->getTagKind(), CurContext,
11634                             Record->getLocStart(), Record->getLocation(),
11635                             Record->getIdentifier(),
11636                             /*PrevDecl=*/nullptr,
11637                             /*DelayTypeCreation=*/true);
11638   Context.getTypeDeclType(InjectedClassName, Record);
11639   InjectedClassName->setImplicit();
11640   InjectedClassName->setAccess(AS_public);
11641   if (ClassTemplateDecl *Template = Record->getDescribedClassTemplate())
11642       InjectedClassName->setDescribedClassTemplate(Template);
11643   PushOnScopeChains(InjectedClassName, S);
11644   assert(InjectedClassName->isInjectedClassName() &&
11645          "Broken injected-class-name");
11646 }
11647 
11648 void Sema::ActOnTagFinishDefinition(Scope *S, Decl *TagD,
11649                                     SourceLocation RBraceLoc) {
11650   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11651   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11652   Tag->setRBraceLoc(RBraceLoc);
11653 
11654   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11655   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11656     assert(Tag->isInvalidDecl() && "We should already have completed it");
11657     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11658       RD->completeDefinition();
11659   }
11660 
11661   if (isa<CXXRecordDecl>(Tag))
11662     FieldCollector->FinishClass();
11663 
11664   // Exit this scope of this tag's definition.
11665   PopDeclContext();
11666 
11667   if (getCurLexicalContext()->isObjCContainer() &&
11668       Tag->getDeclContext()->isFileContext())
11669     Tag->setTopLevelDeclInObjCContainer();
11670 
11671   // Notify the consumer that we've defined a tag.
11672   if (!Tag->isInvalidDecl())
11673     Consumer.HandleTagDeclDefinition(Tag);
11674 }
11675 
11676 void Sema::ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition() {
11677   // Exit this scope of this interface definition.
11678   PopDeclContext();
11679 }
11680 
11681 void Sema::ActOnObjCTemporaryExitContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11682   assert(DC == CurContext && "Mismatch of container contexts");
11683   OriginalLexicalContext = DC;
11684   ActOnObjCContainerFinishDefinition();
11685 }
11686 
11687 void Sema::ActOnObjCReenterContainerContext(DeclContext *DC) {
11688   ActOnObjCContainerStartDefinition(cast<Decl>(DC));
11689   OriginalLexicalContext = nullptr;
11690 }
11691 
11692 void Sema::ActOnTagDefinitionError(Scope *S, Decl *TagD) {
11693   AdjustDeclIfTemplate(TagD);
11694   TagDecl *Tag = cast<TagDecl>(TagD);
11695   Tag->setInvalidDecl();
11696 
11697   // Make sure we "complete" the definition even it is invalid.
11698   if (Tag->isBeingDefined()) {
11699     if (RecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(Tag))
11700       RD->completeDefinition();
11701   }
11702 
11703   // We're undoing ActOnTagStartDefinition here, not
11704   // ActOnStartCXXMemberDeclarations, so we don't have to mess with
11705   // the FieldCollector.
11706 
11707   PopDeclContext();
11708 }
11709 
11710 // Note that FieldName may be null for anonymous bitfields.
11711 ExprResult Sema::VerifyBitField(SourceLocation FieldLoc,
11712                                 IdentifierInfo *FieldName,
11713                                 QualType FieldTy, bool IsMsStruct,
11714                                 Expr *BitWidth, bool *ZeroWidth) {
11715   // Default to true; that shouldn't confuse checks for emptiness
11716   if (ZeroWidth)
11717     *ZeroWidth = true;
11718 
11719   // C99 6.7.2.1p4 - verify the field type.
11720   // C++ 9.6p3: A bit-field shall have integral or enumeration type.
11721   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType() && !FieldTy->isIntegralOrEnumerationType()) {
11722     // Handle incomplete types with specific error.
11723     if (RequireCompleteType(FieldLoc, FieldTy, diag::err_field_incomplete))
11724       return ExprError();
11725     if (FieldName)
11726       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_bitfield)
11727         << FieldName << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11728     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_not_integral_type_anon_bitfield)
11729       << FieldTy << BitWidth->getSourceRange();
11730   } else if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(const_cast<Expr *>(BitWidth),
11731                                              UPPC_BitFieldWidth))
11732     return ExprError();
11733 
11734   // If the bit-width is type- or value-dependent, don't try to check
11735   // it now.
11736   if (BitWidth->isValueDependent() || BitWidth->isTypeDependent())
11737     return BitWidth;
11738 
11739   llvm::APSInt Value;
11740   ExprResult ICE = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(BitWidth, &Value);
11741   if (ICE.isInvalid())
11742     return ICE;
11743   BitWidth = ICE.get();
11744 
11745   if (Value != 0 && ZeroWidth)
11746     *ZeroWidth = false;
11747 
11748   // Zero-width bitfield is ok for anonymous field.
11749   if (Value == 0 && FieldName)
11750     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_zero_width) << FieldName;
11751 
11752   if (Value.isSigned() && Value.isNegative()) {
11753     if (FieldName)
11754       return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11755                << FieldName << Value.toString(10);
11756     return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_has_negative_width)
11757       << Value.toString(10);
11758   }
11759 
11760   if (!FieldTy->isDependentType()) {
11761     uint64_t TypeSize = Context.getTypeSize(FieldTy);
11762     if (Value.getZExtValue() > TypeSize) {
11763       if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || IsMsStruct ||
11764           Context.getTargetInfo().getCXXABI().isMicrosoft()) {
11765         if (FieldName)
11766           return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11767             << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11768             << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11769 
11770         return Diag(FieldLoc, diag::err_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11771           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11772       }
11773 
11774       if (FieldName)
11775         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11776           << FieldName << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue()
11777           << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11778       else
11779         Diag(FieldLoc, diag::warn_anon_bitfield_width_exceeds_type_size)
11780           << (unsigned)Value.getZExtValue() << (unsigned)TypeSize;
11781     }
11782   }
11783 
11784   return BitWidth;
11785 }
11786 
11787 /// ActOnField - Each field of a C struct/union is passed into this in order
11788 /// to create a FieldDecl object for it.
11789 Decl *Sema::ActOnField(Scope *S, Decl *TagD, SourceLocation DeclStart,
11790                        Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth) {
11791   FieldDecl *Res = HandleField(S, cast_or_null<RecordDecl>(TagD),
11792                                DeclStart, D, static_cast<Expr*>(BitfieldWidth),
11793                                /*InitStyle=*/ICIS_NoInit, AS_public);
11794   return Res;
11795 }
11796 
11797 /// HandleField - Analyze a field of a C struct or a C++ data member.
11798 ///
11799 FieldDecl *Sema::HandleField(Scope *S, RecordDecl *Record,
11800                              SourceLocation DeclStart,
11801                              Declarator &D, Expr *BitWidth,
11802                              InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11803                              AccessSpecifier AS) {
11804   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
11805   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
11806   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
11807 
11808   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
11809   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
11810   if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
11811     CheckExtraCXXDefaultArguments(D);
11812 
11813     if (DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(D.getIdentifierLoc(), TInfo,
11814                                         UPPC_DataMemberType)) {
11815       D.setInvalidType();
11816       T = Context.IntTy;
11817       TInfo = Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(T, Loc);
11818     }
11819   }
11820 
11821   // TR 18037 does not allow fields to be declared with address spaces.
11822   if (T.getQualifiers().hasAddressSpace()) {
11823     Diag(Loc, diag::err_field_with_address_space);
11824     D.setInvalidType();
11825   }
11826 
11827   // OpenCL 1.2 spec, s6.9 r:
11828   // The event type cannot be used to declare a structure or union field.
11829   if (LangOpts.OpenCL && T->isEventT()) {
11830     Diag(Loc, diag::err_event_t_struct_field);
11831     D.setInvalidType();
11832   }
11833 
11834   DiagnoseFunctionSpecifiers(D.getDeclSpec());
11835 
11836   if (DeclSpec::TSCS TSCS = D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpec())
11837     Diag(D.getDeclSpec().getThreadStorageClassSpecLoc(),
11838          diag::err_invalid_thread)
11839       << DeclSpec::getSpecifierName(TSCS);
11840 
11841   // Check to see if this name was declared as a member previously
11842   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = nullptr;
11843   LookupResult Previous(*this, II, Loc, LookupMemberName, ForRedeclaration);
11844   LookupName(Previous, S);
11845   switch (Previous.getResultKind()) {
11846     case LookupResult::Found:
11847     case LookupResult::FoundUnresolvedValue:
11848       PrevDecl = Previous.getAsSingle<NamedDecl>();
11849       break;
11850 
11851     case LookupResult::FoundOverloaded:
11852       PrevDecl = Previous.getRepresentativeDecl();
11853       break;
11854 
11855     case LookupResult::NotFound:
11856     case LookupResult::NotFoundInCurrentInstantiation:
11857     case LookupResult::Ambiguous:
11858       break;
11859   }
11860   Previous.suppressDiagnostics();
11861 
11862   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
11863     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
11864     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(D.getIdentifierLoc(), PrevDecl);
11865     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
11866     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11867   }
11868 
11869   if (PrevDecl && !isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, Record, S))
11870     PrevDecl = nullptr;
11871 
11872   bool Mutable
11873     = (D.getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpec() == DeclSpec::SCS_mutable);
11874   SourceLocation TSSL = D.getLocStart();
11875   FieldDecl *NewFD
11876     = CheckFieldDecl(II, T, TInfo, Record, Loc, Mutable, BitWidth, InitStyle,
11877                      TSSL, AS, PrevDecl, &D);
11878 
11879   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl())
11880     Record->setInvalidDecl();
11881 
11882   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
11883     NewFD->setModulePrivate();
11884 
11885   if (NewFD->isInvalidDecl() && PrevDecl) {
11886     // Don't introduce NewFD into scope; there's already something
11887     // with the same name in the same scope.
11888   } else if (II) {
11889     PushOnScopeChains(NewFD, S);
11890   } else
11891     Record->addDecl(NewFD);
11892 
11893   return NewFD;
11894 }
11895 
11896 /// \brief Build a new FieldDecl and check its well-formedness.
11897 ///
11898 /// This routine builds a new FieldDecl given the fields name, type,
11899 /// record, etc. \p PrevDecl should refer to any previous declaration
11900 /// with the same name and in the same scope as the field to be
11901 /// created.
11902 ///
11903 /// \returns a new FieldDecl.
11904 ///
11905 /// \todo The Declarator argument is a hack. It will be removed once
11906 FieldDecl *Sema::CheckFieldDecl(DeclarationName Name, QualType T,
11907                                 TypeSourceInfo *TInfo,
11908                                 RecordDecl *Record, SourceLocation Loc,
11909                                 bool Mutable, Expr *BitWidth,
11910                                 InClassInitStyle InitStyle,
11911                                 SourceLocation TSSL,
11912                                 AccessSpecifier AS, NamedDecl *PrevDecl,
11913                                 Declarator *D) {
11914   IdentifierInfo *II = Name.getAsIdentifierInfo();
11915   bool InvalidDecl = false;
11916   if (D) InvalidDecl = D->isInvalidType();
11917 
11918   // If we receive a broken type, recover by assuming 'int' and
11919   // marking this declaration as invalid.
11920   if (T.isNull()) {
11921     InvalidDecl = true;
11922     T = Context.IntTy;
11923   }
11924 
11925   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(T);
11926   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
11927     if (RequireCompleteType(Loc, EltTy, diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
11928       // Fields of incomplete type force their record to be invalid.
11929       Record->setInvalidDecl();
11930       InvalidDecl = true;
11931     } else {
11932       NamedDecl *Def;
11933       EltTy->isIncompleteType(&Def);
11934       if (Def && Def->isInvalidDecl()) {
11935         Record->setInvalidDecl();
11936         InvalidDecl = true;
11937       }
11938     }
11939   }
11940 
11941   // OpenCL v1.2 s6.9.c: bitfields are not supported.
11942   if (BitWidth && getLangOpts().OpenCL) {
11943     Diag(Loc, diag::err_opencl_bitfields);
11944     InvalidDecl = true;
11945   }
11946 
11947   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
11948   // than a variably modified type.
11949   if (!InvalidDecl && T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
11950     bool SizeIsNegative;
11951     llvm::APSInt Oversized;
11952 
11953     TypeSourceInfo *FixedTInfo =
11954       TryToFixInvalidVariablyModifiedTypeSourceInfo(TInfo, Context,
11955                                                     SizeIsNegative,
11956                                                     Oversized);
11957     if (FixedTInfo) {
11958       Diag(Loc, diag::warn_illegal_constant_array_size);
11959       TInfo = FixedTInfo;
11960       T = FixedTInfo->getType();
11961     } else {
11962       if (SizeIsNegative)
11963         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_negative_array_size);
11964       else if (Oversized.getBoolValue())
11965         Diag(Loc, diag::err_array_too_large)
11966           << Oversized.toString(10);
11967       else
11968         Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_field_variable_size);
11969       InvalidDecl = true;
11970     }
11971   }
11972 
11973   // Fields can not have abstract class types
11974   if (!InvalidDecl && RequireNonAbstractType(Loc, T,
11975                                              diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
11976                                              AbstractFieldType))
11977     InvalidDecl = true;
11978 
11979   bool ZeroWidth = false;
11980   // If this is declared as a bit-field, check the bit-field.
11981   if (!InvalidDecl && BitWidth) {
11982     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, Record->isMsStruct(Context), BitWidth,
11983                               &ZeroWidth).get();
11984     if (!BitWidth) {
11985       InvalidDecl = true;
11986       BitWidth = nullptr;
11987       ZeroWidth = false;
11988     }
11989   }
11990 
11991   // Check that 'mutable' is consistent with the type of the declaration.
11992   if (!InvalidDecl && Mutable) {
11993     unsigned DiagID = 0;
11994     if (T->isReferenceType())
11995       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_reference;
11996     else if (T.isConstQualified())
11997       DiagID = diag::err_mutable_const;
11998 
11999     if (DiagID) {
12000       SourceLocation ErrLoc = Loc;
12001       if (D && D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc().isValid())
12002         ErrLoc = D->getDeclSpec().getStorageClassSpecLoc();
12003       Diag(ErrLoc, DiagID);
12004       Mutable = false;
12005       InvalidDecl = true;
12006     }
12007   }
12008 
12009   // C++11 [class.union]p8 (DR1460):
12010   //   At most one variant member of a union may have a
12011   //   brace-or-equal-initializer.
12012   if (InitStyle != ICIS_NoInit)
12013     checkDuplicateDefaultInit(*this, cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record), Loc);
12014 
12015   FieldDecl *NewFD = FieldDecl::Create(Context, Record, TSSL, Loc, II, T, TInfo,
12016                                        BitWidth, Mutable, InitStyle);
12017   if (InvalidDecl)
12018     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12019 
12020   if (PrevDecl && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12021     Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12022     Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12023     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12024   }
12025 
12026   if (!InvalidDecl && getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12027     if (Record->isUnion()) {
12028       if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12029         CXXRecordDecl* RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12030         if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12031           // C++ [class.union]p1: An object of a class with a non-trivial
12032           // constructor, a non-trivial copy constructor, a non-trivial
12033           // destructor, or a non-trivial copy assignment operator
12034           // cannot be a member of a union, nor can an array of such
12035           // objects.
12036           if (CheckNontrivialField(NewFD))
12037             NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12038         }
12039       }
12040 
12041       // C++ [class.union]p1: If a union contains a member of reference type,
12042       // the program is ill-formed, except when compiling with MSVC extensions
12043       // enabled.
12044       if (EltTy->isReferenceType()) {
12045         Diag(NewFD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ?
12046                                     diag::ext_union_member_of_reference_type :
12047                                     diag::err_union_member_of_reference_type)
12048           << NewFD->getDeclName() << EltTy;
12049         if (!getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt)
12050           NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12051       }
12052     }
12053   }
12054 
12055   // FIXME: We need to pass in the attributes given an AST
12056   // representation, not a parser representation.
12057   if (D) {
12058     // FIXME: The current scope is almost... but not entirely... correct here.
12059     ProcessDeclAttributes(getCurScope(), NewFD, *D);
12060 
12061     if (NewFD->hasAttrs())
12062       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(NewFD);
12063   }
12064 
12065   // In auto-retain/release, infer strong retension for fields of
12066   // retainable type.
12067   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewFD))
12068     NewFD->setInvalidDecl();
12069 
12070   if (T.isObjCGCWeak())
12071     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_attribute_weak_on_field);
12072 
12073   NewFD->setAccess(AS);
12074   return NewFD;
12075 }
12076 
12077 bool Sema::CheckNontrivialField(FieldDecl *FD) {
12078   assert(FD);
12079   assert(getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && "valid check only for C++");
12080 
12081   if (FD->isInvalidDecl() || FD->getType()->isDependentType())
12082     return false;
12083 
12084   QualType EltTy = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12085   if (const RecordType *RT = EltTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12086     CXXRecordDecl *RDecl = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(RT->getDecl());
12087     if (RDecl->getDefinition()) {
12088       // We check for copy constructors before constructors
12089       // because otherwise we'll never get complaints about
12090       // copy constructors.
12091 
12092       CXXSpecialMember member = CXXInvalid;
12093       // We're required to check for any non-trivial constructors. Since the
12094       // implicit default constructor is suppressed if there are any
12095       // user-declared constructors, we just need to check that there is a
12096       // trivial default constructor and a trivial copy constructor. (We don't
12097       // worry about move constructors here, since this is a C++98 check.)
12098       if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyConstructor())
12099         member = CXXCopyConstructor;
12100       else if (!RDecl->hasTrivialDefaultConstructor())
12101         member = CXXDefaultConstructor;
12102       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialCopyAssignment())
12103         member = CXXCopyAssignment;
12104       else if (RDecl->hasNonTrivialDestructor())
12105         member = CXXDestructor;
12106 
12107       if (member != CXXInvalid) {
12108         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 &&
12109             getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && RDecl->hasObjectMember()) {
12110           // Objective-C++ ARC: it is an error to have a non-trivial field of
12111           // a union. However, system headers in Objective-C programs
12112           // occasionally have Objective-C lifetime objects within unions,
12113           // and rather than cause the program to fail, we make those
12114           // members unavailable.
12115           SourceLocation Loc = FD->getLocation();
12116           if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(Loc)) {
12117             if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>())
12118               FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12119                                   "this system field has retaining ownership",
12120                                   Loc));
12121             return false;
12122           }
12123         }
12124 
12125         Diag(FD->getLocation(), getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 ?
12126                diag::warn_cxx98_compat_nontrivial_union_or_anon_struct_member :
12127                diag::err_illegal_union_or_anon_struct_member)
12128           << (int)FD->getParent()->isUnion() << FD->getDeclName() << member;
12129         DiagnoseNontrivial(RDecl, member);
12130         return !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11;
12131       }
12132     }
12133   }
12134 
12135   return false;
12136 }
12137 
12138 /// TranslateIvarVisibility - Translate visibility from a token ID to an
12139 ///  AST enum value.
12140 static ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl
12141 TranslateIvarVisibility(tok::ObjCKeywordKind ivarVisibility) {
12142   switch (ivarVisibility) {
12143   default: llvm_unreachable("Unknown visitibility kind");
12144   case tok::objc_private: return ObjCIvarDecl::Private;
12145   case tok::objc_public: return ObjCIvarDecl::Public;
12146   case tok::objc_protected: return ObjCIvarDecl::Protected;
12147   case tok::objc_package: return ObjCIvarDecl::Package;
12148   }
12149 }
12150 
12151 /// ActOnIvar - Each ivar field of an objective-c class is passed into this
12152 /// in order to create an IvarDecl object for it.
12153 Decl *Sema::ActOnIvar(Scope *S,
12154                                 SourceLocation DeclStart,
12155                                 Declarator &D, Expr *BitfieldWidth,
12156                                 tok::ObjCKeywordKind Visibility) {
12157 
12158   IdentifierInfo *II = D.getIdentifier();
12159   Expr *BitWidth = (Expr*)BitfieldWidth;
12160   SourceLocation Loc = DeclStart;
12161   if (II) Loc = D.getIdentifierLoc();
12162 
12163   // FIXME: Unnamed fields can be handled in various different ways, for
12164   // example, unnamed unions inject all members into the struct namespace!
12165 
12166   TypeSourceInfo *TInfo = GetTypeForDeclarator(D, S);
12167   QualType T = TInfo->getType();
12168 
12169   if (BitWidth) {
12170     // 6.7.2.1p3, 6.7.2.1p4
12171     BitWidth = VerifyBitField(Loc, II, T, /*IsMsStruct*/false, BitWidth).get();
12172     if (!BitWidth)
12173       D.setInvalidType();
12174   } else {
12175     // Not a bitfield.
12176 
12177     // validate II.
12178 
12179   }
12180   if (T->isReferenceType()) {
12181     Diag(Loc, diag::err_ivar_reference_type);
12182     D.setInvalidType();
12183   }
12184   // C99 6.7.2.1p8: A member of a structure or union may have any type other
12185   // than a variably modified type.
12186   else if (T->isVariablyModifiedType()) {
12187     Diag(Loc, diag::err_typecheck_ivar_variable_size);
12188     D.setInvalidType();
12189   }
12190 
12191   // Get the visibility (access control) for this ivar.
12192   ObjCIvarDecl::AccessControl ac =
12193     Visibility != tok::objc_not_keyword ? TranslateIvarVisibility(Visibility)
12194                                         : ObjCIvarDecl::None;
12195   // Must set ivar's DeclContext to its enclosing interface.
12196   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingDecl = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext);
12197   if (!EnclosingDecl || EnclosingDecl->isInvalidDecl())
12198     return nullptr;
12199   ObjCContainerDecl *EnclosingContext;
12200   if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12201       dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12202     if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile()) {
12203     // Case of ivar declared in an implementation. Context is that of its class.
12204       EnclosingContext = IMPDecl->getClassInterface();
12205       assert(EnclosingContext && "Implementation has no class interface!");
12206     }
12207     else
12208       EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12209   } else {
12210     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12211         dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12212       if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || !CDecl->IsClassExtension()) {
12213         Diag(Loc, diag::err_misplaced_ivar) << CDecl->IsClassExtension();
12214         return nullptr;
12215       }
12216     }
12217     EnclosingContext = EnclosingDecl;
12218   }
12219 
12220   // Construct the decl.
12221   ObjCIvarDecl *NewID = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, EnclosingContext,
12222                                              DeclStart, Loc, II, T,
12223                                              TInfo, ac, (Expr *)BitfieldWidth);
12224 
12225   if (II) {
12226     NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, II, Loc, LookupMemberName,
12227                                            ForRedeclaration);
12228     if (PrevDecl && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, EnclosingContext, S)
12229         && !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) {
12230       Diag(Loc, diag::err_duplicate_member) << II;
12231       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_declaration);
12232       NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12233     }
12234   }
12235 
12236   // Process attributes attached to the ivar.
12237   ProcessDeclAttributes(S, NewID, D);
12238 
12239   if (D.isInvalidType())
12240     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12241 
12242   // In ARC, infer 'retaining' for ivars of retainable type.
12243   if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && inferObjCARCLifetime(NewID))
12244     NewID->setInvalidDecl();
12245 
12246   if (D.getDeclSpec().isModulePrivateSpecified())
12247     NewID->setModulePrivate();
12248 
12249   if (II) {
12250     // FIXME: When interfaces are DeclContexts, we'll need to add
12251     // these to the interface.
12252     S->AddDecl(NewID);
12253     IdResolver.AddDecl(NewID);
12254   }
12255 
12256   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isNonFragile() &&
12257       !NewID->isInvalidDecl() && isa<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl))
12258     Diag(Loc, diag::warn_ivars_in_interface);
12259 
12260   return NewID;
12261 }
12262 
12263 /// ActOnLastBitfield - This routine handles synthesized bitfields rules for
12264 /// class and class extensions. For every class \@interface and class
12265 /// extension \@interface, if the last ivar is a bitfield of any type,
12266 /// then add an implicit `char :0` ivar to the end of that interface.
12267 void Sema::ActOnLastBitfield(SourceLocation DeclLoc,
12268                              SmallVectorImpl<Decl *> &AllIvarDecls) {
12269   if (LangOpts.ObjCRuntime.isFragile() || AllIvarDecls.empty())
12270     return;
12271 
12272   Decl *ivarDecl = AllIvarDecls[AllIvarDecls.size()-1];
12273   ObjCIvarDecl *Ivar = cast<ObjCIvarDecl>(ivarDecl);
12274 
12275   if (!Ivar->isBitField() || Ivar->getBitWidthValue(Context) == 0)
12276     return;
12277   ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(CurContext);
12278   if (!ID) {
12279     if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CD = dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(CurContext)) {
12280       if (!CD->IsClassExtension())
12281         return;
12282     }
12283     // No need to add this to end of @implementation.
12284     else
12285       return;
12286   }
12287   // All conditions are met. Add a new bitfield to the tail end of ivars.
12288   llvm::APInt Zero(Context.getTypeSize(Context.IntTy), 0);
12289   Expr * BW = IntegerLiteral::Create(Context, Zero, Context.IntTy, DeclLoc);
12290 
12291   Ivar = ObjCIvarDecl::Create(Context, cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext),
12292                               DeclLoc, DeclLoc, nullptr,
12293                               Context.CharTy,
12294                               Context.getTrivialTypeSourceInfo(Context.CharTy,
12295                                                                DeclLoc),
12296                               ObjCIvarDecl::Private, BW,
12297                               true);
12298   AllIvarDecls.push_back(Ivar);
12299 }
12300 
12301 void Sema::ActOnFields(Scope *S, SourceLocation RecLoc, Decl *EnclosingDecl,
12302                        ArrayRef<Decl *> Fields, SourceLocation LBrac,
12303                        SourceLocation RBrac, AttributeList *Attr) {
12304   assert(EnclosingDecl && "missing record or interface decl");
12305 
12306   // If this is an Objective-C @implementation or category and we have
12307   // new fields here we should reset the layout of the interface since
12308   // it will now change.
12309   if (!Fields.empty() && isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12310     ObjCContainerDecl *DC = cast<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12311     switch (DC->getKind()) {
12312     default: break;
12313     case Decl::ObjCCategory:
12314       Context.ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12315       break;
12316     case Decl::ObjCImplementation:
12317       Context.
12318         ResetObjCLayout(cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(DC)->getClassInterface());
12319       break;
12320     }
12321   }
12322 
12323   RecordDecl *Record = dyn_cast<RecordDecl>(EnclosingDecl);
12324 
12325   // Start counting up the number of named members; make sure to include
12326   // members of anonymous structs and unions in the total.
12327   unsigned NumNamedMembers = 0;
12328   if (Record) {
12329     for (const auto *I : Record->decls()) {
12330       if (const auto *IFD = dyn_cast<IndirectFieldDecl>(I))
12331         if (IFD->getDeclName())
12332           ++NumNamedMembers;
12333     }
12334   }
12335 
12336   // Verify that all the fields are okay.
12337   SmallVector<FieldDecl*, 32> RecFields;
12338 
12339   bool ARCErrReported = false;
12340   for (ArrayRef<Decl *>::iterator i = Fields.begin(), end = Fields.end();
12341        i != end; ++i) {
12342     FieldDecl *FD = cast<FieldDecl>(*i);
12343 
12344     // Get the type for the field.
12345     const Type *FDTy = FD->getType().getTypePtr();
12346 
12347     if (!FD->isAnonymousStructOrUnion()) {
12348       // Remember all fields written by the user.
12349       RecFields.push_back(FD);
12350     }
12351 
12352     // If the field is already invalid for some reason, don't emit more
12353     // diagnostics about it.
12354     if (FD->isInvalidDecl()) {
12355       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12356       continue;
12357     }
12358 
12359     // C99 6.7.2.1p2:
12360     //   A structure or union shall not contain a member with
12361     //   incomplete or function type (hence, a structure shall not
12362     //   contain an instance of itself, but may contain a pointer to
12363     //   an instance of itself), except that the last member of a
12364     //   structure with more than one named member may have incomplete
12365     //   array type; such a structure (and any union containing,
12366     //   possibly recursively, a member that is such a structure)
12367     //   shall not be a member of a structure or an element of an
12368     //   array.
12369     if (FDTy->isFunctionType()) {
12370       // Field declared as a function.
12371       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_field_declared_as_function)
12372         << FD->getDeclName();
12373       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12374       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12375       continue;
12376     } else if (FDTy->isIncompleteArrayType() && Record &&
12377                ((i + 1 == Fields.end() && !Record->isUnion()) ||
12378                 ((getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt ||
12379                   getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) &&
12380                  (i + 1 == Fields.end() || Record->isUnion())))) {
12381       // Flexible array member.
12382       // Microsoft and g++ is more permissive regarding flexible array.
12383       // It will accept flexible array in union and also
12384       // as the sole element of a struct/class.
12385       unsigned DiagID = 0;
12386       if (Record->isUnion())
12387         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12388                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_ms
12389                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12390                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_union_gnu
12391                            : diag::err_flexible_array_union;
12392       else if (Fields.size() == 1)
12393         DiagID = getLangOpts().MicrosoftExt
12394                      ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_ms
12395                      : getLangOpts().CPlusPlus
12396                            ? diag::ext_flexible_array_empty_aggregate_gnu
12397                            : NumNamedMembers < 1
12398                                  ? diag::err_flexible_array_empty_aggregate
12399                                  : 0;
12400 
12401       if (DiagID)
12402         Diag(FD->getLocation(), DiagID) << FD->getDeclName()
12403                                         << Record->getTagKind();
12404       // While the layout of types that contain virtual bases is not specified
12405       // by the C++ standard, both the Itanium and Microsoft C++ ABIs place
12406       // virtual bases after the derived members.  This would make a flexible
12407       // array member declared at the end of an object not adjacent to the end
12408       // of the type.
12409       if (CXXRecordDecl *RD = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record))
12410         if (RD->getNumVBases() != 0)
12411           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_virtual_base)
12412             << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12413       if (!getLangOpts().C99)
12414         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_c99_flexible_array_member)
12415           << FD->getDeclName() << Record->getTagKind();
12416 
12417       // If the element type has a non-trivial destructor, we would not
12418       // implicitly destroy the elements, so disallow it for now.
12419       //
12420       // FIXME: GCC allows this. We should probably either implicitly delete
12421       // the destructor of the containing class, or just allow this.
12422       QualType BaseElem = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12423       if (!BaseElem->isDependentType() && BaseElem.isDestructedType()) {
12424         Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_flexible_array_has_nontrivial_dtor)
12425           << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12426         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12427         EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12428         continue;
12429       }
12430       // Okay, we have a legal flexible array member at the end of the struct.
12431       if (Record)
12432         Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12433     } else if (!FDTy->isDependentType() &&
12434                RequireCompleteType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12435                                    diag::err_field_incomplete)) {
12436       // Incomplete type
12437       FD->setInvalidDecl();
12438       EnclosingDecl->setInvalidDecl();
12439       continue;
12440     } else if (const RecordType *FDTTy = FDTy->getAs<RecordType>()) {
12441       if (FDTTy->getDecl()->hasFlexibleArrayMember()) {
12442         // If this is a member of a union, then entire union becomes "flexible".
12443         if (Record && Record->isUnion()) {
12444           Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12445         } else {
12446           // If this is a struct/class and this is not the last element, reject
12447           // it.  Note that GCC supports variable sized arrays in the middle of
12448           // structures.
12449           if (i + 1 != Fields.end())
12450             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_variable_sized_type_in_struct)
12451               << FD->getDeclName() << FD->getType();
12452           else {
12453             // We support flexible arrays at the end of structs in
12454             // other structs as an extension.
12455             Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::ext_flexible_array_in_struct)
12456               << FD->getDeclName();
12457             if (Record)
12458               Record->setHasFlexibleArrayMember(true);
12459           }
12460         }
12461       }
12462       if (isa<ObjCContainerDecl>(EnclosingDecl) &&
12463           RequireNonAbstractType(FD->getLocation(), FD->getType(),
12464                                  diag::err_abstract_type_in_decl,
12465                                  AbstractIvarType)) {
12466         // Ivars can not have abstract class types
12467         FD->setInvalidDecl();
12468       }
12469       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12470         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12471       if (Record && FDTTy->getDecl()->hasVolatileMember())
12472         Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12473     } else if (FDTy->isObjCObjectType()) {
12474       /// A field cannot be an Objective-c object
12475       Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_statically_allocated_object)
12476         << FixItHint::CreateInsertion(FD->getLocation(), "*");
12477       QualType T = Context.getObjCObjectPointerType(FD->getType());
12478       FD->setType(T);
12479     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjCAutoRefCount && Record && !ARCErrReported &&
12480                (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || Record->isUnion())) {
12481       // It's an error in ARC if a field has lifetime.
12482       // We don't want to report this in a system header, though,
12483       // so we just make the field unavailable.
12484       // FIXME: that's really not sufficient; we need to make the type
12485       // itself invalid to, say, initialize or copy.
12486       QualType T = FD->getType();
12487       Qualifiers::ObjCLifetime lifetime = T.getObjCLifetime();
12488       if (lifetime && lifetime != Qualifiers::OCL_ExplicitNone) {
12489         SourceLocation loc = FD->getLocation();
12490         if (getSourceManager().isInSystemHeader(loc)) {
12491           if (!FD->hasAttr<UnavailableAttr>()) {
12492             FD->addAttr(UnavailableAttr::CreateImplicit(Context,
12493                               "this system field has retaining ownership",
12494                               loc));
12495           }
12496         } else {
12497           Diag(FD->getLocation(), diag::err_arc_objc_object_in_tag)
12498             << T->isBlockPointerType() << Record->getTagKind();
12499         }
12500         ARCErrReported = true;
12501       }
12502     } else if (getLangOpts().ObjC1 &&
12503                getLangOpts().getGC() != LangOptions::NonGC &&
12504                Record && !Record->hasObjectMember()) {
12505       if (FD->getType()->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12506           FD->getType().isObjCGCStrong())
12507         Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12508       else if (Context.getAsArrayType(FD->getType())) {
12509         QualType BaseType = Context.getBaseElementType(FD->getType());
12510         if (BaseType->isRecordType() &&
12511             BaseType->getAs<RecordType>()->getDecl()->hasObjectMember())
12512           Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12513         else if (BaseType->isObjCObjectPointerType() ||
12514                  BaseType.isObjCGCStrong())
12515                Record->setHasObjectMember(true);
12516       }
12517     }
12518     if (Record && FD->getType().isVolatileQualified())
12519       Record->setHasVolatileMember(true);
12520     // Keep track of the number of named members.
12521     if (FD->getIdentifier())
12522       ++NumNamedMembers;
12523   }
12524 
12525   // Okay, we successfully defined 'Record'.
12526   if (Record) {
12527     bool Completed = false;
12528     if (CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record)) {
12529       if (!CXXRecord->isInvalidDecl()) {
12530         // Set access bits correctly on the directly-declared conversions.
12531         for (CXXRecordDecl::conversion_iterator
12532                I = CXXRecord->conversion_begin(),
12533                E = CXXRecord->conversion_end(); I != E; ++I)
12534           I.setAccess((*I)->getAccess());
12535 
12536         if (!CXXRecord->isDependentType()) {
12537           if (CXXRecord->hasUserDeclaredDestructor()) {
12538             // Adjust user-defined destructor exception spec.
12539             if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11)
12540               AdjustDestructorExceptionSpec(CXXRecord,
12541                                             CXXRecord->getDestructor());
12542           }
12543 
12544           // Add any implicitly-declared members to this class.
12545           AddImplicitlyDeclaredMembersToClass(CXXRecord);
12546 
12547           // If we have virtual base classes, we may end up finding multiple
12548           // final overriders for a given virtual function. Check for this
12549           // problem now.
12550           if (CXXRecord->getNumVBases()) {
12551             CXXFinalOverriderMap FinalOverriders;
12552             CXXRecord->getFinalOverriders(FinalOverriders);
12553 
12554             for (CXXFinalOverriderMap::iterator M = FinalOverriders.begin(),
12555                                              MEnd = FinalOverriders.end();
12556                  M != MEnd; ++M) {
12557               for (OverridingMethods::iterator SO = M->second.begin(),
12558                                             SOEnd = M->second.end();
12559                    SO != SOEnd; ++SO) {
12560                 assert(SO->second.size() > 0 &&
12561                        "Virtual function without overridding functions?");
12562                 if (SO->second.size() == 1)
12563                   continue;
12564 
12565                 // C++ [class.virtual]p2:
12566                 //   In a derived class, if a virtual member function of a base
12567                 //   class subobject has more than one final overrider the
12568                 //   program is ill-formed.
12569                 Diag(Record->getLocation(), diag::err_multiple_final_overriders)
12570                   << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << Record;
12571                 Diag(M->first->getLocation(),
12572                      diag::note_overridden_virtual_function);
12573                 for (OverridingMethods::overriding_iterator
12574                           OM = SO->second.begin(),
12575                        OMEnd = SO->second.end();
12576                      OM != OMEnd; ++OM)
12577                   Diag(OM->Method->getLocation(), diag::note_final_overrider)
12578                     << (const NamedDecl *)M->first << OM->Method->getParent();
12579 
12580                 Record->setInvalidDecl();
12581               }
12582             }
12583             CXXRecord->completeDefinition(&FinalOverriders);
12584             Completed = true;
12585           }
12586         }
12587       }
12588     }
12589 
12590     if (!Completed)
12591       Record->completeDefinition();
12592 
12593     if (Record->hasAttrs()) {
12594       CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Record);
12595 
12596       if (const MSInheritanceAttr *IA = Record->getAttr<MSInheritanceAttr>())
12597         checkMSInheritanceAttrOnDefinition(cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record),
12598                                            IA->getRange(), IA->getBestCase(),
12599                                            IA->getSemanticSpelling());
12600     }
12601 
12602     // Check if the structure/union declaration is a type that can have zero
12603     // size in C. For C this is a language extension, for C++ it may cause
12604     // compatibility problems.
12605     bool CheckForZeroSize;
12606     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12607       CheckForZeroSize = true;
12608     } else {
12609       // For C++ filter out types that cannot be referenced in C code.
12610       CXXRecordDecl *CXXRecord = cast<CXXRecordDecl>(Record);
12611       CheckForZeroSize =
12612           CXXRecord->getLexicalDeclContext()->isExternCContext() &&
12613           !CXXRecord->isDependentType() &&
12614           CXXRecord->isCLike();
12615     }
12616     if (CheckForZeroSize) {
12617       bool ZeroSize = true;
12618       bool IsEmpty = true;
12619       unsigned NonBitFields = 0;
12620       for (RecordDecl::field_iterator I = Record->field_begin(),
12621                                       E = Record->field_end();
12622            (NonBitFields == 0 || ZeroSize) && I != E; ++I) {
12623         IsEmpty = false;
12624         if (I->isUnnamedBitfield()) {
12625           if (I->getBitWidthValue(Context) > 0)
12626             ZeroSize = false;
12627         } else {
12628           ++NonBitFields;
12629           QualType FieldType = I->getType();
12630           if (FieldType->isIncompleteType() ||
12631               !Context.getTypeSizeInChars(FieldType).isZero())
12632             ZeroSize = false;
12633         }
12634       }
12635 
12636       // Empty structs are an extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7). They are
12637       // allowed in C++, but warn if its declaration is inside
12638       // extern "C" block.
12639       if (ZeroSize) {
12640         Diag(RecLoc, getLangOpts().CPlusPlus ?
12641                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_in_extern_c :
12642                          diag::warn_zero_size_struct_union_compat)
12643           << IsEmpty << Record->isUnion() << (NonBitFields > 1);
12644       }
12645 
12646       // Structs without named members are extension in C (C99 6.7.2.1p7),
12647       // but are accepted by GCC.
12648       if (NonBitFields == 0 && !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12649         Diag(RecLoc, IsEmpty ? diag::ext_empty_struct_union :
12650                                diag::ext_no_named_members_in_struct_union)
12651           << Record->isUnion();
12652       }
12653     }
12654   } else {
12655     ObjCIvarDecl **ClsFields =
12656       reinterpret_cast<ObjCIvarDecl**>(RecFields.data());
12657     if (ObjCInterfaceDecl *ID = dyn_cast<ObjCInterfaceDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12658       ID->setEndOfDefinitionLoc(RBrac);
12659       // Add ivar's to class's DeclContext.
12660       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12661         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(ID);
12662         ID->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12663       }
12664       // Must enforce the rule that ivars in the base classes may not be
12665       // duplicates.
12666       if (ID->getSuperClass())
12667         DiagnoseDuplicateIvars(ID, ID->getSuperClass());
12668     } else if (ObjCImplementationDecl *IMPDecl =
12669                   dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12670       assert(IMPDecl && "ActOnFields - missing ObjCImplementationDecl");
12671       for (unsigned I = 0, N = RecFields.size(); I != N; ++I)
12672         // Ivar declared in @implementation never belongs to the implementation.
12673         // Only it is in implementation's lexical context.
12674         ClsFields[I]->setLexicalDeclContext(IMPDecl);
12675       CheckImplementationIvars(IMPDecl, ClsFields, RecFields.size(), RBrac);
12676       IMPDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12677       IMPDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12678     } else if (ObjCCategoryDecl *CDecl =
12679                 dyn_cast<ObjCCategoryDecl>(EnclosingDecl)) {
12680       // case of ivars in class extension; all other cases have been
12681       // reported as errors elsewhere.
12682       // FIXME. Class extension does not have a LocEnd field.
12683       // CDecl->setLocEnd(RBrac);
12684       // Add ivar's to class extension's DeclContext.
12685       // Diagnose redeclaration of private ivars.
12686       ObjCInterfaceDecl *IDecl = CDecl->getClassInterface();
12687       for (unsigned i = 0, e = RecFields.size(); i != e; ++i) {
12688         if (IDecl) {
12689           if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsIvar =
12690               IDecl->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12691             Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12692                  diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12693             Diag(ClsIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12694             continue;
12695           }
12696           for (const auto *Ext : IDecl->known_extensions()) {
12697             if (const ObjCIvarDecl *ClsExtIvar
12698                   = Ext->getIvarDecl(ClsFields[i]->getIdentifier())) {
12699               Diag(ClsFields[i]->getLocation(),
12700                    diag::err_duplicate_ivar_declaration);
12701               Diag(ClsExtIvar->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12702               continue;
12703             }
12704           }
12705         }
12706         ClsFields[i]->setLexicalDeclContext(CDecl);
12707         CDecl->addDecl(ClsFields[i]);
12708       }
12709       CDecl->setIvarLBraceLoc(LBrac);
12710       CDecl->setIvarRBraceLoc(RBrac);
12711     }
12712   }
12713 
12714   if (Attr)
12715     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Record, Attr);
12716 }
12717 
12718 /// \brief Determine whether the given integral value is representable within
12719 /// the given type T.
12720 static bool isRepresentableIntegerValue(ASTContext &Context,
12721                                         llvm::APSInt &Value,
12722                                         QualType T) {
12723   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12724   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getIntWidth(T);
12725 
12726   if (Value.isUnsigned() || Value.isNonNegative()) {
12727     if (T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType())
12728       --BitWidth;
12729     return Value.getActiveBits() <= BitWidth;
12730   }
12731   return Value.getMinSignedBits() <= BitWidth;
12732 }
12733 
12734 // \brief Given an integral type, return the next larger integral type
12735 // (or a NULL type of no such type exists).
12736 static QualType getNextLargerIntegralType(ASTContext &Context, QualType T) {
12737   // FIXME: Int128/UInt128 support, which also needs to be introduced into
12738   // enum checking below.
12739   assert(T->isIntegralType(Context) && "Integral type required!");
12740   const unsigned NumTypes = 4;
12741   QualType SignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12742     Context.ShortTy, Context.IntTy, Context.LongTy, Context.LongLongTy
12743   };
12744   QualType UnsignedIntegralTypes[NumTypes] = {
12745     Context.UnsignedShortTy, Context.UnsignedIntTy, Context.UnsignedLongTy,
12746     Context.UnsignedLongLongTy
12747   };
12748 
12749   unsigned BitWidth = Context.getTypeSize(T);
12750   QualType *Types = T->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType()? SignedIntegralTypes
12751                                                         : UnsignedIntegralTypes;
12752   for (unsigned I = 0; I != NumTypes; ++I)
12753     if (Context.getTypeSize(Types[I]) > BitWidth)
12754       return Types[I];
12755 
12756   return QualType();
12757 }
12758 
12759 EnumConstantDecl *Sema::CheckEnumConstant(EnumDecl *Enum,
12760                                           EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst,
12761                                           SourceLocation IdLoc,
12762                                           IdentifierInfo *Id,
12763                                           Expr *Val) {
12764   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
12765   llvm::APSInt EnumVal(IntWidth);
12766   QualType EltTy;
12767 
12768   if (Val && DiagnoseUnexpandedParameterPack(Val, UPPC_EnumeratorValue))
12769     Val = nullptr;
12770 
12771   if (Val)
12772     Val = DefaultLvalueConversion(Val).get();
12773 
12774   if (Val) {
12775     if (Enum->isDependentType() || Val->isTypeDependent())
12776       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12777     else {
12778       SourceLocation ExpLoc;
12779       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus11 && Enum->isFixed() &&
12780           !getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12781         // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5: If the underlying type is fixed, [...] the
12782         // constant-expression in the enumerator-definition shall be a converted
12783         // constant expression of the underlying type.
12784         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12785         ExprResult Converted =
12786           CheckConvertedConstantExpression(Val, EltTy, EnumVal,
12787                                            CCEK_Enumerator);
12788         if (Converted.isInvalid())
12789           Val = nullptr;
12790         else
12791           Val = Converted.get();
12792       } else if (!Val->isValueDependent() &&
12793                  !(Val = VerifyIntegerConstantExpression(Val,
12794                                                          &EnumVal).get())) {
12795         // C99 6.7.2.2p2: Make sure we have an integer constant expression.
12796       } else {
12797         if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12798           EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12799 
12800           // In Obj-C and Microsoft mode, require the enumeration value to be
12801           // representable in the underlying type of the enumeration. In C++11,
12802           // we perform a non-narrowing conversion as part of converted constant
12803           // expression checking.
12804           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12805             if (getLangOpts().MSVCCompat) {
12806               Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12807               Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12808             } else
12809               Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_too_large) << EltTy;
12810           } else
12811             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, EltTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12812         } else if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus) {
12813           // C++11 [dcl.enum]p5:
12814           //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12815           //   is the type of its initializing value:
12816           //     - If an initializer is specified for an enumerator, the
12817           //       initializing value has the same type as the expression.
12818           EltTy = Val->getType();
12819         } else {
12820           // C99 6.7.2.2p2:
12821           //   The expression that defines the value of an enumeration constant
12822           //   shall be an integer constant expression that has a value
12823           //   representable as an int.
12824 
12825           // Complain if the value is not representable in an int.
12826           if (!isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, Context.IntTy))
12827             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12828               << EnumVal.toString(10) << Val->getSourceRange()
12829               << (EnumVal.isUnsigned() || EnumVal.isNonNegative());
12830           else if (!Context.hasSameType(Val->getType(), Context.IntTy)) {
12831             // Force the type of the expression to 'int'.
12832             Val = ImpCastExprToType(Val, Context.IntTy, CK_IntegralCast).get();
12833           }
12834           EltTy = Val->getType();
12835         }
12836       }
12837     }
12838   }
12839 
12840   if (!Val) {
12841     if (Enum->isDependentType())
12842       EltTy = Context.DependentTy;
12843     else if (!LastEnumConst) {
12844       // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12845       //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12846       //   is the type of its initializing value:
12847       //     - If no initializer is specified for the first enumerator, the
12848       //       initializing value has an unspecified integral type.
12849       //
12850       // GCC uses 'int' for its unspecified integral type, as does
12851       // C99 6.7.2.2p3.
12852       if (Enum->isFixed()) {
12853         EltTy = Enum->getIntegerType();
12854       }
12855       else {
12856         EltTy = Context.IntTy;
12857       }
12858     } else {
12859       // Assign the last value + 1.
12860       EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12861       ++EnumVal;
12862       EltTy = LastEnumConst->getType();
12863 
12864       // Check for overflow on increment.
12865       if (EnumVal < LastEnumConst->getInitVal()) {
12866         // C++0x [dcl.enum]p5:
12867         //   If the underlying type is not fixed, the type of each enumerator
12868         //   is the type of its initializing value:
12869         //
12870         //     - Otherwise the type of the initializing value is the same as
12871         //       the type of the initializing value of the preceding enumerator
12872         //       unless the incremented value is not representable in that type,
12873         //       in which case the type is an unspecified integral type
12874         //       sufficient to contain the incremented value. If no such type
12875         //       exists, the program is ill-formed.
12876         QualType T = getNextLargerIntegralType(Context, EltTy);
12877         if (T.isNull() || Enum->isFixed()) {
12878           // There is no integral type larger enough to represent this
12879           // value. Complain, then allow the value to wrap around.
12880           EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12881           EnumVal = EnumVal.zext(EnumVal.getBitWidth() * 2);
12882           ++EnumVal;
12883           if (Enum->isFixed())
12884             // When the underlying type is fixed, this is ill-formed.
12885             Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_enumerator_wrapped)
12886               << EnumVal.toString(10)
12887               << EltTy;
12888           else
12889             Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enumerator_increment_too_large)
12890               << EnumVal.toString(10);
12891         } else {
12892           EltTy = T;
12893         }
12894 
12895         // Retrieve the last enumerator's value, extent that type to the
12896         // type that is supposed to be large enough to represent the incremented
12897         // value, then increment.
12898         EnumVal = LastEnumConst->getInitVal();
12899         EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12900         EnumVal = EnumVal.zextOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12901         ++EnumVal;
12902 
12903         // If we're not in C++, diagnose the overflow of enumerator values,
12904         // which in C99 means that the enumerator value is not representable in
12905         // an int (C99 6.7.2.2p2). However, we support GCC's extension that
12906         // permits enumerator values that are representable in some larger
12907         // integral type.
12908         if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus && !T.isNull())
12909           Diag(IdLoc, diag::warn_enum_value_overflow);
12910       } else if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
12911                  !isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, EnumVal, EltTy)) {
12912         // Enforce C99 6.7.2.2p2 even when we compute the next value.
12913         Diag(IdLoc, diag::ext_enum_value_not_int)
12914           << EnumVal.toString(10) << 1;
12915       }
12916     }
12917   }
12918 
12919   if (!EltTy->isDependentType()) {
12920     // Make the enumerator value match the signedness and size of the
12921     // enumerator's type.
12922     EnumVal = EnumVal.extOrTrunc(Context.getIntWidth(EltTy));
12923     EnumVal.setIsSigned(EltTy->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType());
12924   }
12925 
12926   return EnumConstantDecl::Create(Context, Enum, IdLoc, Id, EltTy,
12927                                   Val, EnumVal);
12928 }
12929 
12930 
12931 Decl *Sema::ActOnEnumConstant(Scope *S, Decl *theEnumDecl, Decl *lastEnumConst,
12932                               SourceLocation IdLoc, IdentifierInfo *Id,
12933                               AttributeList *Attr,
12934                               SourceLocation EqualLoc, Expr *Val) {
12935   EnumDecl *TheEnumDecl = cast<EnumDecl>(theEnumDecl);
12936   EnumConstantDecl *LastEnumConst =
12937     cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(lastEnumConst);
12938 
12939   // The scope passed in may not be a decl scope.  Zip up the scope tree until
12940   // we find one that is.
12941   S = getNonFieldDeclScope(S);
12942 
12943   // Verify that there isn't already something declared with this name in this
12944   // scope.
12945   NamedDecl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(S, Id, IdLoc, LookupOrdinaryName,
12946                                          ForRedeclaration);
12947   if (PrevDecl && PrevDecl->isTemplateParameter()) {
12948     // Maybe we will complain about the shadowed template parameter.
12949     DiagnoseTemplateParameterShadow(IdLoc, PrevDecl);
12950     // Just pretend that we didn't see the previous declaration.
12951     PrevDecl = nullptr;
12952   }
12953 
12954   if (PrevDecl) {
12955     // When in C++, we may get a TagDecl with the same name; in this case the
12956     // enum constant will 'hide' the tag.
12957     assert((getLangOpts().CPlusPlus || !isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl)) &&
12958            "Received TagDecl when not in C++!");
12959     if (!isa<TagDecl>(PrevDecl) && isDeclInScope(PrevDecl, CurContext, S)) {
12960       if (isa<EnumConstantDecl>(PrevDecl))
12961         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition_of_enumerator) << Id;
12962       else
12963         Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_redefinition) << Id;
12964       Diag(PrevDecl->getLocation(), diag::note_previous_definition);
12965       return nullptr;
12966     }
12967   }
12968 
12969   // C++ [class.mem]p15:
12970   // If T is the name of a class, then each of the following shall have a name
12971   // different from T:
12972   // - every enumerator of every member of class T that is an unscoped
12973   // enumerated type
12974   if (CXXRecordDecl *Record
12975                       = dyn_cast<CXXRecordDecl>(
12976                              TheEnumDecl->getDeclContext()->getRedeclContext()))
12977     if (!TheEnumDecl->isScoped() &&
12978         Record->getIdentifier() && Record->getIdentifier() == Id)
12979       Diag(IdLoc, diag::err_member_name_of_class) << Id;
12980 
12981   EnumConstantDecl *New =
12982     CheckEnumConstant(TheEnumDecl, LastEnumConst, IdLoc, Id, Val);
12983 
12984   if (New) {
12985     // Process attributes.
12986     if (Attr) ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, New, Attr);
12987 
12988     // Register this decl in the current scope stack.
12989     New->setAccess(TheEnumDecl->getAccess());
12990     PushOnScopeChains(New, S);
12991   }
12992 
12993   ActOnDocumentableDecl(New);
12994 
12995   return New;
12996 }
12997 
12998 // Returns true when the enum initial expression does not trigger the
12999 // duplicate enum warning.  A few common cases are exempted as follows:
13000 // Element2 = Element1
13001 // Element2 = Element1 + 1
13002 // Element2 = Element1 - 1
13003 // Where Element2 and Element1 are from the same enum.
13004 static bool ValidDuplicateEnum(EnumConstantDecl *ECD, EnumDecl *Enum) {
13005   Expr *InitExpr = ECD->getInitExpr();
13006   if (!InitExpr)
13007     return true;
13008   InitExpr = InitExpr->IgnoreImpCasts();
13009 
13010   if (BinaryOperator *BO = dyn_cast<BinaryOperator>(InitExpr)) {
13011     if (!BO->isAdditiveOp())
13012       return true;
13013     IntegerLiteral *IL = dyn_cast<IntegerLiteral>(BO->getRHS());
13014     if (!IL)
13015       return true;
13016     if (IL->getValue() != 1)
13017       return true;
13018 
13019     InitExpr = BO->getLHS();
13020   }
13021 
13022   // This checks if the elements are from the same enum.
13023   DeclRefExpr *DRE = dyn_cast<DeclRefExpr>(InitExpr);
13024   if (!DRE)
13025     return true;
13026 
13027   EnumConstantDecl *EnumConstant = dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl>(DRE->getDecl());
13028   if (!EnumConstant)
13029     return true;
13030 
13031   if (cast<EnumDecl>(TagDecl::castFromDeclContext(ECD->getDeclContext())) !=
13032       Enum)
13033     return true;
13034 
13035   return false;
13036 }
13037 
13038 struct DupKey {
13039   int64_t val;
13040   bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey;
13041   DupKey(int64_t val, bool isTombstoneOrEmptyKey)
13042     : val(val), isTombstoneOrEmptyKey(isTombstoneOrEmptyKey) {}
13043 };
13044 
13045 static DupKey GetDupKey(const llvm::APSInt& Val) {
13046   return DupKey(Val.isSigned() ? Val.getSExtValue() : Val.getZExtValue(),
13047                 false);
13048 }
13049 
13050 struct DenseMapInfoDupKey {
13051   static DupKey getEmptyKey() { return DupKey(0, true); }
13052   static DupKey getTombstoneKey() { return DupKey(1, true); }
13053   static unsigned getHashValue(const DupKey Key) {
13054     return (unsigned)(Key.val * 37);
13055   }
13056   static bool isEqual(const DupKey& LHS, const DupKey& RHS) {
13057     return LHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey == RHS.isTombstoneOrEmptyKey &&
13058            LHS.val == RHS.val;
13059   }
13060 };
13061 
13062 // Emits a warning when an element is implicitly set a value that
13063 // a previous element has already been set to.
13064 static void CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(Sema &S, ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13065                                         EnumDecl *Enum,
13066                                         QualType EnumType) {
13067   if (S.Diags.isIgnored(diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values, Enum->getLocation()))
13068     return;
13069   // Avoid anonymous enums
13070   if (!Enum->getIdentifier())
13071     return;
13072 
13073   // Only check for small enums.
13074   if (Enum->getNumPositiveBits() > 63 || Enum->getNumNegativeBits() > 64)
13075     return;
13076 
13077   typedef SmallVector<EnumConstantDecl *, 3> ECDVector;
13078   typedef SmallVector<ECDVector *, 3> DuplicatesVector;
13079 
13080   typedef llvm::PointerUnion<EnumConstantDecl*, ECDVector*> DeclOrVector;
13081   typedef llvm::DenseMap<DupKey, DeclOrVector, DenseMapInfoDupKey>
13082           ValueToVectorMap;
13083 
13084   DuplicatesVector DupVector;
13085   ValueToVectorMap EnumMap;
13086 
13087   // Populate the EnumMap with all values represented by enum constants without
13088   // an initialier.
13089   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13090     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13091 
13092     // Null EnumConstantDecl means a previous diagnostic has been emitted for
13093     // this constant.  Skip this enum since it may be ill-formed.
13094     if (!ECD) {
13095       return;
13096     }
13097 
13098     if (ECD->getInitExpr())
13099       continue;
13100 
13101     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13102     DeclOrVector &Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13103 
13104     // First time encountering this value.
13105     if (Entry.isNull())
13106       Entry = ECD;
13107   }
13108 
13109   // Create vectors for any values that has duplicates.
13110   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13111     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13112     if (!ValidDuplicateEnum(ECD, Enum))
13113       continue;
13114 
13115     DupKey Key = GetDupKey(ECD->getInitVal());
13116 
13117     DeclOrVector& Entry = EnumMap[Key];
13118     if (Entry.isNull())
13119       continue;
13120 
13121     if (EnumConstantDecl *D = Entry.dyn_cast<EnumConstantDecl*>()) {
13122       // Ensure constants are different.
13123       if (D == ECD)
13124         continue;
13125 
13126       // Create new vector and push values onto it.
13127       ECDVector *Vec = new ECDVector();
13128       Vec->push_back(D);
13129       Vec->push_back(ECD);
13130 
13131       // Update entry to point to the duplicates vector.
13132       Entry = Vec;
13133 
13134       // Store the vector somewhere we can consult later for quick emission of
13135       // diagnostics.
13136       DupVector.push_back(Vec);
13137       continue;
13138     }
13139 
13140     ECDVector *Vec = Entry.get<ECDVector*>();
13141     // Make sure constants are not added more than once.
13142     if (*Vec->begin() == ECD)
13143       continue;
13144 
13145     Vec->push_back(ECD);
13146   }
13147 
13148   // Emit diagnostics.
13149   for (DuplicatesVector::iterator DupVectorIter = DupVector.begin(),
13150                                   DupVectorEnd = DupVector.end();
13151        DupVectorIter != DupVectorEnd; ++DupVectorIter) {
13152     ECDVector *Vec = *DupVectorIter;
13153     assert(Vec->size() > 1 && "ECDVector should have at least 2 elements.");
13154 
13155     // Emit warning for one enum constant.
13156     ECDVector::iterator I = Vec->begin();
13157     S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::warn_duplicate_enum_values)
13158       << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13159       << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13160     ++I;
13161 
13162     // Emit one note for each of the remaining enum constants with
13163     // the same value.
13164     for (ECDVector::iterator E = Vec->end(); I != E; ++I)
13165       S.Diag((*I)->getLocation(), diag::note_duplicate_element)
13166         << (*I)->getName() << (*I)->getInitVal().toString(10)
13167         << (*I)->getSourceRange();
13168     delete Vec;
13169   }
13170 }
13171 
13172 void Sema::ActOnEnumBody(SourceLocation EnumLoc, SourceLocation LBraceLoc,
13173                          SourceLocation RBraceLoc, Decl *EnumDeclX,
13174                          ArrayRef<Decl *> Elements,
13175                          Scope *S, AttributeList *Attr) {
13176   EnumDecl *Enum = cast<EnumDecl>(EnumDeclX);
13177   QualType EnumType = Context.getTypeDeclType(Enum);
13178 
13179   if (Attr)
13180     ProcessDeclAttributeList(S, Enum, Attr);
13181 
13182   if (Enum->isDependentType()) {
13183     for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13184       EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13185         cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13186       if (!ECD) continue;
13187 
13188       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13189     }
13190 
13191     Enum->completeDefinition(Context.DependentTy, Context.DependentTy, 0, 0);
13192     return;
13193   }
13194 
13195   // TODO: If the result value doesn't fit in an int, it must be a long or long
13196   // long value.  ISO C does not support this, but GCC does as an extension,
13197   // emit a warning.
13198   unsigned IntWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getIntWidth();
13199   unsigned CharWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getCharWidth();
13200   unsigned ShortWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getShortWidth();
13201 
13202   // Verify that all the values are okay, compute the size of the values, and
13203   // reverse the list.
13204   unsigned NumNegativeBits = 0;
13205   unsigned NumPositiveBits = 0;
13206 
13207   // Keep track of whether all elements have type int.
13208   bool AllElementsInt = true;
13209 
13210   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13211     EnumConstantDecl *ECD =
13212       cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13213     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13214 
13215     const llvm::APSInt &InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13216 
13217     // Keep track of the size of positive and negative values.
13218     if (InitVal.isUnsigned() || InitVal.isNonNegative())
13219       NumPositiveBits = std::max(NumPositiveBits,
13220                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getActiveBits());
13221     else
13222       NumNegativeBits = std::max(NumNegativeBits,
13223                                  (unsigned)InitVal.getMinSignedBits());
13224 
13225     // Keep track of whether every enum element has type int (very commmon).
13226     if (AllElementsInt)
13227       AllElementsInt = ECD->getType() == Context.IntTy;
13228   }
13229 
13230   // Figure out the type that should be used for this enum.
13231   QualType BestType;
13232   unsigned BestWidth;
13233 
13234   // C++0x N3000 [conv.prom]p3:
13235   //   An rvalue of an unscoped enumeration type whose underlying
13236   //   type is not fixed can be converted to an rvalue of the first
13237   //   of the following types that can represent all the values of
13238   //   the enumeration: int, unsigned int, long int, unsigned long
13239   //   int, long long int, or unsigned long long int.
13240   // C99 6.4.4.3p2:
13241   //   An identifier declared as an enumeration constant has type int.
13242   // The C99 rule is modified by a gcc extension
13243   QualType BestPromotionType;
13244 
13245   bool Packed = Enum->hasAttr<PackedAttr>();
13246   // -fshort-enums is the equivalent to specifying the packed attribute on all
13247   // enum definitions.
13248   if (LangOpts.ShortEnums)
13249     Packed = true;
13250 
13251   if (Enum->isFixed()) {
13252     BestType = Enum->getIntegerType();
13253     if (BestType->isPromotableIntegerType())
13254       BestPromotionType = Context.getPromotedIntegerType(BestType);
13255     else
13256       BestPromotionType = BestType;
13257     // We don't need to set BestWidth, because BestType is going to be the type
13258     // of the enumerators, but we do anyway because otherwise some compilers
13259     // warn that it might be used uninitialized.
13260     BestWidth = CharWidth;
13261   }
13262   else if (NumNegativeBits) {
13263     // If there is a negative value, figure out the smallest integer type (of
13264     // int/long/longlong) that fits.
13265     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13266     if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= CharWidth && NumPositiveBits < CharWidth) {
13267       BestType = Context.SignedCharTy;
13268       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13269     } else if (Packed && NumNegativeBits <= ShortWidth &&
13270                NumPositiveBits < ShortWidth) {
13271       BestType = Context.ShortTy;
13272       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13273     } else if (NumNegativeBits <= IntWidth && NumPositiveBits < IntWidth) {
13274       BestType = Context.IntTy;
13275       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13276     } else {
13277       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth();
13278 
13279       if (NumNegativeBits <= BestWidth && NumPositiveBits < BestWidth) {
13280         BestType = Context.LongTy;
13281       } else {
13282         BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13283 
13284         if (NumNegativeBits > BestWidth || NumPositiveBits >= BestWidth)
13285           Diag(Enum->getLocation(), diag::ext_enum_too_large);
13286         BestType = Context.LongLongTy;
13287       }
13288     }
13289     BestPromotionType = (BestWidth <= IntWidth ? Context.IntTy : BestType);
13290   } else {
13291     // If there is no negative value, figure out the smallest type that fits
13292     // all of the enumerator values.
13293     // If it's packed, check also if it fits a char or a short.
13294     if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= CharWidth) {
13295       BestType = Context.UnsignedCharTy;
13296       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13297       BestWidth = CharWidth;
13298     } else if (Packed && NumPositiveBits <= ShortWidth) {
13299       BestType = Context.UnsignedShortTy;
13300       BestPromotionType = Context.IntTy;
13301       BestWidth = ShortWidth;
13302     } else if (NumPositiveBits <= IntWidth) {
13303       BestType = Context.UnsignedIntTy;
13304       BestWidth = IntWidth;
13305       BestPromotionType
13306         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13307                            ? Context.UnsignedIntTy : Context.IntTy;
13308     } else if (NumPositiveBits <=
13309                (BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongWidth())) {
13310       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongTy;
13311       BestPromotionType
13312         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13313                            ? Context.UnsignedLongTy : Context.LongTy;
13314     } else {
13315       BestWidth = Context.getTargetInfo().getLongLongWidth();
13316       assert(NumPositiveBits <= BestWidth &&
13317              "How could an initializer get larger than ULL?");
13318       BestType = Context.UnsignedLongLongTy;
13319       BestPromotionType
13320         = (NumPositiveBits == BestWidth || !getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13321                            ? Context.UnsignedLongLongTy : Context.LongLongTy;
13322     }
13323   }
13324 
13325   // Loop over all of the enumerator constants, changing their types to match
13326   // the type of the enum if needed.
13327   for (unsigned i = 0, e = Elements.size(); i != e; ++i) {
13328     EnumConstantDecl *ECD = cast_or_null<EnumConstantDecl>(Elements[i]);
13329     if (!ECD) continue;  // Already issued a diagnostic.
13330 
13331     // Standard C says the enumerators have int type, but we allow, as an
13332     // extension, the enumerators to be larger than int size.  If each
13333     // enumerator value fits in an int, type it as an int, otherwise type it the
13334     // same as the enumerator decl itself.  This means that in "enum { X = 1U }"
13335     // that X has type 'int', not 'unsigned'.
13336 
13337     // Determine whether the value fits into an int.
13338     llvm::APSInt InitVal = ECD->getInitVal();
13339 
13340     // If it fits into an integer type, force it.  Otherwise force it to match
13341     // the enum decl type.
13342     QualType NewTy;
13343     unsigned NewWidth;
13344     bool NewSign;
13345     if (!getLangOpts().CPlusPlus &&
13346         !Enum->isFixed() &&
13347         isRepresentableIntegerValue(Context, InitVal, Context.IntTy)) {
13348       NewTy = Context.IntTy;
13349       NewWidth = IntWidth;
13350       NewSign = true;
13351     } else if (ECD->getType() == BestType) {
13352       // Already the right type!
13353       if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13354         // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13355         // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13356         // enumeration.
13357         ECD->setType(EnumType);
13358       continue;
13359     } else {
13360       NewTy = BestType;
13361       NewWidth = BestWidth;
13362       NewSign = BestType->isSignedIntegerOrEnumerationType();
13363     }
13364 
13365     // Adjust the APSInt value.
13366     InitVal = InitVal.extOrTrunc(NewWidth);
13367     InitVal.setIsSigned(NewSign);
13368     ECD->setInitVal(InitVal);
13369 
13370     // Adjust the Expr initializer and type.
13371     if (ECD->getInitExpr() &&
13372         !Context.hasSameType(NewTy, ECD->getInitExpr()->getType()))
13373       ECD->setInitExpr(ImplicitCastExpr::Create(Context, NewTy,
13374                                                 CK_IntegralCast,
13375                                                 ECD->getInitExpr(),
13376                                                 /*base paths*/ nullptr,
13377                                                 VK_RValue));
13378     if (getLangOpts().CPlusPlus)
13379       // C++ [dcl.enum]p4: Following the closing brace of an
13380       // enum-specifier, each enumerator has the type of its
13381       // enumeration.
13382       ECD->setType(EnumType);
13383     else
13384       ECD->setType(NewTy);
13385   }
13386 
13387   Enum->completeDefinition(BestType, BestPromotionType,
13388                            NumPositiveBits, NumNegativeBits);
13389 
13390   CheckForDuplicateEnumValues(*this, Elements, Enum, EnumType);
13391 
13392   // Now that the enum type is defined, ensure it's not been underaligned.
13393   if (Enum->hasAttrs())
13394     CheckAlignasUnderalignment(Enum);
13395 }
13396 
13397 Decl *Sema::ActOnFileScopeAsmDecl(Expr *expr,
13398                                   SourceLocation StartLoc,
13399                                   SourceLocation EndLoc) {
13400   StringLiteral *AsmString = cast<StringLiteral>(expr);
13401 
13402   FileScopeAsmDecl *New = FileScopeAsmDecl::Create(Context, CurContext,
13403                                                    AsmString, StartLoc,
13404                                                    EndLoc);
13405   CurContext->addDecl(New);
13406   return New;
13407 }
13408 
13409 static void checkModuleImportContext(Sema &S, Module *M,
13410                                      SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13411                                      DeclContext *DC) {
13412   if (auto *LSD = dyn_cast<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC)) {
13413     switch (LSD->getLanguage()) {
13414     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_c:
13415       if (!M->IsExternC) {
13416         S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_extern_c)
13417           << M->getFullModuleName();
13418         S.Diag(LSD->getLocStart(), diag::note_module_import_in_extern_c);
13419         return;
13420       }
13421       break;
13422     case LinkageSpecDecl::lang_cxx:
13423       break;
13424     }
13425     DC = LSD->getParent();
13426   }
13427 
13428   while (isa<LinkageSpecDecl>(DC))
13429     DC = DC->getParent();
13430   if (!isa<TranslationUnitDecl>(DC)) {
13431     S.Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13432       << M->getFullModuleName() << DC;
13433     S.Diag(cast<Decl>(DC)->getLocStart(),
13434            diag::note_module_import_not_at_top_level)
13435       << DC;
13436   }
13437 }
13438 
13439 DeclResult Sema::ActOnModuleImport(SourceLocation AtLoc,
13440                                    SourceLocation ImportLoc,
13441                                    ModuleIdPath Path) {
13442   Module *Mod =
13443       getModuleLoader().loadModule(ImportLoc, Path, Module::AllVisible,
13444                                    /*IsIncludeDirective=*/false);
13445   if (!Mod)
13446     return true;
13447 
13448   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, ImportLoc, CurContext);
13449 
13450   // FIXME: we should support importing a submodule within a different submodule
13451   // of the same top-level module. Until we do, make it an error rather than
13452   // silently ignoring the import.
13453   if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().CurrentModule)
13454     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_self_import)
13455         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().CurrentModule;
13456   else if (Mod->getTopLevelModuleName() == getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule)
13457     Diag(ImportLoc, diag::err_module_import_in_implementation)
13458         << Mod->getFullModuleName() << getLangOpts().ImplementationOfModule;
13459 
13460   SmallVector<SourceLocation, 2> IdentifierLocs;
13461   Module *ModCheck = Mod;
13462   for (unsigned I = 0, N = Path.size(); I != N; ++I) {
13463     // If we've run out of module parents, just drop the remaining identifiers.
13464     // We need the length to be consistent.
13465     if (!ModCheck)
13466       break;
13467     ModCheck = ModCheck->Parent;
13468 
13469     IdentifierLocs.push_back(Path[I].second);
13470   }
13471 
13472   ImportDecl *Import = ImportDecl::Create(Context,
13473                                           Context.getTranslationUnitDecl(),
13474                                           AtLoc.isValid()? AtLoc : ImportLoc,
13475                                           Mod, IdentifierLocs);
13476   Context.getTranslationUnitDecl()->addDecl(Import);
13477   return Import;
13478 }
13479 
13480 void Sema::ActOnModuleInclude(SourceLocation DirectiveLoc, Module *Mod) {
13481   checkModuleImportContext(*this, Mod, DirectiveLoc, CurContext);
13482 
13483   // FIXME: Should we synthesize an ImportDecl here?
13484   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, DirectiveLoc,
13485                                       /*Complain=*/true);
13486 }
13487 
13488 void Sema::createImplicitModuleImportForErrorRecovery(SourceLocation Loc,
13489                                                       Module *Mod) {
13490   // Bail if we're not allowed to implicitly import a module here.
13491   if (isSFINAEContext() || !getLangOpts().ModulesErrorRecovery)
13492     return;
13493 
13494   // Create the implicit import declaration.
13495   TranslationUnitDecl *TU = getASTContext().getTranslationUnitDecl();
13496   ImportDecl *ImportD = ImportDecl::CreateImplicit(getASTContext(), TU,
13497                                                    Loc, Mod, Loc);
13498   TU->addDecl(ImportD);
13499   Consumer.HandleImplicitImportDecl(ImportD);
13500 
13501   // Make the module visible.
13502   getModuleLoader().makeModuleVisible(Mod, Module::AllVisible, Loc,
13503                                       /*Complain=*/false);
13504 }
13505 
13506 void Sema::ActOnPragmaRedefineExtname(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13507                                       IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13508                                       SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13509                                       SourceLocation NameLoc,
13510                                       SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13511   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc,
13512                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13513   AsmLabelAttr *Attr = ::new (Context) AsmLabelAttr(AliasNameLoc, Context,
13514                                                     AliasName->getName(), 0);
13515 
13516   if (PrevDecl)
13517     PrevDecl->addAttr(Attr);
13518   else
13519     (void)ExtnameUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13520       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,AsmLabelAttr*>(Name, Attr));
13521 }
13522 
13523 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakID(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13524                              SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13525                              SourceLocation NameLoc) {
13526   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, Name, NameLoc, LookupOrdinaryName);
13527 
13528   if (PrevDecl) {
13529     PrevDecl->addAttr(WeakAttr::CreateImplicit(Context, PragmaLoc));
13530   } else {
13531     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13532       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>
13533         (Name, WeakInfo((IdentifierInfo*)nullptr, NameLoc)));
13534   }
13535 }
13536 
13537 void Sema::ActOnPragmaWeakAlias(IdentifierInfo* Name,
13538                                 IdentifierInfo* AliasName,
13539                                 SourceLocation PragmaLoc,
13540                                 SourceLocation NameLoc,
13541                                 SourceLocation AliasNameLoc) {
13542   Decl *PrevDecl = LookupSingleName(TUScope, AliasName, AliasNameLoc,
13543                                     LookupOrdinaryName);
13544   WeakInfo W = WeakInfo(Name, NameLoc);
13545 
13546   if (PrevDecl) {
13547     if (!PrevDecl->hasAttr<AliasAttr>())
13548       if (NamedDecl *ND = dyn_cast<NamedDecl>(PrevDecl))
13549         DeclApplyPragmaWeak(TUScope, ND, W);
13550   } else {
13551     (void)WeakUndeclaredIdentifiers.insert(
13552       std::pair<IdentifierInfo*,WeakInfo>(AliasName, W));
13553   }
13554 }
13555 
13556 Decl *Sema::getObjCDeclContext() const {
13557   return (dyn_cast_or_null<ObjCContainerDecl>(CurContext));
13558 }
13559 
13560 AvailabilityResult Sema::getCurContextAvailability() const {
13561   const Decl *D = cast<Decl>(getCurObjCLexicalContext());
13562   // If we are within an Objective-C method, we should consult
13563   // both the availability of the method as well as the
13564   // enclosing class.  If the class is (say) deprecated,
13565   // the entire method is considered deprecated from the
13566   // purpose of checking if the current context is deprecated.
13567   if (const ObjCMethodDecl *MD = dyn_cast<ObjCMethodDecl>(D)) {
13568     AvailabilityResult R = MD->getAvailability();
13569     if (R != AR_Available)
13570       return R;
13571     D = MD->getClassInterface();
13572   }
13573   // If we are within an Objective-c @implementation, it
13574   // gets the same availability context as the @interface.
13575   else if (const ObjCImplementationDecl *ID =
13576             dyn_cast<ObjCImplementationDecl>(D)) {
13577     D = ID->getClassInterface();
13578   }
13579   return D->getAvailability();
13580 }
13581